JP2021006314A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To perform a presentation of an extension of AT games in a mode full of amusement with a simpler configuration.SOLUTION: A game machine of the present invention comprises: report means for reporting information on games; and additional game period determining means capable of determining an additional game period in a report game state, reported by the report means, in the report game state in which information advantageous to a player can be reported by the report means. If a predetermined presentation is conducted in the report game state, an additional announcement presentation to announce an additional game period is not conducted, and an additional specialized presentation for a presentation content to be a content specialized for the additional announcement presentation over a specific game period can be determined, and in the predetermined presentation, a specific voice is output.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 154

Description

The present invention relates to a game machine.

Conventionally, a game called pachislot is provided with a plurality of reels having a plurality of symbols provided on their respective surfaces, a start switch, a stop switch, a stepping motor provided corresponding to each reel, and a control unit. The machine is known. The start switch detects that the start lever has been operated by the player (hereinafter, also referred to as "start operation") after the game medium such as a medal or coin is inserted into the game machine, and the rotation of all reels is rotated. Output a signal requesting a start. The stop switch detects that the stop button provided corresponding to each reel is pressed by the player (hereinafter, also referred to as "stop operation"), and outputs a signal requesting that the rotation of the corresponding reel be stopped. To do. The stepping motor transmits its driving force to the corresponding reel. Further, the control unit controls the operation of the stepping motor based on the signals output by the start switch and the stop switch, and performs the rotation operation and the stop operation of each reel.

In such a game machine, when a start operation is detected, a lottery process using random numbers (hereinafter referred to as "internal lottery process") is performed on the program, and the result of the lottery (hereinafter, "internal winning combination") is performed. The rotation of the reel is stopped based on the timing of the stop operation. Then, when the rotation of all reels is stopped and the combination of symbols (display combination) related to the establishment of the winning is displayed, the player is given a privilege corresponding to the combination of the symbols. As an example of the privilege given to the player, the payout of the game medium (medals, etc.) and the operation of the re-game (hereinafter, also referred to as "replay") in which the internal lottery process is performed again without consuming the game medium. , The operation of a bonus game that increases the chances of paying out game media can be mentioned. In the following, the roles related to the payout of game media (medals, etc.) (internal winning role, display role) will be referred to as "small roles", and the roles related to replay will be referred to as "replay roles", and will be related to the operation of the bonus game. The role is called a "bonus role".

Further, conventionally, in a game machine having the above configuration, a game machine having a function of navigating the formation of a specific small winning combination with a lamp or the like, that is, a function of assist time (hereinafter referred to as "AT"), or a specific symbol A gaming machine having a function of operating a gaming state in which the winning probability of replay is higher than usual when a combination is displayed, that is, a function of replay time (hereinafter referred to as "RT") has been developed. Further, a game machine having an assist replay time (hereinafter referred to as "ART") function in which the AT function and the RT function operate at the same time has also been developed.

By the way, conventionally, among the gaming machines having the above configuration, there is known a gaming machine that determines the extension of the AT game during the AT game (see, for example, Patent Document 1). In such a game machine, since the period of the AT game is indefinite, the expectation for the AT game can be improved.

JP-A-2010-167199

However, if an attempt is made to determine the extension of the AT game in an entertaining manner, there arises a problem that the conditions for the extension and the probability that the extension is determined become complicated.

The present invention has been made to solve the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of producing an extension of an AT game in an interesting manner with a simpler configuration. It is to be.

In order to solve the above problems, the present invention provides a gaming machine having the following configuration.

A notification means for notifying information about the game (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11 described later) and
In the notification game state (for example, the ART state described later) in which information advantageous to the player can be notified by the notification means, the additional game period in which the notification game state is notified by the notification means can be determined. A period determination means (for example, a lottery process for the number of notification games during ART described later) is provided.
When a predetermined effect is executed in the notified game state, the additional notification effect for notifying the additional game period is not determined, and the effect content is specialized for the additional notification effect over a specific game period. It is possible to determine the additional specialized production (for example, the specialized production described later) that will be the added content.
A gaming machine characterized in that a specific sound (for example, an output effect of a character song described later) is output in the predetermined effect.

Further, in the gaming machine of the present invention, in the notified gaming state, a first remaining game counting means (for example, the inside described later) for counting the first remaining gaming period of the notified gaming state that actually remains. ART counter) and
In the notified game state, a second remaining game counting means (for example, a display described later) that counts the second remaining game period of the notified game state that is notified by the notification means and is equal to or less than the first remaining game period. With ART counter),
The update of the first remaining game period by the first remaining game counting means and the update of the second remaining game period by the second remaining game counting means can be controlled independently.
When the specific voice is output, the additional notification effect may not be determined regardless of whether or not the first remaining game period is added.

Further, in the game machine of the present invention, the additional game period determination effect may be determined according to the additional game period determined by the additional game period determining means.

According to the gaming machine of the present invention having the above configuration, it is possible to produce an extension of a game (AT game) in an advantageous gaming state in an interesting manner with a simpler configuration.

It is a figure for demonstrating the functional flow of the game machine in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a perspective view which shows the appearance structure of the game machine in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the internal structure of the game machine in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the internal structure of the game machine in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a block diagram which shows the whole structure of the circuit provided in the gaming machine of one Embodiment of this invention. It is a block diagram which shows the internal structure of the main control circuit in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a block diagram which shows the internal structure of the sub-control circuit in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the ratio indicator in one Embodiment of this invention, the installation example, and the display content of information. It is a figure which shows the transition flow of the main game state (RT state) in the pachislot of one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the transition flow of the ball ejection state (gaming property) managed by the main side in the pachislot of one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure for demonstrating the type of the attack-type card which can be acquired by the game of a normal state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure for demonstrating the type of the defensive card which can be acquired by the game of a normal state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure for demonstrating the type of the reward system card which can be acquired by the game of a normal state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the initial value of the life value of a hero character and an enemy character in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the symbol arrangement table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the symbol combination table (the 1) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the symbol combination table (the 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the symbol combination table (the 3) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the symbol combination table (the 4) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the bonus operation time table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the RT transition table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table determination table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table (No. 1) for RT0 state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table for RT0 state (the 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table (No. 1) for RT1 state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table (2) for RT1 state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table for RT2 state (the 1) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table for RT2 state (the 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table (No. 1) for RT3 state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table for RT3 state (the 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table (the 1) for the BB internal medium state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table (the 2) for the BB internal medium state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table (the 1) for the BB middle state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table (2) for the BB medium state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table (the 1) for MB (RT0) state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table for MB (RT0) state (the 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table (No. 1) for MB (RT1) state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table (the 2) for the MB (RT1) state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table (No. 1) for MB (RT2) state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table (No. 2) for MB (RT2) state in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table for MB (RT3) state (the 1) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the internal lottery table for MB (RT3) state (the 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the symbol combination determination table (the 1) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the symbol combination determination table (the 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the symbol combination determination table (the 3) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the symbol combination determination table (the 4) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the symbol combination determination table (the 5) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the symbol combination determination table (the 6) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the symbol correspondence winning operation flag data table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the correspondence table (the 1: in general, in BB) of the internal winning combination, the batting order (pushing order), and the symbol combination in one embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure which shows the correspondence table (the 2: general middle, BB middle) of the internal winning combination, batting order (pushing order), and symbol combination in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the correspondence table (the 3: inside BB) of the internal winning combination, batting order (pushing order), and symbol combination in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the correspondence table (the 4: inside BB) of the internal winning combination, batting order (pushing order), and symbol combination in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the correspondence table (the 5: in CB) of the internal winning combination, batting order (pushing order), and symbol combination in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the correspondence table of the instruction monitor number and the navigation type in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the correspondence table (the 1) of the internal winning combination and the instruction monitor number (navigation type) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the correspondence table (the 2) of the internal winning combination and the instruction monitor number (navigation type) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the correspondence table (part 1: when MB is not activated) of the internal winning combination and the main lottery flag in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the correspondence table (the part 2: when MB is not activated) of the internal winning combination and the main lottery flag in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the correspondence table (the 3: at the time of MB operation) of the internal winning combination and the main lottery flag in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the common lottery table referred to on the main side in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the common lottery table referred to on the main side in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the common lottery table referred to on the main side in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the card promotion lottery table (No. 1, 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the card promotion lottery table (3, 4) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the card promotion lottery table (the 5) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the card promotion attribute lottery table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the card promotion number lottery table (the 1) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the card promotion number lottery table (the 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the lottery state transition lottery table (No. 1, 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the lottery state transition lottery table (3, 4) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the first cycle game number lottery table at the time of setting change in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the card rank lottery table at the time of setting change in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the CZ specified game number shortening lottery table (the 1) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the CZ specified game number shortening lottery table (the 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the CZ specified game number shortening lottery table (the 3) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the CZ specified game number shortening lottery table (the 4) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the CZ specified game number shortening lottery table (the 5) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the 1st battle offense and defense lottery table (the 1) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the 1st battle offense and defense lottery table (the 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the 2nd battle offense and defense lottery table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the 3rd battle offense and defense lottery table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the point lottery table in MB in CZ in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the lottery table (the 1) which added the number of ART games in a special BB in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the lottery table (2) which added the number of ART games in special BB in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the lottery table (the 1) which added the number of ART games under specialization in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the lottery table (the 2) which added the number of ART games under specialization in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART game number lottery table at the time of NBB winning in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the stage lottery table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the enemy character lottery table (Nos. 1 to 3) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the enemy character lottery table (the 4th to 6) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the enemy character promotion lottery table at the time of NBB winning in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the lottery table (the 1) which added the number of specialized games in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the lottery table (the 2) which added the number of specialized games in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the lottery table (the 3) which added the number of specialized games in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the lottery table (the 4) which added the number of specialized games in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the lottery table (the 5) which added the number of specialized games in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the lottery table (the 6) which added the number of specialized games in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the display combination storage area (internal winning combination storage area, carryover combination storage area) in one embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the game state flag storage area in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the ball ejection state flag storage area in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the operation stop button storage area in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the pressing order storage area in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the symbol code storage area in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structure of the instruction flag storage area in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the correspondence of the main management flag (ball ejection state) and the sub management flag (sub game state) in the pachislot of one embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the correspondence of the main lottery flag and the sub lottery flag in the pachislot of one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the normal medium production lottery table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structural example (the 1) of the normal production data table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structural example (the 2) of the normal production data table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure for demonstrating the content of various effect parameter items defined in the effect data table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the correspondence example of the effect parameter item "GrID" and "GrNo" defined in the effect data table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the normal medium NBB medium production lottery table (the 1) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the normal medium NBB medium production lottery table (the 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the effect lottery table during ART (ART normal) in one embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the production lottery table (the 1) in BB in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the production lottery table (2) in BB in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special production lottery table (the 1) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special production lottery table (the 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the addition game number announcement effect lottery table (the 1) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the addition game number announcement effect lottery table (the 2) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the addition game number announcement effect lottery table (the 3) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the addition game number announcement effect lottery table (the 4) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the addition game number announcement effect lottery table (the 5) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special card acquisition notification effect lottery table (the 1) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special card acquisition notification effect lottery table (the 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the stage background transition lottery table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the stage transition lottery table (Nos. 1-3) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the stage transition lottery table (the 4-6) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the stage transition lottery table (7-9) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the cut-in lottery table (No. 1, 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the cut-in lottery table (the 3, 4) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the LED parameter lottery table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the character song flag lottery table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the normal stage display effect lottery table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the display effect lottery table at the time of card promotion in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special card acquisition lottery table (Nos. 1 to 4) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special card acquisition lottery table (5-8) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (Nos. 1-3) in ART when the special counter is "0" to "1" in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (the 4th-6) in ART when the special counter is "0"-"1" in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (7-9) in ART when the special counter is "0" to "1" in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (Nos. 1 to 3) in ART when the special counter is "2" in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (the 4-6) in ART when the special counter is "2" in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (7-9) in ART when the special counter is "2" in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (Nos. 1 to 3) in ART when the special game number counter is "6" to "9" in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (the 4-6) in ART when the special game number counter is "6"-"9" in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (7-9) in ART when the special game number counter is "6"-"9" in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (Nos. 1 to 3) in ART when the special game number counter is "10" or more in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (4 to 6) in ART when the special game number counter is "10" or more in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (7-9) in ART when the special game number counter is "10" or more in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (Nos. 1 to 3) in ART in ART stage C in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (the 4th-6) in ART in ART stage C in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (7-9) in ART in ART stage C in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (Nos. 1 to 3) in ART when the character song flag is ON in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (Nos. 4 to 6) in ART when the character son flag is ON in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special type lottery table (7-9) in ART when the character song flag is ON in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special counter lottery table (the 1-4) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special counter lottery table (the 5-9) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the NBB end screen lottery table in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART medium announcement game number lottery table (Nos. 1 to 3) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART medium announcement game number lottery table (the 4th to 6) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART medium announcement game number lottery table (7-9) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART medium announcement game number lottery table (10-12) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART medium announcement game number lottery table (13 to 15) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (16-18) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART middle announcement game number lottery table (19-21) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART medium announcement game number lottery table (22 to 24) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART medium announcement game number lottery table (the 25th-27th) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART end of the notification game number lottery table (Nos. 1 to 4) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART end just before the end announcement game number lottery table (the 5-8) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART end just before the end announcement game number lottery table (9-12) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART end just before the end announcement game number lottery table (13-16) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART end just before the end announcement game number lottery table (17-18) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the NBB winning game number lottery table (Nos. 1 to 3) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the NBB winning game number lottery table (4 to 6) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the NBB winning game number lottery table (7-9) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the NBB winning game number lottery table (10-12) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the NBB winning game number lottery table (13 to 15) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the NBB winning game number lottery table (16-18) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the NBB winning game number lottery table (19-21) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the NBB winning game number lottery table (22-24) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the NBB winning game number lottery table (25-27) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the NBB end notification game number lottery table (Nos. 1 and 2) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the NBB end notification game number lottery table (Nos. 3 and 4) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the NBB end notification game number lottery table (Nos. 5 and 6) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the NBB end notification game number lottery table (7, 8) in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special zone A to C middle notice game number lottery table (the 1st to 3rd) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special zone A-C middle notification game number lottery table (the 4th-6) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special zone A-C middle notice game number lottery table (7-9) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special zone A to C middle notice game number lottery table (10-12) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special zone A to C middle notice game number lottery table (13 to 15) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special zone A-C middle notice game number lottery table (16-18) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the 3rd game announcement game number lottery table in the special zone G in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the game number precursor scenario lottery table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structural example of the game number precursor scenario map in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the ART end precursor scenario lottery table in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structural example of the ART end precursor scenario map in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special precursor scenario lottery table (the 1) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the special precursor scenario lottery table (the 2) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the structural example of the special precursor scenario map in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the navigation lottery table (the 1-5) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows an example of the navigation lottery table (the 6-9) in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a main flowchart which shows an example of the power-on processing executed by the main control circuit of a game machine in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the initialization process at the time of power-on in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the power failure recovery process in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the setting change processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the medal acceptance / start check process in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the internal lottery processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing at the time of lever-on in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the normal process in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing at the time of normal NBB winning in one embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing in normal NBB in one embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing in BB in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the general middle lottery processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the process at the time of CZ introduction in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing at the time of introduction of CZ in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the processing in CZ in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing in CZ in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the battle offense and defense lottery processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing in MB in CZ in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of ART preparation process in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing at the time of winning NBB during ART preparation in one embodiment of the present invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing during ART preparation in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the addition specializing process in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing at the time of winning of NBB during addition specialization in one embodiment of the present invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing at the time of winning SBB during addition specialization in one embodiment of the present invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the addition specialization middle lottery processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the processing in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery process at the time of winning NBB in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing at the time of SBB winning in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of ART fall waiting processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing at the time of winning the ART fall waiting NBB in one embodiment of the present invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery process waiting for ART fall in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the instruction monitor set processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the reel stop initial setting process in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the pull-in priority order storage process in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the pull-in priority table selection process in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the symbol code storage process in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the reel stop control processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the priority pull-in control processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing after the third stop in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing after the third stop in CZ in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lottery processing after the 3rd stop while waiting for ART fall in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the RT state control processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the ball ejection state control processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the ball ejection state control processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the ball ejection state control processing at the end of CZ in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the bonus end check processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the bonus operation check processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the lock process at the start of BB in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the interrupt process controlled by the main CPU in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the main board communication task performed by the sub CPU in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the effect registration task performed by the sub CPU in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the effect content determination process in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the effect content determination process in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the process at the time of receiving the initialization command in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the processing at the time of receiving the medal insertion command in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the process at the time of receiving a start command in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the processing at the start of a normal game in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the processing at the start of a normal game in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the game start time processing at the time of setting change in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the game start processing in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the game start processing in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the processing at the start of a game during special production in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the effect set processing in special zone G in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the game start processing in BB in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the BB winning game start processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the BB winning game start processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of ART normal middle game start processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of ART normal middle game start processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of ART normal middle game start processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the special production type winning processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the display command reception processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the processing at the end of a normal game in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the processing at the end of a game in CZ in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the process at the end of the game during ART preparation in one embodiment of the present invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the processing at the end of a game during ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the processing at the end of a game during special production in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the processing at the end of a game in BB in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the processing at the end of a game in BB in ART in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the processing at the end of the game at the time of winning BB during ART in one embodiment of the present invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the processing at the end of the game in the inside BB in ART in one embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of ART normal middle game end processing in one Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the example of the processing at the time of receiving a payout end command in one Embodiment of this invention.

Hereinafter, a pachi-slot machine will be taken as an example of a gaming machine showing an embodiment of the present invention, and its configuration and operation will be described with reference to the drawings. In this embodiment, a pachislot machine having an ART function will be described.

<Function flow>
First, the functional flow of the pachislot machine will be described with reference to FIG. In the pachislot machine of the present embodiment, a medal is used as a game medium for playing a game. In addition to medals, coins, game balls, point data for games, tokens, and the like can also be applied as the game medium.

When a medal is inserted into the pachislot machine by the player and the start lever is operated, one value (hereinafter referred to as a random number value) is extracted from a random number in a predetermined numerical range (for example, 0 to 65535).

The internal lottery means draws a lot based on the extracted random number value, and determines the internal winning combination. This internal lottery means is one of various processing means (processing functions) included in the main control circuit described later. By determining the internal winning combination, the combination of symbols that are allowed to be displayed along the valid line (winning determination line) described later is determined. The types of symbol combinations include those related to "winning" in which benefits such as medal payout, replay operation, and bonus operation are given to the player, and those related to other so-called "missing". Provided.

Further, when the start lever is operated, a plurality of reels are rotated. After that, when the stop button corresponding to the predetermined reel is pressed by the player, the reel stop control means controls to stop the rotation of the corresponding reel based on the internal winning combination and the timing when the stop button is pressed. Do. This reel stop control means is one of various processing means (processing functions) included in the main control circuit described later.

In pachislot, basically, control is performed to stop the rotation of the corresponding reel within a specified time (190 msec or 77 msec) from the time when the stop button is pressed. In the present embodiment, the number of symbols that move with the rotation of the reel within this specified time is referred to as "the number of sliding pieces". Then, in the present embodiment, when the specified period is 190 msec, the maximum number of sliding pieces (maximum number of sliding pieces) is set for four symbols, and when the specified period is 75 msec, the maximum number of sliding pieces is set. The number is set for one symbol.

When the internal winning combination that allows the combination display of the symbols related to the winning is determined, the reel stop control means usually sets the combination of the symbols to the effective line within the specified time of 190 msec (for 4 symbols). Stop the rotation of the reel so that it is displayed as much as possible along the line. Further, for the reel stop control means, for example, when the "MB" (middle bonus) described later is operated, a combination of the symbols is won for one or more reels within a specified time of 75 msec (for one symbol). Stop the rotation of the reel so that it is displayed as much as possible along the judgment line. Further, the reel stop control means uses various specified times corresponding to the gaming state to stop the rotation of the reel so that the combination of symbols whose display is not permitted by the internal winning combination is not displayed along the effective line. Let me.

As described above, when all the rotations of the plurality of reels are stopped, the winning determination means determines whether or not the combination of symbols displayed along the effective line is related to winning. This winning determination means is also one of various processing means (processing functions) included in the main control circuit described later. Then, when it is determined by the winning determination means that the combination of the displayed symbols is related to the winning, a privilege such as a medal payout is given to the player. In pachislot, the above-mentioned series of flows is performed as one game (unit game).

Further, in pachislot, in the flow of the above-mentioned series of game operations, various methods are used, such as video display performed by a display device, light output performed by various lamps, sound output performed by a speaker, or a combination thereof. The production is performed.

Specifically, when the start lever is operated, a random value for production is extracted in addition to the random value used for determining the internal winning combination described above. When the random value for the effect is extracted, the effect content determining means determines the effect to be executed this time from a plurality of types of effect contents associated with the internal winning combination by lottery. This effect content determining means is one of various processing means (processing functions) included in the sub-control circuit described later.

Next, when the effect content is determined by the effect content determining means, the effect execution means responds in conjunction with each opportunity such as when the reel starts rotating, when each reel stops rotating, and when it is determined whether or not there is a prize. To execute. In this way, in pachislot, for example, by executing the production content associated with the internal winning combination, the opportunity to know or anticipate the determined internal winning combination (in other words, the combination of symbols to be aimed at) is a game. It is provided to the player and can improve the interest of the player.

<Structure of pachislot>
Next, the structure of the pachislot machine in this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 2 to 4.

[Appearance structure]
FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing the external structure of the pachislot machine 1.

As shown in FIG. 2, the pachislot 1 includes an exterior body 2. The exterior body 2 has a cabinet 2a for accommodating a main reel, a circuit board, and the like, and a front door 2b that can be opened and closed with respect to the cabinet 2a.

Inside the cabinet 2a, three main reels 3L, 3C, and 3R are arranged in a horizontal row. Hereinafter, the three main reels 3L, 3C, and 3R are also referred to as a left reel 3L, a middle reel 3C, and a right reel 3R, respectively. Each of the main reels 3L, 3C, and 3R has a reel body formed in a cylindrical shape and a translucent sheet material mounted on the peripheral surface of the reel body. On the surface of the sheet material, a plurality of (for example, 20) patterns are drawn at predetermined intervals along the circumferential direction. The three main reels 3L, 3C, and 3R are specific examples of the variable display means according to the present invention.

An upper panel unit 10 and a liquid crystal display device 11 are provided above the center of the front door 2b. The upper panel unit 10 is provided in the upper end region of the front door 2b, and the liquid crystal display device 11 is arranged below the upper panel unit 10. The upper panel unit 10 has a light source, and performs an effect by the light emitted from the light source. In addition, the liquid crystal display device 11 executes an effect by displaying an image. The liquid crystal display device 11 is a specific example of the notification means, the image display means, and the effect executing means according to the present invention.

A pedestal portion 12 is provided at the center of the front door 2b. The pedestal portion 12 is provided with a frame member 13 and various devices to be operated by the player.

The frame member 13 has a symbol display area 4, an information display window 14, and a stop button mounting portion 15. As shown in FIG. 2, the symbol display area 4 and the information display window 14 are provided in the opening of the frame member 13, and the stop button mounting portion 15 is provided in the lower part of the opening of the frame member 13.

The symbol display area 4 is an area that overlaps the three main reels 3L, 3C, 3R when viewed from the front (player side), and is arranged on the front side (player side) of the three main reels 3L, 3C, 3R. Reel. The symbol display area 4 functions as a display window, and has a configuration in which three main reels 3L, 3C, and 3R arranged behind the display window (cabinet 2a side) can be seen through. Therefore, in the following, the symbol display area 4 is referred to as a reel display window 4.

The reel display window 4 is continuously arranged among a plurality of symbols provided on the peripheral surface of each main reel when the rotation of the three main reels 3L, 3C, and 3R provided behind the reel display window 4 is stopped. The three symbols are configured to be displayed in the frame. That is, when the rotation of the three main reels 3L, 3C, and 3R is stopped, one symbol is set in the frame of the reel display window 4 for each main reel in each of the upper, middle, and lower regions (total). 3) is displayed (in the frame of the reel display window 4, the symbols are displayed in the form of 3 rows × 3 columns). Then, in the present embodiment, a pseudo line (cross-up line) connecting the lower region of the left reel 3L, the middle region of the middle reel 3C, and the upper region of the right reel 3R is provided in the frame of the reel display window 4. , Defined as an effective line for determining whether or not a prize has been won.

The information display window 14 is continuously provided at the lower part of the reel display window 4, and is arranged so that the surface direction of the information display surface faces upward. The information display window 14 and the reel display window 4 are covered with a transparent window cover 16. The window cover 16 is arranged on the inner surface side of the frame member 13, and has a structure that cannot be removed from the front side of the front door 2b.

Further, the frame member 13 has a sheet mounting portion 17 facing the information display surface of the information display window 14 with the window cover 16 interposed therebetween. Then, a seat member (information sheet) in which information about the game is described is arranged between the seat mounting portion 17 and the window cover 16. Therefore, the information sheet is covered with a window cover 16 having a smooth surface without irregularities or gaps, and the window cover 16 serves as a mounting portion for the information sheet.

As described above, in the pachi-slot machine 1 of the present embodiment, the window cover 16 is not removable from the front side of the front door 2b and has a smooth surface without irregularities or gaps. It is possible to prevent fraudulent acts that access the inside of the pachislot machine 1 via. The exchange of information sheets will be described later with reference to FIG. 4 described later.

In the present embodiment, as described above, an example in which the information display window 14 is continuously formed with the reel display window 4 at the opening of the frame member 13 has been described, but the present invention is not limited thereto. The information display window 14 may not be formed continuously with the reel display window 4. That is, the opening of the reel display window 4 and the opening of the information display window 14 may be arranged side by side in the vertical direction.

The stop button mounting portion 15 is composed of a flat plate member having a substantially trapezoidal surface shape. The stop button mounting portion 15 is provided below the information display window 14 and is provided so that a substantially trapezoidal surface faces the front (player side). On the substantially trapezoidal surface of the stop button mounting portion 15, three through holes through which the three stop buttons 19L, 19C, and 19R each pass are provided side by side.

The three stop buttons 19L, 19C, 19R are provided corresponding to each of the three main reels 3L, 3C, 3R, and each stop button is provided to stop the rotation of the corresponding main reel. These stop buttons 19L, 19C, 19R are one of various devices to be operated by the player. In the following, the three stop buttons 19L, 19C and 19R will also be referred to as a left stop button 19L, a middle stop button 19C and a right stop button 19R, respectively.

In addition to the stop button, the pedestal portion 12 is provided with a medal insertion slot 20, a MAX bet button 21, a 1-bet button 22, and a start lever 23 as various devices to be operated by the player.

The medal slot 20 is provided to receive medals dropped on the pachislot machine 1 from the outside by the player. The medals received from the medal slot 20 are used for one game up to a preset number of medals (for example, 3), and the amount exceeding the preset number is deposited inside the pachislot machine 1. Can be done. That is, the pachislot machine 1 has a so-called credit function.

The MAX bet button 21 and the 1-bet button 22 are provided to determine the number of medals to be used in one game from the medals deposited inside the pachislot machine 1. Further, the start lever 23 is provided to start the rotation of all the main reels (3L, 3C, 3R).

Further, when viewed from the front, an information display 24 composed of a 7-segment LED (Light Emitting Diode) is provided on the left side of the reel display window 4 of the front door 2b. Although the details of the configuration of the information display 24 are not shown, the information display 24 has the number of medals to be paid out to the player as a privilege (hereinafter referred to as the number of medals to be paid out) and the medals deposited inside the pachislot machine 1. A 7-segment display for digitally displaying information such as the number of medals (hereinafter referred to as the number of medals) is provided.

Further, the information display 24 is provided with information on the type of instruction flag stored in the instruction flag storage area described later, that is, information on the type of reel stop order notified when the AT is activated, and notification of a bonus (BB described later). An instruction display unit (instruction monitor) for displaying information about the reel is provided. The instruction display unit shows a specific example of the notification means according to the present invention.

The instruction display unit can be composed of a display device including, for example, a plurality of lamps and LEDs. In the present embodiment, the instruction display unit is composed of a 7-segment LED, and the 7-segment LED has an instruction monitor corresponding to the information (navigation type) as information on the pressing order or information on notification of a bonus (BB described later). Display the number.

The display mode of the information related to the push order or the information related to the notification of the bonus (BB described later) by the instruction display unit is not limited to this example, and can be configured in any mode as long as the navigation type can be identified. Can be done. For example, even if the instruction display unit is composed of a plurality of lamps and the on / off patterns of the plurality of lamps are associated with the navigation type to notify the information regarding the pressing order or the information regarding the notification of the bonus (BB described later). Good. Further, for example, the instruction display unit may display information (for example, a stop order number) that directly indicates the stop order of the reels.

Further, the display operation of the instruction display unit is controlled by the main control circuit 91. In the pachi-slot machine 1 of the present embodiment, when the AT (ART) is activated, the liquid crystal display device 11 also notifies (navigates) the information indicating the pressing order of the stop buttons, but at this time, the instruction display unit notifies the information. The information regarding the type of stop order of the reels has a one-to-one correspondence with the information indicating the stop button pressing order notified by the liquid crystal display device 11.

In the present embodiment, the installation surface of the instruction display unit (information display 24) on the pedestal portion 12 is formed on the same surface as the reel display window 4 for visually recognizing the reel, but the instruction display unit is installed. The surface may not be formed on the same surface as the reel display window 4. In this case, the player can play the game without being aware of (visually) the instruction display unit.

Further, a selection button 25 (chance button) is provided on the right side of the reel display window 4 of the front door 2b. The selection button 25 is a button pressed by the player when a selection operation such as game playability is required. The selection button 25 is connected to the sub-control board 72 described later, and the sub-control board 72 detects the pressing of the selection button 25 and controls the selection operation based on the detection.

Side panel units 26L and 26R are provided on both sides of the pedestal portion 12 of the front door 2b, respectively. Each side panel unit has a light source, and performs an effect by the light emitted from the light source. A settlement button 27 is provided below the left side panel unit 26L. The settlement button 27 is provided for pulling out (discharging) the medals deposited inside the pachislot machine 1 to the outside.

A lumbar panel unit 31 is provided below the pedestal portion 12 of the front door 2b. The lumbar panel unit 31 has a decorative panel on which an arbitrary image is drawn, and a light source that emits light for illuminating the decorative panel from the back side.

Below the lumbar panel unit 31, a medal payout outlet 32, speaker holes 33L and 33R, and a medal tray unit 34 are provided. The medal payout outlet 32 guides the medal discharged by driving the hopper device 51 (medal payout device) described later to the outside. The medal tray unit 34 stores medals discharged from the medal payout outlet 32. The speaker holes 33L and 33R are provided to output sound effects such as sound effects and music corresponding to the content of the production.

[Internal structure]
Next, the internal structure of the pachislot machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 3 and 4. 3 and 4 are views showing the internal structure of the pachi-slot machine 1. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a state in which the front door 2b is opened and the middle door 41 provided on the back surface side of the front door 2b is closed with respect to the front door 2b. Further, FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a state in which the front door 2b is opened and the middle door 41 is opened with respect to the front door 2b.

The cabinet 2a is a box-shaped member, and has a top plate, a bottom plate, left and right side plates, and a back plate. For example, a cabinet-side speaker 42 for outputting a sound effect is provided on the upper side inside the cabinet 2a.

A cabinet-side relay board 44 is arranged on one side of the cabinet-side speaker 42 (left side in FIGS. 3 and 4). The cabinet-side relay board 44 includes a main control board 71 (see FIG. 5 described later) attached to the middle door 41 (see FIGS. 3 and 4), a hopper device 51, and a medal auxiliary storage switch 75 (described later). This is a relay board for electrically connecting the medal payout count switch (not shown) and the medal payout count switch (not shown).

An amplifier board 45 for controlling sound output by the cabinet-side speaker 42 is arranged in the central portion inside the cabinet 2a. Further, although not shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, when the inside of the cabinet 2a is viewed from the front (player side), the other side portion (right side in FIGS. 3 and 4) of the amplifier board 45 is the outside described later. A centralized terminal board 47 (see FIG. 5 described later) is arranged. The external centralized terminal plate 47 is provided to output signals such as a medal insertion signal, a medal payout signal, and a security signal to the outside of the pachislot machine 1.

A hopper device 51 (medal payout device), a medal auxiliary storage 52, and a power supply device 53 are arranged in the lower part of the inside of the cabinet 2a.

The hopper device 51 is attached to a substantially central portion of the bottom plate of the cabinet 2a. The hopper device 51 has a structure capable of accommodating a large number of medals and ejecting them one by one. The hopper device 51 pays out the medals when the number of stored medals exceeds, for example, 50, or when the settlement button 27 is pressed to settle the medals. The medals paid out by the hopper device 51 are discharged from the medal payout outlet 32 (see FIG. 2).

The medal auxiliary storage 52 stores medals overflowing from the hopper device 51. The medal auxiliary storage 52 is arranged on the right side of the hopper device 51 when the inside of the cabinet 2a is viewed from the front.

The power supply device 53 includes a power supply switch 53a and a power supply board 53b (see FIG. 5 described later). The power supply device 53 is arranged on the left side of the hopper device 51 when the inside of the cabinet 2a is viewed from the front. The power supply device 53 converts the power of the AC voltage 100V into the power of the DC voltage required in each part, and supplies the converted power to each part.

As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the middle door 41 is arranged at substantially the center of the back surface of the front door 2b, and the reel display window 4 (see FIG. 4) is attached to the front door 2b so as to be openable and closable from the back side. Has been done.

As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the middle door 41 includes a main control board case 55 in which a main control board 71 (see FIG. 5 described later) is housed, and three main reels 3L, 3C, and 3R. It is attached. Further, although not shown, a stepping motor (variation display means) is connected to each of the three main reels 3L, 3C, and 3R via a gear having a predetermined reduction ratio.

In the present embodiment, when the middle door 41 is opened with respect to the front door 2b, the back surface of the window cover 16 and the seat mounting portion 17 are exposed on the back surface of the front door 2b as shown in FIG. As described above, an information sheet on which information about the game is described is arranged between the back surface of the window cover 16 and the sheet mounting portion 17. This information sheet is inserted into the gap formed between the back surface of the window cover 16 and the seat mounting portion 17 in a state where the middle door 41 is opened to expose the back surface of the window cover 16 and the seat mounting portion 17. The window. Also, when exchanging the information sheet, the information sheet is exchanged after the middle door 41 is opened.

Although not shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the main control board case 55 is provided with a setting key type switch 56 (see FIG. 5 described later) described later. The setting key type switch 56 is used when changing the setting of the pachi-slot 1 or confirming the setting of the pachi-slot 1. In the present embodiment, the main control board unit is configured by the main control board case 55 and the main control board 71 housed in the main control board case 55.

The main control board 71 housed in the main control board case 55 has a main control circuit 91 (see FIG. 6 described later) described later. The main control circuit 91 is a circuit that controls the main flow of the game in the pachislot machine 1, such as determining the internal winning combination, rotating and stopping the main reels 3L, 3C, and 3R, and determining whether or not there is a prize. The specific configuration of the main control circuit 91 will be described in detail later with reference to the drawings.

An auxiliary control board case 57 in which the auxiliary control board 72 (see FIG. 5 described later), which will be described later, is housed is arranged above the middle door 41 of the front door 2b. The sub-control board 72 housed in the sub-control board case 57 has a sub-control circuit 101 (see FIG. 7 described later). The sub-control circuit 101 is a circuit that controls the execution of an effect by displaying an image or the like. The specific configuration of the sub-control circuit 101 will be described in detail later with reference to the drawings.

Although not shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, when the front door 2b is viewed from the back surface side, the sub-relay board 61 (see FIG. 5 described later) described later is arranged on the right side of the sub-control board case 57. The sub-relay board 61 is a board that relays the connection wiring between the sub-control board 72 and the main control board 71. Further, the sub-relay board 61 is a relay board that electrically connects the sub-control board 72 and the boards provided around the sub-control board 72. Examples of the substrate arranged around the sub-control substrate 72 include LED substrates 62A and 62B, which will be described later.

Although not shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the LED substrates 62A and 62B are provided above the sub-control substrate case 57 when viewed from the back surface side of the front door 2b. The LED substrates 62A and 62B cause the LED (Light Emitting Diode) group 85 (see FIG. 5 described later) to emit light in response to the effect executed by the control of the sub-control circuit 101 (see FIG. 7 described later). , Display blinking pattern. The pachi-slot machine 1 of the present embodiment includes a plurality of LED substrates in addition to the LED substrates 62A and 62B.

Although not shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, a 24h door open / close monitoring unit 63 described later is arranged below the sub-relay board 61 (see FIG. 5 described later). The 24h door open / close monitoring unit 63 stores the open / close history information of the middle door 41. Further, the 24h door open / close monitoring unit 63 outputs a signal for displaying an error by the liquid crystal display device 11 to the sub control board 72 (sub control circuit 101) when the middle door 41 is opened.

As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, lower speakers 65L and 65R are arranged below the middle door 41. The lower speakers 65L and 65R are arranged on the back surface of the front door 2b at positions facing the speaker holes 33L and 33R (see FIG. 2), respectively.

A selector 66 and a door open / close monitoring switch 67 described later (see FIG. 5 described later) are arranged above the lower speaker 65L of the front door 2b. The selector 66 is a device for selecting whether or not the material and shape of medals are appropriate, and guides the appropriate medals inserted into the medal insertion slot 20 to the hopper device 51. Although not shown, a medal sensor for detecting that a proper medal has passed is provided on the path through which the medal passes in the selector 66. The medal sensor is a specific example of the insertion operation detecting means according to the present invention.

Although not shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the door open / close monitoring switch 67 is arranged on the left side of the selector 66 when the front door 2b is viewed from the back surface side. The door opening / closing monitoring switch 67 outputs a security signal for notifying the opening / closing of the front door 2b to the outside of the pachislot machine 1.

Further, as shown in FIG. 4, a door relay terminal plate 68 is provided in a region below the reel display window 4 and in a region opened and closed by the middle door 41. The door relay terminal board 68 is a board that relays the connection wiring between the main control board 71 in the main control board case 55 and various buttons and switches, the sub control board 72, the selector 66, and the game operation display board 81. Yes (see FIG. 5 below). Examples of various buttons and switches include MAX bet button 21, 1 bet button 22, settlement button 27, door open / close monitoring switch 67, selection switch 76 described later, BET switch 77, start switch 79, and the like. it can.

<Control system of pachislot>
Next, the control system included in the pachi-slot machine 1 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a circuit block diagram showing the configuration of the control system of the pachislot machine 1.

The pachi-slot machine 1 has a main control board 71 provided on the middle door 41 and a sub control board 72 provided on the front door 2b. Further, the pachi-slot machine 1 has a reel relay terminal board 74, a setting key type switch 56, a ratio indicator 58, a cabinet-side relay board 44, and a power supply device 53 connected to the main control board 71. Further, the pachi-slot machine 1 has an external centralized terminal board 47, a hopper device 51, and a medal auxiliary storage switch 75 connected to the main control board 71 via a cabinet-side relay board 44. Since the configurations of the external centralized terminal plate 47 and the hopper device 51 have been described above, their description will be omitted here. The configuration of the ratio indicator 58 will be described in detail later.

The reel relay terminal plate 74 is arranged inside the reel main body of each main reel 3L, 3C, 3R. The reel relay terminal plate 74 is electrically connected to a stepping motor (not shown) of each main reel 3L, 3C, 3R, and relays a signal output from the main control board 71 to the stepping motor.

The medal auxiliary storage switch 75 is provided in the medal auxiliary storage 52, and detects whether or not the medal auxiliary storage 52 is full of medals.

The power supply device 53 includes a power supply board 53b connected to the main control board 71 and a power supply switch 53a connected to the power supply board 53b. The power switch 53a is pressed when supplying the necessary power to the pachi-slot machine 1.

Further, the pachislot 1 has a selector 66, a door open / close monitoring switch 67, a selection switch 76 (chance switch), which are connected to the main control board 71 via the door relay terminal plate 68 and the door relay terminal plate 68. It has a BET switch 77, a settlement switch 78, a start switch 79, a stop switch board 80, a game operation display board 81, and a sub-relay board 61. Since the selector 66, the door open / close monitoring switch 67, and the sub-relay board 61 have been described above, their description will be omitted here.

The selection switch 76 detects that the selection button 25 has been pressed by the player. The BET switch 77 detects that the MAX bet button 21 or the 1-bet button 22 has been pressed by the player. The settlement switch 78 detects that the settlement button 27 has been pressed by the player. The start switch 79 detects that the start lever 23 has been operated by the player (start operation). The start switch 79 is a specific example of the start operation detecting means according to the present invention.

The stop switch board 80 includes a circuit for stopping the rotating main reel and a circuit for displaying the stoptable main reel by an LED or the like. Further, the stop switch board 80 is provided with a stop switch. The stop switch detects that each of the stop buttons 19L, 19C, 19R is pressed by the player (stop operation). The stop switch board 80 is a specific example of the stop operation detecting means according to the present invention.

The game operation display board 81 is connected to the information display 24 and is inserted when accepting the insertion of medals, when the three main reels 3L, 3C, and 3R are rotatable, and when replaying the game. This is a board for displaying the number of medals on a 7-segment display. Further, the game operation display board 81 is a board for displaying information on an instruction display unit (instruction monitor) provided in the information display 24, for example, when notifying information regarding a type of reel stop order. Is. Further, an LED 82 is connected to the game operation display board 81, and the LED 82 lights a mark indicating the start of the game, a mark for replaying the game, or the like based on a signal input from the game operation display board 81, for example. ..

The sub-control board 72 is connected to the main control board 71 via the door relay terminal board 68 and the sub-relay board 61. Further, the pachi-slot machine 1 has a sound I / O board 84, LED boards 62A and 62B, and a 24h door open / close monitoring unit 63 connected to the sub-control board 72 via the sub-relay board 61. Since the LED substrates 62A and 62B and the 24h door open / close monitoring unit 63 have been described above, their description will be omitted here.

The sound I / O board 84 outputs sound to a speaker group including lower speakers 65L and 65R and various speakers (not shown). The speaker group is a specific example of the audio output means according to the present invention.

Further, the pachi-slot machine 1 has a ROM cartridge board 86 and a liquid crystal relay board 87 connected to the sub-control board 72. The ROM cartridge board 86 and the liquid crystal relay board 87 are housed in the sub-control board case 57 together with the sub-control board 72.

The ROM cartridge substrate 86 is a substrate for managing image (video), audio, light (LED group 85), and communication data for production. The liquid crystal relay board 87 is a board that relays the connection wiring between the sub-control board 72 and the liquid crystal display device 11.

<Main control circuit>
Next, the configuration of the main control circuit 91 mounted on the main control board 71 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the main control circuit 91 of the pachislot machine 1.

The main control circuit 91 is mainly composed of a microcomputer 92 mounted on the main control board 71. The microcomputer 92 is composed of a main CPU (Central Processing Unit) 93, a main ROM (Read Only Memory) 94, and a main RAM (Random Access Memory) 95.

The main ROM 94 stores a control program executed by the main CPU 93, a data table, data for transmitting various control commands (commands) to the sub control circuit 101, and the like. The main RAM 95 is provided with a storage area for storing various data such as internal winning combinations determined by executing the control program.

A clock pulse generation circuit 96, a frequency divider 97, a random number generator 98, and a sampling circuit 99 are connected to the main CPU 93. The clock pulse generation circuit 96 and the frequency divider 97 generate a clock pulse. The main CPU 93 executes a control program based on the generated clock pulse. The random number generator 98 generates random numbers in a predetermined range (for example, 0 to 65535). The sampling circuit 99 extracts one value from the generated random numbers.

The main CPU 93 counts the number of times a pulse is output to the stepping motor of each reel after detecting the reel index. As a result, the main CPU 93 manages the rotation angle of each main reel (mainly, how many symbols the main reel has rotated). The reel index is information indicating that the main reel has made one revolution. This reel index is provided, for example, with an optical sensor having a light emitting unit and a light receiving unit, and a detection piece provided at a predetermined position on each main reel and interposed between the light emitting unit and the light receiving unit due to rotation of each main reel. It is detected by the provided reel position detection unit (not shown).

Here, the management of the rotation angle of each main reel will be specifically described. The number of pulses output to the stepping motor is counted by a pulse counter provided in the main RAM 95. Then, each time the output of a predetermined number of pulses required for the rotation of one symbol is counted by the pulse counter, the symbol counter provided in the main RAM 95 is added one by one. The symbol counter is provided according to each main reel. The value of the symbol counter is cleared when the reel index is detected by the reel position detection unit (not shown).

That is, in the present embodiment, by managing the symbol counter, it is possible to manage how many symbols have been rotated since the reel index was detected. Therefore, the position of each symbol on each main reel is detected with reference to the position where the reel index is detected.

<Sub-control circuit>
Next, the configuration of the sub-control circuit 101 mounted on the sub-control board 72 will be described with reference to FIG. 7. FIG. 7 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the sub-control circuit 101 of the pachi-slot machine 1.

The sub-control circuit 101 is electrically connected to the main control circuit 91, and performs processing such as determination and execution of the effect content based on the command transmitted from the main control circuit 91. The sub control circuit 101 basically includes a sub CPU 102, a sub RAM 103, a rendering processor 104, a drawing RAM 105, and a driver 106.

The sub CPU 102 controls the output of video, sound, and light according to the control program stored in the ROM cartridge board 86 in response to the command transmitted from the main control circuit 91. The ROM cartridge board 86 is basically composed of a program storage area and a data storage area.

The control program executed by the sub CPU 102 is stored in the program storage area. For example, in the control program, a main board communication task for controlling communication with the main control circuit 91 and an effect registration for extracting a random value for the effect and determining and registering the effect content (effect data). Includes various programs for executing tasks. Further, the control program includes a drawing control task that controls the display of an image by the liquid crystal display device 11 based on the determined effect content, a lamp control task that controls the output of light by a light source such as the LED group 85, and a lower speaker 65L. Various programs for executing a voice control task or the like for controlling the sound output by the 65R are also included.

The data storage area includes a storage area for storing various data tables, a storage area for storing effect data constituting each effect content, and a storage area for storing animation data related to video creation. The data storage area also includes a storage area for storing sound data related to BGM and sound effects, a storage area for storing lamp data related to a pattern of turning on and off light, and the like.

The sub-RAM 103 is provided with a storage area for registering the determined effect content and effect data, and a storage area for storing various data such as an internal winning combination transmitted from the main control circuit 91.

The sub CPU 102, the rendering processor 104, the drawing RAM (including the frame buffer) 105, and the driver 106 create an image according to the animation data specified by the effect content, and display the created image on the liquid crystal display device 11.

Further, the sub CPU 102 outputs a sound such as BGM by a group of speakers such as the lower speakers 65L and 65R according to the sound data specified by the effect content. Further, the sub CPU 102 controls the lighting and extinguishing of the LED group 85 according to the lamp data specified by the effect content.

<Ratio indicator>
Next, the configuration of the ratio indicator 58 will be described with reference to FIGS. 8A and 8B. As described above, the pachi-slot machine 1 of the present embodiment includes a ratio indicator 58 that displays various ratios. FIG. 8A shows an installation example of the ratio display 58, and FIG. 8B shows the contents of the information displayed on the ratio display 58.

[Percentage indicator configuration]
As shown in FIG. 8A, the ratio display 58 is composed of a 4-digit 7-segment LED, the upper 2 digits indicate the type of display content (ratio), and the lower 2 digits are the value of the ratio of the display content. (%) Is shown. The ratio indicator 58 is provided inside the pachi-slot machine 1 because it is used by an administrator (such as a clerk at a game store) to confirm whether or not the pachi-slot machine 1 has been tampered with. At this time, in order to prevent fraud on the ratio indicator 58 itself, it is preferable that the ratio indicator 58 is provided inside the main control board case 55 that covers the main control board 71.

As a specific mounting example, for example, as shown in FIG. 8 (A-1), the ratio indicator 58 may be mounted on the main control board 71, or may be shown in FIG. 8 (A-2). As described above, it may be mounted on another board (ratio display board) connected to the main control board 71. Further, as shown in FIG. 8A, the ratio indicator 58 may be attached by connecting the 7-segment LED unit as the ratio indicator 58 to the main control board 71. In any case, as shown in FIG. 8A, it is preferable to provide the ratio indicator 58 together with the main control board 71 inside the main control board case 55.

By the way, normally, a recording paper or a sealing sticker is attached to the main control board case 55, but when the ratio indicator 58 is provided in the main control board case 55, the proportion indicator 58 can be visually recognized by the sealing sticker or the like. It is preferable to attach a sealing sticker or the like so that the property is not impaired. The sealing seal is intended to leave a trace of opening the main control board case 55, and is a seal specially processed so that a trace remains when the main control board case 55 is peeled off. The recording paper is a paper for recording when the main control board case 55 is attached / detached or opened by a regular procedure. The recording paper is printed with the identification number of the main control board 71, and is further provided with an entry field for entering the date and time of attachment / detachment or opening and the person in charge at that time. The "regular procedure" referred to here includes manufacturing of a game machine (at the time of mounting and fixing) and on-site inspection after installation in a game store.

[Display contents of ratio display]
Next, a display example of the ratio display 58 will be described. As shown in FIG. 8B, the ratio display 58 displays the cumulative specific section ratio, the continuous character ratio and the character ratio between the latest 6000 games, and the cumulative continuous character ratio and the character ratio. Will be done. When displaying the cumulative specific section ratio on the ratio display 58, "AU" is displayed in the upper two digits of the 4-digit 7-segment LED, and the ratio of continuous characters between the last 6000 games is displayed. , "= R" is displayed in the upper two digits, and when displaying the character ratio between the last 6000 games, "= b" is displayed in the upper two digits, and the cumulative continuous character ratio is displayed. If this is the case, "Ar" is displayed in the upper two digits, and "Ab" is displayed in the upper two digits when the cumulative bonus ratio is displayed. Further, the corresponding ratio is displayed as a percentage in the lower two digits of the four-digit seven-segment LED.

Here, the "specific section ratio" refers to the ratio of the number of games played in a game state advantageous to the player to the number of games played (that is, the total number of games played) in all the game states. In this case, the gaming state that is advantageous to the player is not only the notification state that notifies the information that is advantageous to the player (during the so-called AT (ART game state of the present embodiment)), but also the expected transition to this notification state. CZ with a high degree may also be included. Further, the bonus state that starts during the notification state may also be included in the advantageous gaming state in this case.

The main control board 71 counts the total number of games, which indicates the number of games in all the game states, and the specific number of games, which indicates the number of games in the game state which is advantageous to the player, at a predetermined counter provided in the main RAM 95. Then, the specific section ratio is calculated by the formula shown below.
Specific section ratio = specific number of games / total number of games x 100

In addition, the "continuous bonus ratio" refers to the first-class special bonus or the first-class special bonus with respect to the total number of medals paid out in all game states (that is, the total number of payouts). The ratio of the total number of medals paid out in the gaming state in which the continuous operating device for the accessory is operating.

The main control board 71 has a total number of medals paid out indicating the total number of medals paid out in all game states at a predetermined counter provided in the main RAM 95, and a first-class special bonus or a first-class special bonus. The number of medals paid out during the operation of the accessory continuous operation device related to the object is counted, and the number of medals paid out during the first specific game is counted, and the continuous accessory ratio is calculated by the following formula.
Consecutive character ratio = number of payouts during the first specific game / total number of payouts x 100

In addition, the "feature ratio" is the total number of medals paid out during the operation of any of the bonuses with respect to the total number of medals paid out in all game states (that is, the total number of medals paid out). The percentage that occupies. In addition, "any of the characters" means a first-class special character, a continuous operation device for a first-class special character, a second-class special character, and a second-class special character. A continuous operating device or an ordinary accessory. Further, since the ART state and the CZ in-progress state are also advantageous states for the player, these states may be included in the state in which "any accessory" is operating.

The main control board 71 has a total number of medals paid out indicating the total number of medals paid out in all gaming states at a predetermined counter provided in the main RAM 95, and medals paid out during the operation of any of the accessories. The number of medals paid out during the second specific game, which indicates the total number of medals, is counted, and the bonus ratio is calculated by the formula shown below.
Consecutive character ratio = number of payouts during the second specified game / total number of payouts x 100

Further, "cumulative" means the entire period from the installation of the pachislot machine 1 to the present, and "between the latest 6000 games" means the period from the game before 6000 games to the present. When calculating the ratio of "cumulative", the main control board 71 may calculate the ratio using the counting result counted in the entire period, and when calculating the ratio of "between the latest 6000 games", The main control board 71 may calculate the ratio using the counting result that has been counted in the period from the game before 6000 games to the present.

The predetermined counter provided in the main RAM 95 is provided in an area that is not cleared (initialized) even when the power is turned on / off or the setting is changed. That is, the data related to the ratio display 58 stored in the main RAM 95 is configured so as not to be erased (cleared) even when the power is turned on / off or the setting is changed. Further, a predetermined counter provided in the main RAM 95 counts data related to the ratio display 58 with 400 games as one set. For example, when calculating the ratio between 6000 games, the ratio is calculated using the cumulative counting results of 15 sets.

[Display contents of ratio display (switching display)]
The ratio display 58 switches and displays various ratios calculated by the main control board 71. The method of switching the content to be displayed on the ratio display 58 is arbitrary. For example, the display of various ratios may be automatically switched at predetermined intervals, or various types may be manually switched according to the operation of a dedicated switch. The display of the ratio may be switched, or the display of various ratios may be switched by combining automatic switching and manual switching.

[Modification example of ratio display]
By the way, since the existing pachislot machine does not have the ratio display 58, it is necessary to make a major modification to the existing pachislot machine in the installation example of the ratio display 58 shown in FIG. 8A. Therefore, when incorporating the configuration of the ratio display 58 into the existing pachislot, the display provided in the existing pachislot may be used as the ratio display 58 for displaying various ratios. For example, the existing pachislot machine is provided with a display (information display 24) that displays the number of medals stored (number of credits) and the number of medals paid out in this game (number of payouts). Therefore, this display may be used as the ratio display 58.

In this case, for example, when a special operation is performed on the pachislot machine, the type of display content (ratio) is displayed on the credit number display unit (credit lamp: not shown), and the payout number display unit (credit lamp: not shown). The display of the display may be switchable so that the value of the ratio of the display content is displayed on the payout number lamp: not shown). Although the special operation performed at this time is arbitrary, it is preferable that the operation is performed using a switch provided inside the pachislot machine. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from accidentally performing a special operation.

<Various main game states managed by the main control circuit>
Next, regarding the game state related to the winning probability of the replay (replay) and the game state related to the presence or absence of the bonus operation (hereinafter collectively referred to as "main game state") managed by the main control circuit 91 (main CPU 93). explain.

[Type of main game state]
In Pachislot 1 of the present embodiment, as a game state (hereinafter referred to as "RT state") related to the winning probability of the replay (replay), a combination of the winning probability of the replay (replay) and the type of the winning replay combination is used. Four types of RT states, which are different from each other and are called "RT0 state" to "RT3 state", are provided. In this embodiment, the number of medals to be hung for each unit game in each main game state is three.

Further, in the present embodiment, as the types of bonus games, a big bonus (hereinafter referred to as "BB"), a regular bonus (hereinafter referred to as "RB"), and a middle bonus (hereinafter referred to as "MB") And a challenge bonus (hereinafter referred to as "CB") will be provided. The BB is an accessory continuous operation device related to the RB called a type 1 special accessory, and continuously operates the RB. On the other hand, the MB is an accessory continuous operation device related to the CB called a type 2 special accessory, and continuously operates the CB.

In this embodiment, three types of BBs (BBs related to the combination names "C_BB1 (BB1A, 1B)" to "C_BB3" described later) are provided, and two types of MBs (combination names "C_MB1" and "C_MB2" described later) are provided. MB) will be provided. In the present embodiment, the operation of the BB started with the display of the symbol combination related to the BB ends when the number of medals exceeding the specified number "305" is paid out regardless of the type of the BB. .. On the other hand, the operation of the MB, which is started with the display of the symbol combination related to the MB, ends when the number of medals exceeding the specified number "45" is paid out regardless of the type of the MB.

Then, in the present embodiment, the gaming state during BB operation (hereinafter referred to as "BB state") is also managed by the main control circuit 91 (main CPU 93). Further, in the present embodiment, a state in which the BB type is BB1 or BB2 (hereinafter, referred to as "BB1, BB2 state" or "NBB state") and a state in which the BB type is BB3 (hereinafter, "BB3 state" or "BB3 state"). It is managed separately from the "SBB state" (see FIG. 100 described later). The RT0 state to RT3 state, which are the main gaming states when the BB is not activated, are also collectively referred to as "general medium state".

Further, in the present embodiment, the state from the winning of the BB combination to the winning of the prize, that is, the state called the BB carry-over state or the state between BB flags (hereinafter, referred to as "BB internal medium state") is also the main control circuit 91 (hereinafter, "BB internal medium state"). It is managed by the main CPU 93). At this time, in the present embodiment, the carried-over BB type is BB1 or BB2 (hereinafter referred to as "BB1, BB2 internal medium state") and the carried-over BB type is BB3 (hereinafter referred to as "BB1, BB2 internal medium state"). Hereinafter, it is managed separately from the “BB3 internal medium state” (see FIG. 100 described later).

Further, in the present embodiment, in each of the RT0 state to the RT3 state, the state in which the MB is activated (hereinafter, referred to as “RT0 o'clock MB state” to “RT3 o'clock MB state” respectively) is also the main control circuit 91 (main CPU 93). ) (See FIG. 100 below).

In the present embodiment, as shown in various internal lottery tables for the RT0 state to the RT3 state described later (see FIGS. 23 to 30 described later), the winning probability (high probability) of the replay in the RT3 state is the RT0 state. , RT1 and RT2 states (low probability). The winning probabilities of the replays in the RT1 state and the RT2 state are the same, but the types of the winning replay combinations are different from each other. The winning probability of the re-game in the RT0 state is slightly lower than that in the RT1 state and the RT2 state. Further, the type of replay combination won in the RT0 state is different from those in the RT1 state and the RT2 state.

[Transition mode between main game states]
Here, with reference to FIG. 9, the transition modes of the various main gaming states managed by the main control circuit 91 (main CPU 93) will be described. Note that FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a transition flow between various main gaming states.

At the initial state and at the end of BB, as shown in FIG. 9, the main game state shifts to the RT0 state (low RT state). In the RT0 state, when the "bell spilled eye" is displayed, the RT state shifts from the RT0 state to the RT1 state. In addition, when "bell spilled eyes" is displayed, the symbol combination of the small winning combination related to "bell" in the symbol combination table shown in FIGS. 16 to 19 described later could not be stopped and displayed on the effective line (missed). It's time.

In the RT1 state, when the "RT2 transition lip" is won, the main game state shifts from the RT1 state to the RT2 state. The "RT2 transition lip" prize is when the replay combination related to the combination name "C_RT2 lip" in the symbol combination table shown in FIG. 16 described later wins a prize.

In the RT2 state, when the "RT3 transition lip" is won, the main game state shifts from the RT2 state to the RT3 state. The "RT3 transition lip" prize is when the replay combination related to the combination name "C_RT3 lip_1" or "C_RT3 lip_1" in the symbol combination table shown in FIG. 16 described later wins a prize. Further, in the RT2 state, when the "bell spilled eye" is displayed or when the "RT1 transition lip" is won, the main game state shifts from the RT2 state to the RT1 state. The "RT1 transition lip" winning time is when the replay combination related to the combination name "C_RT1 lip" in the symbol combination table shown in FIG. 16 described later wins a prize.

In the RT3 state, when the "bell spilled eye" is displayed or when the "RT1 transition lip" is won, the main game state shifts from the RT3 state to the RT1 state. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 9, the transition mode in which the main gaming state shifts from the RT3 state to the RT2 state, and the transition in which the RT0 state and the RT1 state shift directly to the RT3 state (ART state described later) No aspect is provided.

Further, in the general middle state (any of the RT0 state to the RT3 state), when the internal winning combination (BB combination) related to the BB wins, the main game state shifts from the general medium state to the BB internal medium state. .. Then, in the BB internal medium state, when the BB combination wins (when the symbol combination related to the BB combination is stopped and displayed on the valid line), the BB (RB) is activated, and the main game state is changed from the BB internal medium state. It shifts to the BB state. The BB combination is a specific example of the special internal winning combination according to the present invention, and the BB state is a specific example of the special gaming state according to the present invention.

In the BB state, when the number of medals exceeding the specified number (305 in the present embodiment) is paid out, the BB ends and the main game state shifts from the BB state to the RT0 state.

When the MB combination is won in each of the RT0 state to the RT3 state, the MB (CB) is activated, and the main game state changes from the RT0 state to the RT3 state to the RT0 o'clock MB state to the RT3 o'clock MB state, respectively. Transition. Then, in each MB state, when the number of medals exceeding the specified number (45 in this embodiment) is paid out, the MB ends and the main game state changes from the MB state to the corresponding RT state. Transition.

<Various ball ejection states managed by the main control circuit>
The pachi-slot machine 1 of the present embodiment is a gaming machine having an ART function in which an RT function and an AT function operate at the same time. Then, in the present embodiment, whether or not the ART (AT) function is activated is determined by the main control circuit 91 (main CPU 93). That is, in the pachi-slot machine 1 of the present embodiment, the operation / non-operation of the ART (AT) function, which directly affects the ball ejection performance (privilege granting performance), is managed by the main control circuit 91 (main CPU 93). Therefore, the main control circuit 91 (main CPU 93) also manages a state related to the payout (medal payout) performance (hereinafter, referred to as “ball payout state”) as a game state.

Here, with reference to FIG. 10, the type of ball ejection state managed by the main control circuit 91 (main CPU 93) of the pachislot machine 1 of the present embodiment, and the transition mode (game flow) between various ball ejection states. explain. Note that FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a game flow (transition flow between various ball ejection states) in the pachislot machine 1 of the present embodiment.

In the pachislot 1 of the present embodiment, the ball ejection states mainly managed by the main control circuit 91 (main CPU 93) are "normal state", "CZ (chance zone) introduction state", and "CZ (chance zone) introduction state" as shown in FIG. There are seven types of ball ejection states called "CZ in progress state", "ART preparing state", "ART state", "additional specialization state", and "ART fall waiting state". Further, although not shown in FIG. 10, when the setting is changed, a lottery process different from these ball ejection states is performed, so that the main control circuit 91 (main CPU 93) manages the state at the time of setting change as the ball ejection state. .. The ART state is a specific example of the notified gaming state and the advantageous gaming state according to the present invention.

In addition, the normal state, the state at the time of introducing CZ, and the state during CZ are basically the ball ejection states in which the RT state mainly corresponds to any of the RT0 state to the RT2 state, and the AT function does not operate. It is in a ball state. The ART state, the additional specialization state, and the ART fall waiting state are basically the ball ejection states in which the RT state corresponds to the RT3 state and the AT function is activated. Further, the ART preparing state is a ball ejection state in which the RT state mainly corresponds to any of the RT0 state to the RT2 state, and the ball ejection state in which the AT function is activated.

In the normal state, 40 games are played in one cycle. In the normal state, the game is mainly performed to determine the result of the ART lottery performed in the game in the CZ state, and the parameters that affect the game content (privilege obtained by ART) after the transition to ART. Specifically, the rank of the result of the ART lottery and the ranks of multiple types of cards (attack-type cards, defense-type cards, and reward-type cards described later) related to the game content of ART are increased (acquire high-ranked cards). Various games are played. The contents of the plurality of types of cards that can be obtained in the normal state will be described in detail later.

The number of games in one cycle (number of periodic games) in the normal state is not limited to 40 games, and can be changed as appropriate depending on, for example, a model. Further, in the present embodiment, an example in which the number of periodic games in the normal state is a fixed value has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the number of periodic games in the normal state is variable according to the gaming situation. It may be. In this case, for example, a configuration may be provided in which a predetermined number of periodic games can be selected from a plurality of types of periodic games, or a configuration in which a shortened lottery is performed to shorten the number of remaining periodic games during the cycle is provided. May be good.

The CZ introduction state is a ball ejection state in which the game shifts after the normal game period (40 games) is completed. The game period in the state at the time of introducing CZ is one game, and in the game in the state at the time of introducing CZ, for example, a process of determining the game period in the state of being in CZ, a battle victory rewriting lottery process, and the like are performed.

The CZ in-progress state is a ball ejection state in which the game shifts after the game period (1 game) in the CZ introduction state is completed. During the game period in the CZ middle game state, a lottery game for determining ART winning / non-winning is mainly performed. The contents of the ART lottery performed on the main side in the CZ middle state will be described in detail later. In addition, in the production in the CZ middle state, a battle production is performed between the main character (hereinafter, abbreviated as "main character") and a predetermined enemy character (hereinafter, abbreviated as "enemy character"), and when the ART winning is confirmed, the main character is produced. The content that the character wins over the enemy character is produced, and when the ART non-winning is confirmed, the content that the main character is defeated by the enemy character is produced.

The ART preparing state is a ball ejection state that shifts when the ART winning (winning of the main character) is determined in the game in the CZ middle state. In the ART preparation state, a game for shifting the RT state to the RT3 state is mainly performed, and a push order navigation for shifting the RT state to the RT3 state occurs. In addition, in the game in the CZ middle state, when the ART non-winning (defeat of the main character) is determined, the ball ejection state shifts from the CZ middle state to the normal state, and from the next game to the normal state of the next cycle. The game is started.

In the ART state, when a small winning combination (such as a batting order bell described later) having a correct answer in the pressing order of the stop button is internally won, the AT function notifies information on the pressing order of the correct answer corresponding to the type of the small winning combination. .. At this time, on the main control circuit 91 side (hereinafter referred to as "main side"), the instruction display unit (not shown) included in the information display 24 causes the instruction monitor number corresponding to the type of small combination to be information on the pressing order. Is notified as. On the other hand, on the sub control circuit 101 side (hereinafter referred to as "sub side"), an effect of displaying the pressing order information (pressing order number) of the three stop buttons is performed on the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 11. In addition, the initial number of games of ART is determined by the game of the additional specialization state performed immediately after the ball ejection state shifts to the ART state.

The additional specialization state is a ball ejection state during the ART state, and is a ball ejection state in which an additional lottery for the number of ART games is mainly performed. That is, the additional specialized state is a specialized zone during the ART state. In the present embodiment, at the start of the ART game period and when the game in the ART state wins the lottery for adding the number of specialized games described later, the payout state shifts to the added specialized state.

The initial values of the game period (the number of specialized games described later) and the continuation rate (specialized final game loop rate described later) in the additional specialized state are specific cards acquired in the normal state (reward card described later). It is determined based on, and is set when the transition to the ART state is determined. After that, if the lottery for adding the number of specialized games to be performed when a predetermined condition is satisfied is won, basically, the number of specialized games and the continuation rate are updated (added) each time.

Further, when the transition to the additional specialized state is determined in the ART state, the game in the additional specialized state is started as the interrupt process from the next game. In addition, the number of ART games is not counted during the game period in the additional specialized state (the number of remaining ART games does not decrease). Then, when the game period in the additional specialized state ends, the payout state returns to the ART state, and the game in the ART state is restarted from the number of remaining ART games at the time of entering the additional specialized state.

The ART fall waiting state is a ball ejection state that shifts when the game period of the ART state ends. In the ART fall waiting state, the game is played until the RT state shifts (falls) from the RT3 state to the RT1 state. Then, when the RT state shifts from the RT3 state to the RT1 state in the ART fall waiting state, the ball ejection state shifts from the ART fall waiting state to the normal state, and from the next game, the normal state of the first cycle (first cycle) The game is started.

In the above-mentioned normal state and ART state, when the BB wins, the game from the time of winning the BB to the end of the BB is performed as an interrupt process, and during that period, the number of remaining cycle games in the normal state and the ART state The number of remaining ART games is not subtracted (counted).

In addition, when the BB is won in the state at the time of introducing CZ or in the state during CZ, the ART transition is confirmed. In this case, after the winning BB state game is digested, the ball ejection state shifts to the ART state.

Although not shown in FIG. 10, in each of the normal state and the ART state, two types of modes, "low probability mode" and "high probability mode", are provided as the lottery state, and the latter mode is better. , The probability of winning in the lottery process is higher than in the former mode.

Further, although not shown in FIG. 10, in a normal state, a plurality of types of stage modes are provided. Specifically, a normal stage (stages A to C described later) corresponding to the card type (attribute) and a special stage not associated with the card type are provided. In the normal stage, the card with the corresponding attribute is easily ranked up. On the other hand, in the special stage, all cards are configured to be ranked up with the same probability. The normal stage and the special stage are specific examples of the modes according to the present invention.

[Various lottery processes performed on the main side in each game state]
In the present embodiment, on the main side, the game state is managed by the combination of the above-mentioned ball ejection state and the main game state (RT state, bonus (BB, MB) state, BB internal medium state), and in each game state, Perform a predetermined lottery process as appropriate. Here, the types of lottery processing executed in each combination of the ball ejection state and the main game state will be described together. In addition, when the game state other than the combination of the ball ejection state and the main gaming state shown below, for example, the ball ejection state is the normal state and the main gaming state is the BB internal medium state or the SBB winning game, the ball ejection state When is in the CZ middle state and the main game state is the BB internal medium state or the BB winning game, when the ball ejection state is the ART state and the main game state is the BB internal medium state, the ball ejection state is added. The lottery is not performed when the game is in the changed state and the main game state is in the BB internal middle state.

(1) When the ball ejection state is the normal state and the main game state is the negative BB internal medium state, the MB winning game or the MB state In the unit game in this case, when the lever is turned on, the card promotion lottery, the card promotion attribute lottery, Card promotion number lottery and lottery state transition lottery are performed in this order. The state in which the main game state is "No BB internal medium state" means that the main game state is neither a BB winning game, a BB internal medium state, a BB state, an MB winning game, or an MB state. Say. Further, "when the lever is turned on" is when the player's game start operation with respect to the start lever 23 is detected.

The card promotion lottery is a lottery for whether or not to rank up the cards, and the card promotion attribute lottery is a lottery for selecting the type of card to be ranked up (either attack type, defense type, or reward type). The card promotion count lottery is a lottery for determining the number of card rank-ups. Further, the lottery state transition lottery is a lottery for determining the lottery state (either high accuracy or low accuracy).

(2) When the ball ejection state is the normal state and the main game state is the NBB winning game In the unit game in this case, when the lever is turned on, the card promotion lottery, the card promotion attribute lottery, the card promotion number lottery, the enemy at the time of NBB winning The character promotion lottery and the lottery state transition lottery are performed in this order.

In this embodiment, seven types of enemy characters A to G are prepared as enemy characters to be played against the main character in the CZ medium state, and the probability that the main character will win is higher. The order is from enemy characters G to A. In the NBB winning enemy character promotion lottery, it is a lottery that determines whether or not to change the currently set enemy characters (enemy characters A to E) to enemy character F (enemy character that makes it easier to win ART). If the currently set enemy character is enemy character F and the NBB wins the enemy character promotion lottery, the type of the enemy character is changed to enemy character G (the enemy character whose ART win is confirmed). ..

(3) When the ball ejection state is the normal state and the main game state is the NBB state In the unit game in this case, when the lever is turned on, the card promotion lottery, the card promotion attribute lottery, the card promotion number lottery, the enemy character at the time of NBB winning The promotion lottery and the lottery state transition lottery are performed in this order.

(4) When the ball ejection state is the state at the time of CZ introduction and the main game state is the negative BB internal medium state, NBB winning game or MB winning game In this case, in the unit game, when the lever is turned on, the CZ victory rewriting lottery and CZ The specified number of games shortening lottery is performed in this order.

The CZ victory rewrite lottery is non-ART when the rank of all cards is "0" at the end of the game in the normal state of the cycle other than the first cycle (when the ball ejection state shifts to the state at the time of introducing CZ). This is a lottery for deciding whether or not to change (rewrite) the result of winning confirmation (defeat of the main character) to the result of winning confirmation of ART (winning of the main character). In addition, this lottery result is referred to when ART non-winning is confirmed (the main character is defeated) in the game in the CZ middle state, and if this lottery is won, ART non-winning is performed at this timing. Confirmation (defeat of the main character) is rewritten to confirmation of ART winning (winning of the main character). Further, the CZ-specified number of games shortened lottery is a shortened lottery of the number of games in the CZ state (the number of CZ-specified games) starting from the next game.

(5) When the ball ejection state is the state at the time of introducing the CZ and the main game state is the BB state In the unit game in this case, an additional lottery for the number of ART games is performed when the lever is turned on. Then, when the lottery is won, the lottery result (the number of additional games of ART) is added to the number of remaining ART games in the ART state that shifts after the end of the CZ middle state.

(6) When the ball ejection state is in the CZ medium state and the main game state is the negative BB internal medium state or the MB winning game In this case, in the unit game, the first to third battle offense and defense lottery and card skill are performed when the lever is turned on. The activation lottery is performed in this order. In the present embodiment, ART winning / non-winning is determined by these two lottery.

The first to third battle offense and defense lottery determines whether or not the life value of the main character or the life value of the enemy character, which will be described later, is subtracted, the increase / decrease value of the life value of the main character, or the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character. It is a lottery for. The card skill activation lottery is a lottery for deciding whether or not to further reflect the skill effect described later of each card on the lottery result based on the lottery result determined in the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery. is there. Then, if the life value of the enemy character becomes "0" or less as a result of the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery and the card skill activation lottery (increase / decrease in the life value of one of the main character and the enemy character), the ART win ( Battle victory) is confirmed. On the other hand, if the life value of the main character becomes "0" or less as a result of the card skill activation lottery, ART non-winning (battle defeat) is confirmed. The details of the ART winning / non-winning determination process by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery and the card skill activation lottery will be described in detail later.

Further, in the unit game in this case, the stage lottery and the enemy character lottery are performed in this order at the time of the third stop of the reel.

In this embodiment, as described above, in the normal state, a separate stage mode is provided for each type of card. Then, in the stage lottery, the stage mode in the normal state game period of the next cycle is determined. Further, in the enemy character lottery, the enemy character to play against the main character is determined in the game in the CZ state performed after the end of the game period in the normal state of the next cycle.

(7) When the ball ejection state is in the CZ middle state and the main game state is the BB state In the unit game in this case, an additional lottery for the number of ART games is performed when the lever is turned on. Then, when the lottery is won, the lottery result (the number of additional games of ART) is added to the number of remaining ART games in the ART state that shifts after the end of the CZ middle state.

(8) When the ball ejection state is the CZ middle state and the main game state is the MB state In the unit game in this case, the MB middle point lottery is performed when the lever is turned on. In the MB medium point lottery, the damage (subtracted value of the life value) to be added to the enemy character in the CZ medium state is determined. Then, when the lottery is won, the life value corresponding to the lottery result is subtracted from the current life value of the enemy character.

(9) When the ball ejection state is in the ART preparation state and the main game state is the negative BB internal medium state, the SBB winning game, the MB winning game or the MB state. In this case, the unit game is when the lever is turned on and when the ART is started. An additional lottery is performed for the number of games in the specialized state (the number of specialized games).

(10) When the ball ejection state is in the ART preparation state and the main game state is the NBB winning game In the unit game in this case, the number of ART games is added to the lottery when the lever is turned on, and the addition is specialized at the start of ART. An additional lottery for the number of games in the state (number of specialized games) is performed in this order.

(11) When the ball ejection state is the ART preparation state and the main game state is the BB state In the unit game in this case, an additional lottery for the number of ART games is performed when the lever is turned on.

(12) When the payout state is an additional specialized state and the main game state is a no BB internal medium state, an MB winning game or an MB state In the unit game in this case, the number of ART games is added to the lottery when the lever is turned on. In addition, continuous lottery in the additional specialized state is performed in this order. In the continuous lottery in the additional specialized state, it is determined whether or not to continue the game in the additional specialized state in the next game in the final game in the additional specialized state. The winning probability of this lottery is the continuation rate (specialized final game loop rate described later) set in the additional specialized state of the current set.

(13) When the ball ejection state is the additional specialized state and the main game state is the NBB winning game In the unit game in this case, when the lever is turned on, the additional lottery of the number of ART games based on the NBB winning and the additional specialized state An additional lottery will be held based on the number of ART games.

(14) When the ball ejection state is the additional specialized state and the main game state is the SBB winning game In the unit game in this case, the additional lottery of the number of ART games is performed when the lever is turned on.

(15) When the ball ejection state is the additional special state and the main game state is the BB state In the unit game in this case, the additional lottery for the number of ART games is performed when the lever is turned on.

(16) When the payout state is the ART state and the main game state is the BB internal medium state, the MB winning game or the MB state. In the unit game in this case, the number of games in the additional specialized state (specialization) when the lever is turned on. The additional lottery (number of games) and the lottery state transition lottery are performed in this order.

(17) When the payout state is the ART state and the main game state is the NBB winning game In the unit game in this case, when the lever is turned on, the number of ART games is added to the lottery, and the number of games in the added specialized state (specialized game). Number) additional lottery and lottery state transition lottery are performed in this order.

(18) When the ball ejection state is the ART state and the main game state is the SBB winning game In the unit game in this case, the number of ART games is added to the lottery when the lever is turned on.

(19) When the payout state is the ART state and the main game state is the BB state In the unit game in this case, an additional lottery for the number of ART games is performed when the lever is turned on.

(20) When the ball ejection state is the ART fall waiting state and the main game state is the negative BB internal medium state In the unit game in this case, the number of games in the additional specialized state (the number of specialized games) when the lever is turned on. The additional lottery and the lottery state transition lottery are performed in this order.

Further, in this case, the stage lottery and the enemy character lottery are performed in this order at the time of the third stop of the reel of the unit game in which the RT state shifts to the RT3 state.

In the stage lottery, the stage mode in each normal state of the first cycle and the second cycle is determined. Further, in the enemy character lottery, the enemy character to play against the main character is determined in the game in the CZ state performed after the end of each normal state game period in the first cycle and the second cycle.

(21) When the ball ejection state is the ART fall waiting state and the main game state is the NBB winning game In this case, in the unit game, when the lever is turned on, the number of ART games is added to the lottery, and the number of games in the added specialized state (special). The additional lottery (the number of converted games) and the lottery state transition lottery are performed in this order.

(22) When the ball ejection state is the ART fall waiting state and the main game state is the SBB winning game In the unit game in this case, an additional lottery for the number of ART games is performed when the lever is turned on.

(23) When the ball ejection state is the ART fall waiting state and the main game state is the BB state In the unit game in this case, an additional lottery for the number of ART games is performed when the lever is turned on.

(24) When the ball ejection state is the ART fall waiting state and the main game state is the MB winning game or the MB state In the unit game in this case, the number of games in the additional specialized state (number of specialized games) when the lever is turned on. The additional lottery and the lottery state transition lottery are performed in this order.

(25) When the ball ejection state is the state when the setting is changed and the main game state is the negative BB internal medium state In the unit game in this case, when the lever is turned on, the first cycle game number determination lottery, the card rank determination lottery, and the stage lottery And the enemy character lottery is done in this order.

The first cycle game number determination lottery is a lottery for determining the number of cycle games in the first normal state to be executed after the setting is changed. In the card rank determination lottery, a lottery is performed for each card type, and the initial rank of each card when the setting is changed is determined. In the stage lottery, the stage mode in each normal state game period of the first cycle and the second cycle is determined. Further, in the enemy character lottery, the enemy character to play against the main character is determined in the game in the CZ state performed after the end of each normal state game period in the first cycle and the second cycle.

<Type of card acquired in normal state>
In the normal game period (1 cycle = 40 games), a game of acquiring three types of cards (attack type, defense type, and reward type) (increasing the card rank) is performed. Attack-type cards and defense-type cards are cards that affect the winning / non-winning results of ART (AT) (hereinafter referred to as "skill effects"), and reward-type cards are given when winning an ART lottery. It is a card that affects the game content (operation content of the AT function) of the ART to be performed, that is, the content of the privilege given to the player (skill effect). The offensive card and the defensive card show a specific example of the first parameter and the parameter according to the present invention, and the reward card shows a specific example of the second parameter according to the present invention. It is a thing.

By providing these three types of cards, not only the winning / non-winning of the ART (AT) but also the contents of the gaming state that is given to the player when the winning of the ART (AT) is won before the ART winning. Since it is determined to be, it is possible to raise the player's expectation for the game in the normal state. If the reward card does not win the ART (AT), it has no effect on the subsequent game, so the winning probability of the rank-up lottery of the reward card can be increased accordingly. .. In this case, it is possible to further improve the interest of the player's game with respect to the game in the normal state.

The attack card, defense card, and reward card are all in the RT 1 state when the non-winning (battle defeat) of ART (AT) is confirmed in the CZ state, or in the ART fall waiting state. When it shifts (falls) to, it is reset to the initial value ("0"). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, when the non-winning (battle defeat) of ART (AT) is confirmed, only the reward card may be reset to the initial value (“0”). Good. Further, when resetting each card, a predetermined rank may be set as an initial value from a plurality of types of ranks by lottery or the like. The contents of each card (correspondence between rank and skill effect) will be explained below.

[Attack system (attack attribute) card]
FIG. 11 shows a table summarizing the ranks (levels) and skill effects of various attack cards that can be acquired. In the present embodiment, 11 types of attack cards having a card rank of "0" to "10" are provided as attack cards. Further, when these attack cards are classified by rarity (rareness), as shown in FIG. 11, they are divided into three types of rarities marked as "R", "SR" and "MR". Specifically, the attack-type cards with card ranks "0" to "4" are cards with rarity "R", and the attack-type cards with card ranks "5" to "8" are cards with rarity "SR". , Card ranks "9" and "10" attack cards are rarity "MR" cards. The order of rarity is "MR", "SR", and "R" from the highest.

The skill effect of the attack card is mainly based on the lottery result (see the battle offense and defense lottery table of FIGS. 79 to 82 described later) of the first to third battle offense and defense lottery (see FIG. 219 described later) described later. It is to reduce the life value of the enemy character. The skill effect of this attack-type card is activated when the card skill activation lottery described later (see FIG. 218 described later) is won. The winning probability of this card skill activation lottery differs depending on the card rank of the attacking card, and an attacking card having a winning probability of 100% is also provided.

Specifically, "no skill effect" is set for the attack card (initial card) having a card rank of "0". Therefore, if the card rank of the attack card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "0", the lottery result of the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later (no offense and defense, life value of the main character) The subtraction or the life value of the enemy character is subtracted as it is, and it is reflected in the life value of the main character or the life value of the enemy character (the process of increasing / decreasing or maintaining the life value is performed). The life value of the enemy character is a specific example of the first determination point according to the present invention, and the life value of the main character is a specific example of the second determination point according to the present invention.

As for the skill effect of the attack card with card rank "1", the result that the main character is damaged as a result of the lottery (the result of subtracting the life value of the main character) is selected by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In that case, there is a 25% chance that "100" will be added to the attack value of the main character (the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character) ("counterattack probability 25% UP"). Therefore, the card rank of the attack card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "1", and the result of subtracting the life value of the main character as the lottery result is selected by the 1st to 1st battle offense and defense lottery described later. In addition, when the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 25%), which will be described later, is won, the life value of the enemy character is deducted by "100". That is, in this case, both the life value of the main character and the life value of the enemy character are subtracted. If the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 25%) is not a winning, only the life value of the main character is subtracted.

As for the skill effect of the attack card with card rank "2", the result of the main character attacking (the result of subtracting the life value of the enemy character) was selected as the result of the lottery by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In this case, there is a 50% chance that "100" will be added to the attack value of the main character (the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character) ("pursuit probability 50% UP"). Therefore, the card rank of the attack card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "2", and the result of subtracting the life value of the enemy character as the lottery result is selected by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In addition, when the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 50%), which will be described later, is won, the value obtained by adding "100" to the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character selected by the battle offense and defense lottery. Is subtracted from the life value of the enemy character. In addition, if the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 50%) is not won, only the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character selected by the battle offense and defense lottery is subtracted from the life value of the enemy character. To.

As for the skill effect of the attack card with card rank "3", the result that the main character is damaged as a result of the lottery (the result of subtracting the life value of the main character) is selected by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In that case, there is a 50% chance that "100" will be added to the attack value of the main character (the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character) ("counterattack probability 50% UP"). Therefore, the card rank of the attack card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "3", and the result of subtracting the life value of the main character as the lottery result is selected by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In addition, if the card skill activation lottery (a lottery with a winning probability of 50%), which will be described later, is won, the life value of the enemy character is subtracted by "100". That is, in this case, both the life value of the main character and the life value of the enemy character are subtracted. If the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 50%) is not a winning, only the life value of the main character is subtracted.

As for the skill effect of the attack card with card rank "4", the result of the main character attacking (the result of subtracting the life value of the enemy character) was selected as the result of the lottery by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In this case, there is a 75% chance that "100" will be added to the attack value of the main character (subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character) ("pursuit probability 75% UP"). Therefore, the card rank of the attack card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "4", and the result of subtracting the life value of the enemy character as the lottery result is selected by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In addition, when the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 75%), which will be described later, is won, the value obtained by adding "100" to the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character selected by the battle offense and defense lottery. Is subtracted from the life value of the enemy character. In addition, if the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 75%) is not won, only the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character selected by the battle offense and defense lottery is subtracted from the life value of the enemy character. To.

As for the skill effect of the attack card with card rank "5", the result of the main character attacking (the result of subtracting the life value of the enemy character) was selected as the result of the lottery by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In this case, be sure (with a 100% probability) to add "100" to the attack value of the main character (subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character) ("attack power +100"). Therefore, the card rank of the attack card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "5", and the result of subtracting the life value of the enemy character as a result of the lottery by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. When is selected, the value obtained by adding "100" to the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character selected by the battle offense and defense lottery is always subtracted from the life value of the enemy character.

As for the skill effect of the attack card with card rank "6", the result of the main character attacking (the result of subtracting the life value of the enemy character) was selected as the result of the lottery by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In this case, be sure (with a 100% probability) to add "200" to the attack value of the main character (subtract value of the life value of the enemy character) ("attack power +200"). Therefore, the card rank of the attack card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "6", and the result of subtracting the life value of the enemy character as a result of the lottery by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. When is selected, the value obtained by adding "200" to the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character selected by the battle offense and defense lottery is always subtracted from the life value of the enemy character.

As for the skill effect of the attack card with card rank "7", the result of the main character attacking (the result of subtracting the life value of the enemy character) was selected as the result of the lottery by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In this case, be sure (with a 100% probability) to add "300" to the attack value of the main character (subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character) ("attack power +300"). Therefore, the card rank of the attack card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "7", and the result of subtracting the life value of the enemy character as a result of the lottery by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. When is selected, the value obtained by adding "300" to the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character selected by the battle offense and defense lottery is always subtracted from the life value of the enemy character.

As for the skill effect of the attack card with card rank "8", the result of the main character attacking (the result of subtracting the life value of the enemy character) was selected as the result of the lottery by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In this case, be sure (with a 100% probability) to quadruple the attack value of the main character (subtract value of the life value of the enemy character) ("4 times the attack power"). Therefore, the card rank of the attack card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "8", and the result of subtracting the life value of the enemy character as a result of the lottery by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. When is selected, the value obtained by multiplying the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character by 4 is always subtracted from the life value of the enemy character.

The skill effect of the attack card with card rank "9" will be described later when the chance role (internal winning role related to the main lottery flag other than the main lottery flags "missing", "replay" and "bell" described later) is won. Regardless of the lottery result of the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery, the lottery result is rewritten to win confirmation (ART win) ("Special move is activated when a chance role is established"). Therefore, if the card rank of the attacking card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "9" and the chance combination is won as the internal winning combination, the ART winning is always confirmed.

In addition, the skill effect of the attack card with card rank "10" is selected by the result of the attack by the main character (the result of subtracting the life value of the enemy character) as the result of the lottery by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. If so, the lottery result is rewritten to win confirmation (ART win) (“one-shot deadly”). Therefore, the card rank of the attack card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "10", and the result of subtracting the life value of the enemy character as a result of the lottery by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later is If selected, the ART winning will always be confirmed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the higher the card rank (rareness) of the attacking card, the easier it is to win the battle (it becomes easier to win the ART).

In the present embodiment, in the first to third battle offense and defense lottery described later, when the result that the hero character is damaged as the lottery result (the result of subtracting the life value of the hero character) is selected, mainly. This is the case when "out of place" is determined as the internal winning combination (see the battle offensive and defensive lottery tables of FIGS. 79 to 82 described later). Therefore, the processing for activating the skill effect of the attacking cards with card ranks "1" and "3" is substantially limited to the "missing" time.

In addition, in the game in the CZ medium state, the MB role (internal winning role related to the abbreviation "F_MB1" or "F_MB2" described later) is used to activate the skill effect of the attack cards with card ranks "9" and "10". It is also executed when it wins.

Further, in the process of activating the skill effect of the attack cards having card ranks "9" and "10", in the present embodiment, as a method of rewriting the lottery result of the battle offense and defense lottery to victory confirmation (ART winning), as will be described later. , A method of setting a flag indicating victory confirmation (ART winning) to the ON state is used, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, in the present embodiment, the maximum value of the initial life value of the enemy character (initial life value of the enemy character A) is "2000" (see FIG. 14 described later), so that the card ranks "9" and "10" In the process of activating the skill effect of an attack card, a method of adding "2000" to the attack value of the main character (subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character) may be adopted. In this case, the life value of the enemy character is always "0" or less regardless of the type of the enemy character by the activation process of the skill effect of the attack card, and the battle victory is confirmed (ART winning).

[Defense system (defense attribute) card]
FIG. 12 shows a table summarizing the ranks (levels) and skill effects of various defensive cards that can be acquired. In the present embodiment, 11 types of defensive cards having a card rank of "0" to "10" are provided as defensive cards. Further, when these defense cards are classified by rarity (rareness), as shown in FIG. 12, they are divided into three types of rarities marked as "R", "SR" and "MR". Specifically, the defensive cards with card ranks "0" to "4" are cards with rarity "R", and the defensive cards with card ranks "5" to "8" are cards with rarity "SR". , Card ranks "9" and "10" defensive cards are rarity "MR" cards.

The skill effect of the defensive card is mainly based on the lottery result (see the battle offense and defense lottery table of FIGS. 79 to 82 below) of the first to third battle offense and defense lottery (see FIG. 219 below). The main thing is to increase the life value of the main character. The skill effect of this defensive card is activated when the card skill activation lottery described later (see FIG. 218 described later) is won. The winning probability of the card skill activation lottery described later differs depending on the card rank of the defensive card, and a defensive card having a winning probability of 100% is also provided.

Specifically, "no skill effect" is set for the defensive card (initial card) having a card rank of "0". Therefore, if the card rank of the defensive card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "0", the lottery result of the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later (no offense and defense, life value of the main character) The subtraction or the life value of the enemy character is subtracted as it is, and is reflected in the life value of the main character or the life value of the enemy character (the process of increasing / decreasing or maintaining the life value is performed).

The skill effect of the defensive card with card rank "1" has a 50% chance of the life value of the main character when "No offense and defense" is selected as the result of the lottery by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. Add "100" (damage recovery value) to ("double recovery activation"). Therefore, the card rank of the defensive card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "1", and "no offense and defense" is selected as the lottery result by the first to third battle offense and defense lottery described later, and will be described later. If you win the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 50%), "100" will be added to the life value of the main character. In addition, if the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 50%) is not won, the life value of the main character is not added.

As for the skill effect of the defensive card with card rank "2", the result that the main character is damaged as a result of the lottery (the result of subtracting the life value of the main character) is selected by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In that case, the lottery result is rewritten to "no offense and defense" with a probability of 25% ("avoidance rate 25% UP"). Therefore, the card rank of the defensive card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "2", and the result of subtracting the life value of the main character as the lottery result is selected by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In addition, when the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 25%), which will be described later, is won, the lottery result of the battle offense and defense lottery is rewritten as "no offense and defense", and the life value of the main character is not reduced. If the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 25%) is not a winning, the life value of the main character is subtracted.

The skill effect of the defensive card with card rank "3" is to add "500" to the initial life value of the main character at the start of the battle (at the beginning of the game period in the CZ state) ("initial life +500"). ). Therefore, if the card rank of the defensive card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "3", the initial life value of the main character will always be "500" at the start of the battle (with a 100% probability). Is added.

As for the skill effect of the defensive card with card rank "4", the result that the main character is damaged as a result of the lottery (the result of subtracting the life value of the main character) is selected by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In that case, the lottery result is rewritten to "no offense and defense" with a probability of 33% ("avoidance rate 33% UP"). Therefore, the card rank of the defensive card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "4", and the result of subtracting the life value of the main character as the lottery result is selected by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In addition, when the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 33%), which will be described later, is won, the lottery result of the battle offense and defense lottery is rewritten as "no offense and defense", and the life value of the main character is not reduced. If the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 33%) is not a winning, the life value of the main character is subtracted.

The skill effect of the defensive card with card rank "5" is always (with 100% probability) the main character when "No offense and defense" is selected as the result of the lottery by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. Adding "100" (damage recovery value) to the life value of the character ("recovery activation 4 times"). Therefore, when the card rank of the defensive card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "5", and "no offense and defense" is selected as the lottery result by the first to third battle offense and defense lottery described later. Is added with "100" to the life value of the main character.

The skill effect of the defensive card with card rank "6" is to add "1000" to the initial life value of the main character at the start of the battle (at the beginning of the game period in the CZ state) ("initial life +1000"). ). Therefore, if the card rank of the defensive card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "6", the initial life value of the main character is always "1000" at the start of the battle (with a 100% probability). Is added.

As for the skill effect of the defensive card with card rank "7", the result that the main character is damaged as a result of the lottery (the result of subtracting the life value of the main character) is selected by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In that case, the lottery result is rewritten to "no offense and defense" with a probability of 50% ("avoidance rate 50% UP"). Therefore, the card rank of the defensive card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "7", and the result of subtracting the life value of the main character as the lottery result is selected by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In addition, when the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 50%), which will be described later, is won, the lottery result of the battle offense and defense lottery is rewritten as "no offense and defense", and the life value of the main character is not reduced. If the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 50%) is not won, the life value of the main character is subtracted.

The skill effect of the defense card with card rank "8" is to add "1500" to the initial life value of the main character at the start of the battle (at the beginning of the game period in the CZ state) ("initial life +1500"). ). Therefore, if the card rank of the defensive card acquired at the time of introduction of CZ is "8", the initial life value of the main character is always "1500" at the start of the battle (with a 100% probability). Is added.

As for the skill effect of the defensive card with card rank "9", the result that the main character is damaged as a result of the lottery (the result of subtracting the life value of the main character) is selected by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In that case, the lottery result is rewritten to "no offense and defense" with a probability of 66% ("avoidance rate 66% UP"). Therefore, the card rank of the defensive card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "9", and the result of subtracting the life value of the main character as the lottery result is selected by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In addition, when the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 66%), which will be described later, is won, the lottery result of the battle offense and defense lottery is rewritten as "no offense and defense", and the life value of the main character is not reduced. If the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 66%) is not a winning, the life value of the main character is subtracted.

As for the skill effect of the defense card with card rank "10", the result that the main character is damaged as a result of the lottery (the result of subtracting the life value of the main character) is selected by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In that case, there is a 90% chance that the lottery result will be rewritten as "no offense or defense" ("transcendence avoidance"). Therefore, the card rank of the defensive card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "10", and the result of subtracting the life value of the main character as the lottery result is selected by the 1st to 3rd battle offense and defense lottery described later. In addition, when the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 90%), which will be described later, is won, the lottery result of the battle offense and defense lottery is rewritten as "no offense and defense", and the life value of the main character is not reduced. If the card skill activation lottery (lottery with a winning probability of 90%) is not a winning, the life value of the main character is subtracted.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the higher the card rank (rareness) of the defensive card, the easier it is to win the battle (it becomes easier to win the ART).

In the present embodiment, in the battle offensive and defensive lottery described later, when the result that the main character is damaged as the lottery result (the result of subtracting the life value of the main character) is selected, mainly as the internal winning role, " This is the case when "off" is determined (see the battle offense and defense lottery table in FIGS. 79 to 82 described later). Therefore, the process of activating the skill effect of the defensive cards of card ranks "2", "4", "7", "9", and "10" is substantially limited to the "missing" time.

Further, in the present embodiment, the upper limit of the life value of the main character is "2999". Therefore, if the life value of the main character after addition becomes "3000" or more due to the activation of the skill effect of the defense cards with card ranks "1" and "5", the life value of the main character is changed to "2999". Set to.

[Reward system (reward attribute) card]
FIG. 13 shows a table summarizing the ranks (levels) and skill effects of various reward cards that can be obtained. In the present embodiment, 11 types of reward cards having a card rank of "0" to "10" are provided as reward cards. Further, when these reward cards are classified by rarity (rareness), as shown in FIG. 13, they are divided into three types of rarities marked as "R", "SR" and "MR". Specifically, reward cards with card ranks "0" to "4" are cards with rarity "R", and reward cards with card ranks "5" to "8" are cards with rarity "SR". , Card ranks "9" and "10" reward cards are rarity "MR" cards.

The skill effect of the reward card is the number of games in the additional specialized state (special) that is executed during the ART state when the transition to the ART state is confirmed (when the battle victory is confirmed) in the game in the CZ state. It is to set the initial value of the number of converted games) and the continuation rate of the additional specialized state (specialized final game loop rate). Then, the skill effect of the reward card changes according to the card rank of the reward card. That is, the game content of ART changes according to the card rank of the reward card.

A skill effect called "no skill effect" is set for the reward card (initial card) having a card rank of "0". In "No skill effect", "5" is set in the specialization counter for counting the number of games in the additional specialization state, and 1% is set in the specialization final game loop rate. The specialization final game loop rate is the winning probability of the loop lottery performed in the final game in the additional specialization state (the game in which the value of the specialization counter is "1").

That is, if the card rank of the reward card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "0" and the transition to the ART state is confirmed (battle victory is confirmed), the addition executed at the start of ART is added. A minimum of 5 games is guaranteed as the number of games in the specialized state. In the present embodiment, a lottery for adding the number of specialized games is performed even in the state of preparing for ART, and when the lottery is won, the lottery result (the number of specialized games) is assigned to the rank of the reward card. It is added to the initial value of the number of specialized games determined based on.

In the game in the additional specialized state, the number of ART additional games of 10 or more games is acquired for each game (see the lottery table for adding the number of special ART games in FIGS. 86 and 87 described later). Therefore, in Pachislot 1 of the present embodiment, when the card rank of the reward card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "0" and the transition to the ART state is confirmed, the initial game of ART At least 50 games are guaranteed as a number.

A skill effect called "normal drive 6G" is set for the reward card of card rank "1". In the skill effect of "normal drive 6G", "6" is set in the specialization counter, and 1% is set in the specialization final game loop rate. Therefore, if the card rank of the reward card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "1" and the transition to the ART state is confirmed (battle victory is confirmed), it is executed at the start of ART. Six games are guaranteed as the number of games in the additional specialized state. In this case, at least 60 games are guaranteed as the initial number of ART games.

A skill effect called "normal drive 7G" is set for the reward card of card rank "2". In the skill effect of "normal drive 7G", "7" is set in the specialization counter, and 1% is set in the specialization final game loop rate. Therefore, if the card rank of the reward card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "2" and the transition to the ART state is confirmed (battle victory is confirmed), it is executed at the start of ART. Seven games are guaranteed as the number of games in the additional specialized state. In this case, at least 70 games are guaranteed as the initial number of ART games.

A skill effect called "normal drive 7G drive loop rate 50%" is set for the reward card of card rank "3". In the skill effect of "normal drive 7G drive loop rate 50%", "7" is set in the specialization counter, and 50% is set in the specialization final game loop rate. Therefore, if the card rank of the reward card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "3" and the transition to the ART state is confirmed (battle victory is confirmed), it is executed at the start of ART. Seven games are guaranteed as the number of games in the additional specialized state. In this case, at least 70 games are guaranteed as the initial number of ART games.

A skill effect called "normal drive 7G drive loop rate 75%" is set for the reward card of card rank "4". In the skill effect of "normal drive 7G drive loop rate 75%", "7" is set in the specialization counter, and 75% is set in the specialization final game loop rate. Therefore, if the card rank of the reward card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "4" and the transition to the ART state is confirmed (battle victory is confirmed), it is executed at the start of ART. Seven games are guaranteed as the number of games in the additional specialized state. In this case, at least 70 games are guaranteed as the initial number of ART games.

A skill effect called "normal drive 8G drive loop rate 75%" is set for the reward card of card rank "5". In the skill effect of "normal drive 8G drive loop rate 75%", "8" is set in the specialization counter, and 75% is set in the specialization final game loop rate. Therefore, if the card rank of the reward card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "5" and the transition to the ART state is confirmed (battle victory is confirmed), it is executed at the start of ART. Eight games are guaranteed as the number of games in the additional specialized state. In this case, at least 80 games are guaranteed as the initial number of ART games.

A skill effect called "normal drive 9G drive loop rate 75%" is set for the reward card of card rank "6". In the skill effect of "normal drive 9G drive loop rate 75%", "9" is set in the specialization counter, and 75% is set in the specialization final game loop rate. Therefore, if the card rank of the reward card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "6" and the transition to the ART state is confirmed (battle victory is confirmed), it is executed at the start of ART. Nine games are guaranteed as the number of games in the additional specialized state. In this case, at least 90 games are guaranteed as the initial number of ART games.

A skill effect called "normal drive 5G drive loop rate 90%" is set for the reward card of card rank "7". In the skill effect of "normal drive 5G drive loop rate 90%", "5" is set in the specialization counter, and 90% is set in the specialization final game loop rate. Therefore, if the card rank of the reward card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "5" and the transition to the ART state is confirmed (battle victory is confirmed), it is executed at the start of ART. Five games are guaranteed as the number of games in the additional specialized state. In this case, at least 50 games are guaranteed as the initial number of ART games.

The number of ART initial games guaranteed by the reward card of card rank "7" is smaller than, for example, the number of ART initial games (90 games) guaranteed by the reward card of card rank "6". However, since 90% is set in the specialized final game loop rate for reward cards with card rank "7", the game in the additional specialized state is continued with a very high probability, and the number of games in the additional specialized state is increased. There is a high possibility that it will continue for a long period of time, and there is a good possibility that the initial number of ART games will be 90 games or more, for example.

A skill effect called "special drive 5G" is set for the reward card of card rank "8". In the skill effect of "Special Drive 5G", "5" is set in the specialization counter, and 1% is set in the specialization final game loop rate. Therefore, if the card rank of the reward card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "8" and the transition to the ART state is confirmed (battle victory is confirmed), it is executed at the start of ART. Five games are guaranteed as the number of games in the additional specialized state. In this case, at least 50 games are guaranteed as the initial number of ART games.

Also, in the skill effect of "Special Drive 5G", the special drive flag is set to the ON state. When the special drive flag is on, the acquired special final G loop rate is discarded (not overwritten) even if the special game number additional lottery to be executed after that is won.

A skill effect called "special drive 5G drive loop rate 50%" is set for the reward card of card rank "9". In the skill effect of "Special drive 5G drive loop rate 50%", "5" is set in the specialization counter, 50% is set in the specialization final game loop rate, and the special drive flag is set to the on state. .. Therefore, if the card rank of the reward card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "9" and the transition to the ART state is confirmed (battle victory is confirmed), it is executed at the start of ART. Five games are guaranteed as the number of games in the additional specialized state. In this case, at least 50 games are guaranteed as the initial number of ART games.

In addition, a skill effect called "special drive 5G drive loop rate 80%" is set for the reward card of card rank "10". In the skill effect of "Special drive 5G drive loop rate 80%", "5" is set in the specialization counter, 80% is set in the specialization final game loop rate, and the special drive flag is set to the on state. .. Therefore, if the card rank of the reward card acquired at the time of introducing CZ is "10" and the transition to the ART state is confirmed (battle victory is confirmed), it is executed at the start of ART. Five games are guaranteed as the number of games in the additional specialized state. In this case, at least 50 games are guaranteed as the initial number of ART games.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the skill effects of the (ranked up) offensive cards and defensive cards acquired by the time of the introduction of CZ determine the battle offensive and defensive lottery performed during the game period in the CZ state. It is reflected in the result (lottery result). As mentioned above, the defensive cards include not only the defensive cards of the rank that affect the decision result of the battle offensive and defensive lottery, but also the initial hero character that does not affect the decision result of the battle offensive and defensive lottery. Some cards have a rank that is reflected in the life value (see Fig. 12). In addition, some offensive cards and defensive cards have ranks that affect the decision result of the battle offensive and defensive lottery only when a specific internal winning combination such as "missing" is determined (FIG. 11). And see the rank of "Limited time off" in FIG. 12).

The attack card, the defense card, and the reward card are basically always displayed on the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 11 during the normal state, when the CZ is introduced, and during the game period in the CZ middle state. At this time, each card is displayed with a card pattern corresponding to (suggesting) its rank. Therefore, during the normal game period (excluding the first cycle after changing the settings), the card design changes each time the rank of each card rises, but during the game period when CZ is introduced and during the CZ state, CZ The display of the card pattern corresponding to the rank of each card acquired (ranked up) by the time of introduction is maintained. Further, as the display form of each card, the rank or rarity of each card may be directly displayed. However, the details of the skill effect of each card are not displayed.

The attack-type card, the defense-type card, and the reward-type card described above are provided, and the cards are displayed on the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 11 in the above-described manner during the game period in the normal state, when the CZ is introduced, and during the CZ state. The following effects can be obtained by constantly displaying on.

When attacking cards and defensive cards with various skill effects as described above are provided, the contents of the cards acquired (ranked up) in the normal state game until the start of the game in the CZ medium state are the CZ. Since it is reflected in the game in the medium state (ART lottery), the expectation can be increased every time the card is acquired in the normal state.

Further, in the present embodiment, when a card (attack type and defense type card) that is unconditionally reflected for the game in the CZ state and a specific decision result (ART winning) are obtained in the CZ state. Since a card (reward card) that is reflected only is provided, it is possible to give the player a different sense of expectation depending on the type of card to be acquired (ranked up).

<Outline of ART lottery performed in CZ state>
Next, the contents of the ART lottery using the offensive card and the defensive card, which are carried out in the game in the CZ state, will be described. In the game in the CZ state, lottery processing for determining whether or not the life value of the main character is increased or decreased and the increased or decreased value, or whether or not the life value of the enemy character is subtracted and the subtracted value is determined for each game (hereinafter, "battle offense and defense"). "Lottery") and lottery processing (hereinafter referred to as "card skill activation lottery") to determine whether to activate the skill effects of the offensive and defensive cards acquired in the game in the normal state are performed. The winning / non-winning of ART is determined based on the lottery result of.

Specifically, for each unit game, first, whether or not the life value of the main character is increased or decreased and whether or not the life value is increased or decreased, or whether or not the life value of the enemy character is subtracted and the subtracted value is determined by the battle offense and defense lottery. In the battle offense and defense lottery, the life values of both the main character and the enemy character are not subtracted (no offense and defense), the life value of the main character is subtracted (damaged), and the life value of the main character is added. Either (damage recovery) or the result (attack) in which the life value of the enemy character is subtracted is obtained as the lottery result.

Next, based on the result of the battle offense and defense lottery, the card skill activation lottery is performed, and whether or not the skill effect of the offensive card and the defensive card is activated is determined. Next, when the card skill activation lottery is won (there is a 100% chance of winning), the skill effects of the offensive and defensive cards are reflected in the result of the battle offensive and defensive lottery.

Specifically, according to the rank of each card, for example, in addition to the processing of increasing / decreasing the life value of the main character based on the result of the battle offense / defense lottery and / or the processing of subtracting the life value of the enemy character, the skill effect of each card Based on the activation, the life value of the main character is added and / or the life value of the enemy character is subtracted. Further, for example, the rewriting process of the result of the battle offense and defense lottery is performed according to the rank of each card. For example, when the rank of the defense card is "3", "6" or "8", the skill effect is not the result of the battle offense and defense lottery, but the initial life value of the main character ( It is reflected in the life value at the start of the battle).

Then, as a result of reflecting the lottery result of the card skill activation lottery, if the life value of the enemy character becomes "0" or less (battle victory), the ART winning is confirmed and the life value of the main character is "0" or less (battle). If it becomes defeated), ART non-winning will be confirmed.

The game period in the CZ medium state (number of CZ specified games: upper limit value (ceiling value) is 70 games) is determined by the game in the state when CZ is introduced, but the digestion game in the CZ medium state is the number of games in this game period. If either the life value of the main character or the life value of the enemy character does not become "0" or less (when the victory or defeat of the battle is not decided), the ART is won.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the life value of the main character and the life value of the enemy character are simultaneously "0" or less, the ART winning (battle victory) is determined, but the present invention has the present invention. Not limited to this, in this case, ART non-winning (battle defeat) may be applied. Further, in this case, a predetermined determination (lottery or the like) may be performed to determine ART winning / non-winning (battle victory / defeat).

In the CZ state, when the ART winning is confirmed, the ART winning confirmation flag (hereinafter, also referred to as "winning confirmation flag") is set to the ON state, and when the ART non-winning is confirmed, the ART is set. The non-winning confirmation flag (hereinafter, also referred to as the "defeat confirmation flag") is set to the on state. It should be noted that these flags are flags used for the transition control of the ball ejection state, and when the ART winning confirmation flag (winning confirmation flag) is set to the ON state, the ball ejection state is prepared from the CZ middle state to ART. The process of shifting to the medium state is performed, and when the ART non-winning confirmation flag (defeat confirmation flag) is set to the ON state, the process of shifting the ball ejection state from the CZ medium state to the normal state is performed.

The life value of the main character and the initial value (initial life value) of the life value of the enemy character are set in the game in the state when CZ is introduced. Here, FIG. 14 shows a table summarizing the initial life value of the main character and the initial life value of the enemy character. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 14, the initial life value of the main character is set to "1000". Further, in the present embodiment, six types of enemy characters A to F are provided as enemy characters, the initial life value of the enemy character A is set to "2000", and the initial life value of the enemy character B is set. It is set to "1800", and the initial life value of the enemy character C is set to "1600". Further, the initial life value of the enemy character D is set to "1500", the initial life value of the enemy character E is set to "1400", and the initial life value of the enemy character C is set to "1000".

That is, when the enemy character A is the strongest enemy character and the enemy character A is set as the enemy character, it is the most difficult for the main character to win the battle, and it is the most difficult to win the ART. On the other hand, when the enemy character F is the weakest enemy character and the enemy character F is set as the enemy character, it is easiest for the main character to win the battle, and it is easiest to win the ART. In this embodiment, an enemy character G whose ART winning is determined is also provided, and this enemy character G is an enemy when the enemy character promotion lottery, which will be described later, is won in a situation where the enemy character F is set. Set as a character.

In the ART lottery of this embodiment, the life value of the main character and / or the life value of the enemy character is subtracted by the battle offense and defense lottery and the card skill activation lottery, and one of the life values becomes "0" or less. Although an example of determining ART winning / non-winning (battle victory / defeat) has been described, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, when the life value of the main character and / or the life value of the enemy character is added by the battle offense and defense lottery and the card skill activation lottery, and one of the life values exceeds the specified value (the life value reaches a predetermined threshold value). Or, when it exceeds the limit), the ART winning / non-winning (battle victory / defeat) may be determined.

<Structure of data table stored in main ROM>
Next, the configurations of various data tables stored in the main ROM 94 will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 to 49. In the following, for convenience of explanation, when explaining the data table, characteristic functions and features related to the data table will be appropriately described.

[Design arrangement table]
First, the symbol arrangement table will be described with reference to FIG. The symbol arrangement table is data that specifies the position of each symbol in each rotation direction of the left reel 3L, the middle reel 3C, and the right reel 3R, and the type of the symbol arranged at each position (hereinafter, symbol code (in FIG. 15). (Refer to the symbol code table)) and defines the correspondence with.

In the symbol arrangement table, when the reel index is detected, the position of the symbol arranged in the middle region of each main reel in the frame of the reel display window 4 is defined as "0". Then, in each main reel, in the order of proceeding in the rotation direction of the reel (direction from the symbol position "19" in FIG. 15 toward the symbol position "0") with the symbol position "0" as a reference, "0" corresponding to the symbol counter is used. "" To "19" are assigned to each symbol as the symbol position. The variation display order of the symbols is the order of proceeding from the symbol position "0" to the symbol position "19".

That is, by referring to the values of the symbol counters (“0” to “19”) and the symbol arrangement table, they are displayed in the upper, middle, and lower regions of each main reel in the frame of the reel display window 4. It is possible to specify the type of symbol. For example, when the value of the symbol counter corresponding to the left reel 3L is "8", the upper, middle, and lower regions of the left reel 3L in the frame of the reel display window 4 have the symbol position "9", respectively. The symbols corresponding to "Bell 1", "Replay" at the symbol position "8", and "Blue 7" at the symbol position "7" are displayed.

[Design combination table]
Next, the symbol combination table (Nos. 1 to 4) will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 to 19. Here, in order to clarify the structure of the symbol combination table (to make it easier to see), the symbol combination table is divided into four tables of FIGS. 16 to 19, but in reality, FIGS. 16 to 19 are shown. The four tables of 19 are configured as one table.

The symbol combination table is a combination of symbols (combination and combination name) predetermined according to the type of privilege (bonus, small combination, replay), and the contents (storage area, data) and payout of the corresponding display combination code. Define the correspondence with the number of sheets.

In the present embodiment, a prize is won when the symbol combination displayed by the left reel 3L, the middle reel 3C, and the right reel 3R along the effective line (cross-up line) matches the symbol combination specified in the symbol combination table. Is determined. Then, when it is determined that the prize is won, the player is given benefits such as payout of medals, operation of replay (replay), and operation of bonus. If the symbol combination displayed along the effective line does not match any of the symbol combinations specified in the symbol combination table, it is a so-called "missing". That is, in the present embodiment, the "missing" symbol combination is specified by not specifying the symbol combination corresponding to the "missing" in the symbol combination table. The present invention is not limited to this, and a “missing” item may be provided in the symbol combination table to directly specify the “missing” symbol combination.

The various data described in the display combination code column in the symbol combination table are data for identifying the symbol combination displayed along the valid line. The "data" in the display combination code column is represented by 1-byte data, and a unique symbol combination (content of the display combination) is assigned to each bit in the data. In this embodiment, one type of symbol combination (display combination) is not necessarily assigned to each bit. For example, 12 kinds of symbol combinations (combination name "C_MB1" is common) are assigned to bit 7 of the storage area 1 of the display combination code (display combination storage area described later), and "1" is assigned to this bit 7. When is stored, it means that one of the 12 kinds of symbol combinations is stopped and displayed on the valid line (MB has won a prize). Further, for example, bit 5 of the storage area 2 of the display combination code (display combination storage area described later) is assigned four types of symbol combinations (combination name "C_RT2 lip" is common), and this bit 5 is assigned. When "1" is stored, it means that one of the four types of symbol combinations is stopped and displayed on the valid line (replay won a prize).

Further, the data of the "storage area" in the display combination code column is data for designating the symbol code storage area (see FIG. 104 described later) in which the data of the corresponding symbol combination is stored. In this embodiment, nine symbol code storage areas are provided. Then, in the present embodiment, display combinations having the same bit pattern (1 byte data pattern) and different contents are managed as different display combinations due to differences in the "storage area".

The numerical value described in the payout number column in the symbol combination table represents the number of medals to be paid out to the player. In this embodiment, the number of medals inserted (number of medals) per unit game is three. In the symbol combination in which a numerical value of 1 or more is given as the data of the "number of payouts", the same number of medals as the numerical value is paid out. For example, in the present embodiment, when the display combination related to the combination name "C_bell 1" is determined for the number of inserted three medals (the symbol combination related to "C_bell 1" is stopped on the effective line. If displayed), nine medals will be paid out.

Further, in the present embodiment, for example, when the display combination related to the combination name "C_replay 1" is determined (when the symbol combination related to "C_replay 1" is stopped and displayed on the valid line), the replay is performed. Works. Further, in the present embodiment, for example, when the display combination related to the combination name "C_BB1A" (when the symbol combination related to "C_BB1A" is stopped and displayed on the valid line) is determined, the bonus game (BB1) is activated. To do.

Further, in the present embodiment, the display combination (combination name "C_weak cherry" and "C_strong cherry") related to the cherry which is a rare role in the normal state is a small combination in which the number of medals paid out is one ( (See FIG. 19). Further, in the present embodiment, in order to display the display combination related to the cherry on the effective line even in the BB state in which the number of small winning medals paid out is all 9, the cherry that can be stopped and displayed during the BB state is involved. A display combination (9 small combinations) is provided separately. Specifically, the display role related to the combinations "C_9 weak cherry" and "C_9 strong cherry" in FIGS. 18 and 19 is a display role (9 small role) related to the cherry dedicated during the BB state. ..

In addition, in the stop type of the combination name "C_strong cherry" in the normal state, the symbol combination ("cherry"-"cherry"-"cherry") called triple cherry is stopped and displayed on the effective line (cross-up line). It becomes a stop type. On the other hand, the stop type of the combination name "C_9 strong cherry" in the BB state is on the bottom line (virtual line connecting the lower area of the left reel 3L, the lower area of the middle reel 3C and the lower area of the right reel 3R). It becomes a stop type that stops and displays the triple cherries. The symbol "cherry" is a specific example of the specific symbol according to the present invention, and hereinafter, the role related to the cherry is referred to as "cherry small role".

As described above, in order to display the symbol combination related to the cherry small combination on the effective line even in the BB state, the cherry small combination dedicated to the BB state is provided as a small combination in which the number of medals paid out is nine. , The number of medals to be paid out when a small combination is established in the BB state can be set to 9 while making it appear that the rare combination is drawn as in the normal state. In this case, it is possible to prevent the game in the BB from becoming monotonous by increasing the types of small wins in the BB while suppressing the variation in the profit obtained in the BB.

In the present embodiment, in the unit game during the bonus, an example in which the configuration in which the number of medals paid out at the time of winning a small winning combination is constant is applied to a game machine having one effective line has been described. Is not limited to this, and this configuration can also be applied to a game machine provided with a plurality of effective lines. In this case, the total number of medals to be paid out when a plurality of small wins are won at the same time on a plurality of valid lines is, for example, the number of medals to be paid out when a small win is won on one valid line. It is configured to be the same. For example, in a unit game during a bonus, in a game machine in which the number of medals to be paid out at the time of winning a small winning combination is 9, when a small winning combination is won only on one valid line, the winning small winning medals are paid out. When the number of cards is 9, and when small wins are simultaneously won on two valid lines during the bonus, the number of medals for one small win will be 5, and the number of medals for the other small win will be 5. The type of small winning combination and the display mode (roll) are appropriately set so that the number of cards is four.

In the present embodiment, in the symbol combination table, for example, 12 types of symbol combinations included in the combination name "C_MB1" are provided for bit 7 of the storage area 1 of the display combination code (display combination storage area described later). An example of collectively allocating, that is, an example of allocating one bit data to a plurality of types of symbol combinations has been described, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the symbol combination table, one bit data may be assigned to one symbol combination. For example, the combination names may be set to "C_MB1_01" to "C_MB1_12" for each of the 12 types of symbol combinations included in the combination name "C_MB1", and 1-bit data may be assigned to each symbol combination. When one bit data is assigned to one symbol combination in this way, the configurations of the display combination storage area, the internal winning combination storage area, the carry-over combination storage area, and the symbol code storage area, which will be described later, are also one. The configuration is such that one symbol combination is associated with one bit data.

[Bonus activation table]
Next, the bonus operating table will be described with reference to FIG. When the bonus is activated, the bonus activation table is stored in the game status flag storage area (see FIG. 100 described later), the bonus end number counter, the game possible count counter, and the winning possible count counter provided in the main RAM 95. Specify the data to be used.

The game status flag is data for identifying the type of bonus game to be activated. In the present embodiment, three types of BBs (BBs related to the combination names "C_BB1 (BB1A, 1B)" to "C_BB3") are provided. In the present embodiment, among these three types of BB, the BB (BB1) related to the combination name “C_BB1 (BB1A, 1B)” and the BB (BB2) related to the combination name “C_BB1 (BB2A, 2B)”. Is managed by the same game status flag (see FIG. 100 described later), but the present invention is not limited to this, and individual game status flags may be assigned to each of these BB types. Further, in the present embodiment, two types of MBs (MBs related to the combination names "C_MB1" and "C_MB2") are provided. In the present embodiment, these two types of MBs are managed by the same game state flag (see FIG. 100 described later), but the present invention is not limited to this, and individual game state flags are set for each type of MB. It may be given.

The bonus end number counter is data for managing whether or not the number of medals paid out exceeds the specified number (payout number) that triggers the end of the bonus game. In the present embodiment, the specified number (number of payouts) that triggers the end of BB is "305" regardless of the type of BB, and the specified number (number of payouts) that triggers the end of MB is MB. It is "45" regardless of the type.

The playable number counter is data for managing the number of remaining games that can be played in the operation of the RB and CB, that is, the so-called playable number of times. The operation of the RB ends when two games are played, and the operation of the CB ends when one game is played. The winning count counter is data for managing the number of remaining games in which a combination of symbols related to winning can be displayed in the operation of the RB, that is, the so-called winning count. In the present embodiment, the number of times the RB can win a prize is two.

[RT transition table]
Next, the RT transition table will be described with reference to FIG. The RT transition table is a table that defines the transition conditions of the transition flow between the RT states described with reference to FIG. 9, and specifically, the activation condition and the end condition of each RT state are specified. Then, the main control circuit 91 (main CPU 93) controls the transition operation between the RT0 state and the RT3 state with reference to the RT transition table (see the RT control process of FIG. 245 described later).

[Internal lottery table decision table]
Next, the internal lottery table determination table will be described with reference to FIG. The internal lottery table determination table defines the correspondence between the main game state, the number of medals inserted, the internal lottery table to be referred to, and the number of lottery.

Specifically, when the main game state is the general medium state (RT0 to RT3 state), one of the RT0 state internal lottery table to the RT3 state internal lottery table described later is used based on the type of RT state. Then, "78" is set as the number of lottery. When the main game state is the BB internal medium state, the internal lottery table for the BB internal medium state described later is used, and "78" is set as the number of lottery. When the main game state is the BB state, the internal lottery table for the BB middle state described later is used, and "78" is set as the number of lottery. Further, when the main game state is the state in which the MB is operating (MB state), one of the internal lottery tables for the MB (RT0) to MB (RT3) states described later will be used according to the RT state at the time of winning the MB. Is used, and "78" is set as the number of lottery.

[Internal lottery table]
Next, various internal lottery tables will be described with reference to FIGS. 23 to 42. 23 and 24 are diagrams showing the configuration of the internal lottery table for the RT0 state, which is referred to when the main game state (RT state) is the RT0 state. 25 and 26 are diagrams showing the configuration of the internal lottery table for the RT1 state, which is referred to when the main game state (RT state) is the RT1 state. 27 and 28 are diagrams showing the configuration of the internal lottery table for the RT2 state, which is referred to when the main game state (RT state) is the RT2 state. 29 and 30 are diagrams showing the configuration of an internal lottery table for the RT34 state, which is referred to when the main game state (RT state) is the RT3 state. 31 and 32 are diagrams showing the configuration of an internal lottery table for the BB internal medium state, which is referred to when the main game state is the BB internal medium state. 33 and 34 are diagrams showing the configuration of the internal lottery table for the BB middle state, which is referred to when the main game state is the BB state. 35 and 36 are diagrams showing the configuration of the internal lottery table for the MB (RT0) state, which is referred to when the main game state is the MB state at RT0. 37 and 38 are diagrams showing the configuration of the internal lottery table for the MB (RT1) state, which is referred to when the main game state is the MB state at RT1. 39 and 40 are diagrams showing the configuration of an internal lottery table for the MB (RT2) state, which is referred to when the main game state is the MB state at RT2. Further, FIGS. 41 and 42 are diagrams showing the configuration of an internal lottery table for the MB (RT3) state, which is referred to when the main game state is the MB state at RT3. Here, in order to clarify the structure of each internal lottery table (to make it easier to see), each internal lottery table is divided into two tables, but in reality, the two tables are regarded as one table. It is composed.

In each internal lottery table, in the corresponding main game state, the winning numbers "0" to "78", the small winning combination / replay data pointer and the bonus data pointer associated with each winning number, and each winning number are displayed. The correspondence with the lottery value when it is decided is specified. In the present embodiment, the lottery value is separately defined according to the settings 1 to 6. These settings 1 to 6 are provided for the game store to adjust the expected value of the internal winning such as a bonus or a small winning combination. For example, a reset switch (not shown) and a setting key type switch 56 are used. Be changed.

The small role / replay data pointer and the bonus data pointer are data acquired as a result of the lottery performed by referring to the internal lottery table, and are based on the symbol combination determination table (see FIGS. 43 to 48 described later). This is data for designating a specified symbol combination (display combination).

In the internal lottery process using the internal lottery table in the present embodiment, the random number values extracted from the predetermined numerical range "0 to 65535" are sequentially subtracted by the lottery values defined according to each winning number. To do. Further, in each of the subtraction processes, an internal lottery is performed by determining whether or not the result of the subtraction is negative (whether or not so-called "digits" have occurred). Then, the winning number when the subtraction result becomes negative (“digits” occur) is won, and the data points assigned to the winning number are acquired.

Therefore, in the internal lottery process of the present embodiment, the larger the numerical value defined as the lottery value, the higher the probability that the data to which the lottery value is assigned (that is, the data pointer) is determined. The winning probability of each winning number can be expressed by "the lottery value associated with each winning number / the number of all random number values that may be extracted (random number denominator: 65536)".

(1) Internal lottery table for RT0 state In the internal lottery table for RT0 state, a lottery value larger than 0 is defined for the internal winning combination (winning number) related to the small combination, the replay combination, and the bonus combination. For example, in the internal lottery table for RT0 state, as shown in FIGS. 23 and 24, the winning numbers "1" (abbreviation "F_normal lip 1"), "2" (abbreviation "F_normal lip 2"), "21" (Abbreviated as "F_Chance Lip 1") and "22" (abbreviated as "F_Chance Lip 2"), a lottery value larger than 0 is specified for the replay role, but other replay roles. The lottery value of the winning numbers (“3” to “20” and “23”) according to the above is 0. That is, in the RT0 state, the replay combination related to the winning numbers "1", "2", "21" and "22" can be won, but the other replay roles are not won (winning numbers "3" to "". The data pointers corresponding to "20" and "23" are not acquired).

In the internal lottery referring to the internal lottery table for the RT0 state, for example, the probability that the winning number "1" (abbreviated as "F_normal lip 1") is won at the time of setting is 7066/65536 as shown in FIG. .. Then, when the winning number "1" is won, "1" is acquired as the small winning combination / replay data pointer, and "0" is acquired as the bonus data pointer. The small combination / replay data pointer "1" corresponds to the symbol combination (display combination) related to the combination names "C_replay 1" and "C_replay 2" (see FIG. 43 described later).

Further, in the internal lottery referring to the internal lottery table for the RT0 state, for example, the probability that the winning number "21" (abbreviated as "F_chance lip 1") is won at the time of setting 1 is 345/65536 as shown in FIG. become. Then, when the winning number "21" is won, "21" is acquired as the small winning combination / replay data pointer, and "0" is acquired as the bonus data pointer. The small combination / replay data pointer "21" corresponds to the symbol combination (display combination) related to the combination name "C_chance lip 1" (see FIG. 45 described later).

In the pachislot machine 1 of the present embodiment, the internal winning combination related to the abbreviations "F_chance lip 1" and "F_chance lip 2" is a so-called "chance eye" internal winning combination. Then, as shown in FIGS. 23 to 30, in the present embodiment, the probability of winning the abbreviation "F_chance lip 1" is constant (345/65536) regardless of the RT state and the setting. On the other hand, the probability of winning the abbreviation "F_Chance Lip 2" changes depending on the setting (108/65536 to 113/65536), but when the setting is the same, it is constant regardless of the RT state.

Further, the "rare role" in the present embodiment is abbreviated as "F_chance lip 1", "F_chance lip 2", "F_cherry lip", "F_common bell 1", "F_common bell 2", "F_common bell 2". It is a role related to any one of "F_watermelon", "F_weak cherry", "F_strong cherry" and "F_medium che".

(2) Internal lottery table for RT1 state In the internal lottery table for RT1 state, as shown in FIGS. 25 and 26, the internal winning combination (winning number) related to the small combination, the replay combination, and the bonus combination has a value larger than 0. The lottery value of is specified. For example, in the internal lottery table for the RT1 state, the winning numbers "3" (abbreviation "F_RT2 transition lip 1") to "8" (abbreviation "F_RT2 transition lip 6"), "21" (abbreviation "F_chance lip 1") And for the replay role of "22" (abbreviated as "F_Chance Lip 2"), a lottery value larger than 0 is specified, but the winning numbers ("1", "1", " The lottery value of "2", "9" to "20" and "23") is 0. That is, in the RT1 state, the replay combination related to the winning numbers "3" to "8", "21" and "22" can be won, but the other replay roles are not won (winning numbers "1", "" The data pointers corresponding to "2", "9" to "20", and "23" are not acquired).

In the internal lottery referring to the internal lottery table for the RT1 state, for example, at the time of setting 1, any one of the winning numbers "3" (abbreviated as "F_RT2 transition lip 1") to "8" (abbreviated as "F_RT2 transition lip 6") is won. The probability of doing so is 1414/65536, as shown in FIG. Then, for example, when the winning number "3" is won, "3" is acquired as the small winning combination / replay data pointer, and "0" is acquired as the bonus data pointer. The small combination / replay data pointer "3" corresponds to the symbol combination (display combination) related to the combination names "C_replay 1", "C_RT1 lip", "C_RT2 lip", and "C_replay 2" ( See FIG. 43 below).

(3) Internal lottery table for RT2 state In the internal lottery table for RT2 state, a lottery value larger than 0 is defined for the internal winning combination (winning number) related to the small combination, the replay combination, and the bonus combination. For example, in the internal lottery table for RT2 state, as shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, the winning numbers "10" (abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 1_B"), "12" (abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 2_B"), "14" (Abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 3_B"), "16" (abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 4_B"), "18" (abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 5_B"), "20" (abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 6_B"), For the replay roles of "21" (abbreviation "F_Chance Lip 1") and "22" (abbreviation "F_Chance Lip 2"), a lottery value larger than 0 is specified, but other than that. The lottery value of the winning numbers ("1" to "9", "11", "13", "15", "17", "19" and "23") related to the replay combination is 0. That is, in the RT2 state, the replay combination related to the winning numbers "10", "12", "14", "16", "18" and "20" to "22" can be won, but other replays. The winning combination is not won (data pointers corresponding to winning numbers "1" to "9", "11", "13", "15", "17", "19" and "23" are not acquired).

In the internal lottery referring to the internal lottery table for the RT2 state, for example, the winning numbers "10" (abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 1_B"), "12" (abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 2_B"), "14" (abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 2_B") at setting 1 Any of abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 3_B"), "16" (abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 4_B"), "18" (abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 5_B") and "20" (abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 6_B") The probability of winning is 1414/65536, as shown in FIG. 27. Then, for example, when the winning number "10" is won, "10" is acquired as the small winning combination / replay data pointer, and "0" is acquired as the bonus data pointer. The small combination / replay data pointer "10" corresponds to the symbol combination (display combination) related to the combination names "C_RT1 lip", "C_RT3 lip 1", "C_RT3 lip 2" and "C_cherry lip". (See FIG. 43 below).

(4) Internal lottery table for RT3 state In the internal lottery table for RT3 state, as shown in FIGS. 29 and 30, the internal winning combination (winning number) related to the small combination, the replay combination and the bonus combination has a value larger than 0. The lottery value of is specified. For example, in the internal lottery table for the RT3 state, the winning numbers "1" (abbreviation "F_normal lip 1") and "9" (abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 1_A") to "22" (abbreviation "F_chance lip 2") For the replay combination of, a lottery value larger than 0 is specified, but the lottery value of the winning numbers ("2" to "8" and "23") related to the other replay combination is 0. is there. That is, in the RT3 state, the replay combination related to the winning numbers "1" and "9" to "22" can be won, but the other replay combinations are not won (winning numbers "2" to "8" and "2". The data pointer corresponding to "23" is not acquired).

In the internal lottery with reference to the internal lottery table for the RT3 state, for example, the winning numbers "9" (abbreviated as "F_RT3 transition lip 1_A"), "11" (abbreviated as "F_RT3 transition lip 2_A"), "13" (abbreviated as "F_RT3 transition lip 2_A") at the time of setting 1 The probability that any of the abbreviations "F_RT3 transition lip 3_A"), "15" (abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 4_A") and "19" (abbreviation "F_RT3 transition lip 5_A") will be won is as shown in FIG. It becomes 6116/65536. Then, for example, when the winning number "9" is won, "9" is acquired as the small winning combination / replay data pointer, and "0" is acquired as the bonus data pointer. The small combination / replay data pointer "9" corresponds to the symbol combination (display combination) related to the combination names "C_RT1 rip", "C_RT3 rip 1", and "C_RT3 rip 2" (see FIG. 43 described later). ).

(5) Internal lottery table for BB internal medium state In the internal lottery table for BB internal medium state, as shown in FIGS. 31 and 32, the small winning combination and the internal lottery table for RT0 state to RT3 state described above are used. A lottery value larger than 0 is specified for the internal winning combination (winning number) related to the replay combination.

However, in the internal lottery table for the BB internal medium state, as shown in FIG. 32, the winning numbers "58" (abbreviated as "F_MB1"), "59" (abbreviated as "F_MB2"), and "77", in which the bonus combination is independently won. (Abbreviation "F_BB1") and "78" (abbreviation "F_BB2") have a lottery value of 0. That is, in the BB internal medium state, the bonus combination is not won by itself. In the present embodiment, since the internal winning combination related to BB3 is not independently won, the winning number "76" (abbreviated as "F_BB3 + F_cherry lip") is drawn in the internal lottery table for the BB internal medium state. The value is also set to 0.

(6) Internal lottery table for BB medium state In the internal lottery table for BB medium state, as shown in FIGS. 33 and 34, the winning numbers "21" (abbreviation "F_chance lip 1") and "51" (abbreviation "" Only F_common bell 1 ")," 56 "(abbreviated as" F_BB medium-weak cherry ") and" 57 "(abbreviated as" F_BB medium-strong cherry ") have a lottery value greater than 0. The lottery value of the winning numbers other than is 0. That is, in the BB middle state, only one of the winning numbers "21", "51", "56" and "57" is won, and the small winning combination / replay data pointer and bonus corresponding to the other winning numbers are used. No data pointer is retrieved.

In the internal lottery referring to the internal lottery table for the BB medium state, for example, the probability of winning the winning number "51" (abbreviation "F_common bell 1") at the time of setting 1 is 58996/65536 as shown in FIG. Become. That is, in the BB state at the time of setting 1, there is a probability of about 90% that the internal winning combination related to the abbreviation "F_common bell 1", that is, the small winning combination of bells in any push order (small winning combination in which 9 medals are paid out). ) Is determined. Then, for example, when the winning number "51" is won, "51" is acquired as the small winning combination / replay data pointer, and "0" is acquired as the bonus data pointer. The small combination / replay data pointer "51" corresponds to a symbol combination (display combination) related to all small combinations (see FIGS. 47 and 48 described later).

Further, in the internal lottery referring to the internal lottery table for the BB medium state, for example, the probability of winning the winning number "56" (abbreviated as "F_BB medium weak cherry") at the time of setting 1 is 3700 / as shown in FIG. It becomes 65536. Then, for example, when the winning number "56" is won, "56" is acquired as the small winning combination / replay data pointer, and "0" is acquired as the bonus data pointer. The small combination / replay data pointer "56" corresponds to the symbol combination (display combination) related to the combination names "C_bell 1" to "C_bell 3" and "C_9 weak cherries" (see the figure below). 47 and FIG. 48).

That is, in the BB state, when the internal winning combination related to the abbreviation "F_BB medium weak cherry" (winning number "56") wins, the combination names "C_bell 1" to "C_bell 3" and "C_9 or less" The symbol combination related to any of "cherries" is stopped and displayed on the effective line. Then, when the corresponding symbol combination is stopped and displayed on the valid line, nine medals are paid out as a privilege (see FIGS. 17 and 18).

Further, in the internal lottery referring to the internal lottery table for the BB medium state, for example, the probability of winning the winning number "57" (abbreviated as "F_BB medium-strong cherry") at the time of setting 1 is 1280/65536. Then, for example, when the winning number "57" is won, "57" is acquired as the small winning combination / replay data pointer, and "0" is acquired as the bonus data pointer. The small combination / replay data pointer "57" corresponds to the symbol combination (display combination) related to the combination names "C_bell 1" to "C_bell 3" and "C_9 strong cherry" (see the figure below). 17 to 19).

That is, in the BB state, when the internal winning combination related to the abbreviation "F_BB medium-strength cherry" (winning number "56") wins, the combination names "C_bell 1" to "C_bell 3" and "C_9-strong" The symbol combination related to any of "cherries" is stopped and displayed on the effective line. Then, when the corresponding symbol combination is stopped and displayed on the valid line, nine medals are paid out as a privilege (see FIGS. 17 to 19).

In this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 33 and 34, in the game in the BB state, not only the small winning combination in which nine medals are paid out, but also the replay winning combination (abbreviated as “F_chance lip 1”) is internally included. Although the winning configuration has been described, the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, in a game in the BB state, only a plurality of types of small wins in which a predetermined fixed number of medals (for example, 9 medals) are paid out may be internally won. In this case, the number of games (number of games played) consumed by the bonus can be fixed.

(7) Internal lottery table for MB (RT0) state to MB (RT3) state In the present embodiment, even in the MB state, the lottery process is performed with reference to the internal lottery table as in the case where the bonus is not activated.

However, in the MB state, the winning combination to be drawn in the lottery process using the internal lottery table is mainly a replay combination (partly, a BB combination and a replay combination overlap) as shown in FIGS. 35 to 42. The role) is subject to lottery, and small roles and bonus single roles are not subject to lottery. However, in the present embodiment, in the game during the MB operation, all the small winning combinations are automatically won internally regardless of the internal lottery. Therefore, in the present embodiment, in the lottery process with reference to the internal lottery table for the MB state, when the replay combination is won, the replay combination and all the small combinations are substantially duplicated. If the lottery result is "missing", only all the small wins will be won.

As shown in FIGS. 35 and 36, the types of replay combinations to be drawn in the internal lottery process using the internal lottery table for the MB (RT0) state are the internal lottery process using the internal lottery table for the RT0 state. It will be similar to that of. As shown in FIGS. 37 and 38, the types of replay combinations to be drawn in the internal lottery process using the internal lottery table for the MB (RT1) state are those of the internal lottery process using the internal lottery table for the RT1 state. It will be the same. As shown in FIGS. 39 and 40, the types of replay combinations to be drawn in the internal lottery process using the internal lottery table for the MB (RT2) state are the same as those in the internal lottery process using the internal lottery table for the RT2 state. It will be the same. Then, as shown in FIGS. 41 and 42, the types of replay combinations to be drawn in the internal lottery process using the internal lottery table for the MB (RT3) state are the internal lottery process using the internal lottery table for the RT3 state. It will be similar to that of.

[Design combination determination table]
Next, the symbol combination (display combination) determination table will be described with reference to FIGS. 43 to 48. Here, in order to clarify the structure of the symbol combination (display combination) determination table (to make it easier to see), the symbol combination (display combination) determination table is divided into six tables, but in reality, it is shown. The six tables are configured as one table.

The symbol combination determination table defines the correspondence between the data pointer associated with each internal winning combination and the symbol combination (combination) that can be displayed on the effective line (cross-up line). That is, when the small combination / replay data pointer and the bonus data pointer (internal winning combination) are determined, the type of symbol combination that can be displayed on the valid line, that is, the type of display combination that can be won is uniquely determined. It is determined.

The various data described in the symbol combination (display combination) column in each symbol combination determination table is a symbol combination that allows display along the effective line set over the left reel 3L, the middle reel 3C, and the right reel 3R. It is data for identification. The "data" in the symbol combination (display combination) column is represented by 1-byte data in the same manner as the "data" in the display combination code column in the symbol combination table shown in FIGS. 16 to 19, and the 1-byte data. A unique symbol combination is assigned to each bit in it. In addition, the circles described in the data pointer column in the symbol combination determination table are symbol combinations (combinations) that can be displayed on the effective line in the acquired data pointer (internal winning combination), that is, display combinations that can win a prize. Is shown.

In the symbol combination determination table shown in FIGS. 43 to 48, the symbol combination (display combination) related to the operation of the bonus is defined for each of the bonus data pointers "1" to "5", and for small combination / replay. A symbol combination (display combination) related to a small combination and a replay combination is defined for each of the data pointers "1" to "57". That is, the symbol combination determination table has a correspondence relationship between the bonus data pointer and the display combination related to the operation of the bonus, and the display combination related to the small combination / replay data pointer and the payout of the medal or the display combination related to the operation of the replay. Prescribe the correspondence with.

For example, when "3" (internal winning combination of the name "BB1") is acquired as a bonus data pointer, as shown in FIG. 43, only the symbol combinations related to the combination names "C_BB1A" and "C_BB1B" are available. Stop display is possible. Further, for example, when "1" (internal winning combination of the name "F_normal replay 1") is acquired as a data pointer for a small combination / replay, as shown in FIG. 43, the combination name "C_replay 1" is obtained. And the symbol combination related to "C_Replay 2" can be stopped and displayed. Further, for example, when "24" (internal winning combination of the name "F_left bell 1") is acquired as a data pointer for a small combination / replay, the combination name "C_" is shown in FIGS. 45 and 46. The symbol combinations related to "Bell 2", "C_Selection Bell 01", "C_Selection Bell 05" and "C_Selection Bell 09" can be stopped and displayed.

The symbol combination determination table does not specify the case where the "internal winning combination" is "off", but this is all the symbols defined by the symbol combination tables shown in FIGS. 16 to 19. Indicates that the display of combinations is not allowed.

[Prize winning operation flag data table for symbols]
Next, with reference to FIG. 49, a symbol-corresponding winning operation flag data table will be described. The symbol-corresponding winning operation flag data table defines the correspondence between the reel type and the data of the internal winning combination that can be displayed according to the symbol of each reel displayed on the effective line. That is, by referring to the symbol-corresponding winning operation flag data table, it is possible to determine the internal winning combination that can be displayed at that time. The symbol-corresponding winning operation flag data table is provided corresponding to the symbol combination table (see FIGS. 16 to 19).

For example, when the symbol "red 7" is stopped and displayed on the winning determination line of the left reel 3L, in the storage areas 1 to 8 corresponding to the symbol code "00000001" (red 7) in the reel type "left". "1" is stored in the bit corresponding to the displayable internal winning combination. The data defined in the symbol-corresponding winning operation flag data table is logically producted and stored in the data stored in the symbol code storage area (see FIG. 104 described later) described later.

<Correspondence table between internal winning combination, stop button pressing order, and symbol combination>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 50 to 54, the correspondence between the internal winning combination, the symbol combination (display combination), and the stop button pressing order (hereinafter referred to as “batting order”) in each of the above-mentioned main game states is described. explain. In addition, FIG. 50 and FIG. 51 are correspondence tables of the internal winning combination, the symbol combination (display combination), and the batting order when the main game state is the general middle state or the BB state. 52 and 53 are a correspondence table of the internal winning combination, the symbol combination (display combination), and the batting order when the main game state is the BB internal middle state. Further, FIG. 54 is a correspondence table of the internal winning combination, the symbol combination (display combination), and the batting order when the main game state is the MB (CB) state.

In addition, "Batting order 1" described in each correspondence table corresponds to the order of pressing the stop button "left → middle → right", and "batting order 2" corresponds to the pressing order of the stop button "left → right → middle". Corresponds in the order of. "Strike order 3" corresponds to the order of pressing the stop button in the order of "middle-> left-> right", and "striking order 4" corresponds to the order of pressing the stop button in the order of "middle-> right-> left". Further, "batting order 5" corresponds to the order in which the stop buttons are pressed in the order of "right → left → middle", and "batting order 6" corresponds to the order in which the stop buttons are pressed in the order of "right → middle → left".

(1) General medium state or BB state In the present embodiment, when the main game state is the general medium state or BB state, the correct answer is given to the internal winning combinations "F_RT2 transition lip 1" to "F_RT2 transition lip 6". As the batting order, the batting order 1 to 6 are associated with each other. Therefore, for example, when the main game state is the general medium state or the BB state, and the internal winning combination is the combination related to "F_RT2 transition lip 1" to "F_RT2 transition lip 6", as shown in FIG. If the striking order is 1 to 6 striking order, the symbol combination related to the combination name "C_RT2 transition lip" is always stopped and displayed on the effective line. However, for example, if the reels are stopped in a batting order (incorrect batting order) that is not associated with the internal winning combinations "F_RT2 transition lip 1" to "F_RT2 transition lip 6", the reels will be called "middle rip" or "lower rip". The symbol combination to be called is stopped and displayed on the effective line.

The "middle rip" is a symbol "replay" on a pseudo line (center line) connecting the middle area of the left reel 3L, the middle area of the middle reel 3C, and the middle area of the right reel 3R in the reel display window 4. ] Is a symbol combination that is displayed as a stop. On the other hand, the "lower lip" is a symbol "replay" on a pseudo line (bottom line) connecting the lower area of the left reel 3L, the lower area of the middle reel 3C, and the lower area of the right reel 3R in the reel display window 4. "Is a symbol combination that is displayed as a stop.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the main game state is the general middle state or the BB state, the correct answer is given to the internal winning order (“F_left bell 1” to “F_left bell 9”) related to the “left bell”. As the batting order of, the batting order 1 and the batting order 2 (the batting order in which the left reel 3L is first stopped) are associated with each other. Therefore, for example, when the main game state is the general middle state or the BB state and the internal winning combination is the combination related to the "left bell", the striking order is striking order 1 or striking order 2 as shown in FIG. If so, the symbol combination of the small winning combination related to the "left bell" (hereinafter referred to as "bell small winning combination"), in which the number of medals paid out is 9, is always stopped and displayed on the effective line. However, for example, if the reels are stopped in a batting order (incorrect batting order) that is not associated with the internal winning combination related to the "left bell", there is a 1/9 probability that the symbol combination related to the small bell combination is an effective line. Stopped displayed above.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the main game state is the general medium state or the BB state, the internal winning combination (“F_common bell 1” and “F_common bell 2”) related to the “common bell” is dealt with. The batting order does not matter. Therefore, for example, when the main game state is the general medium state or the BB state and the internal winning combination is the combination related to the "common bell", as shown in FIG. 51, medals are paid out regardless of the batting order. The symbol combination related to the small bell, which has 9 medals, is always stopped and displayed on the effective line.

Further, in the present embodiment, the internal winning roles "F_BB medium-weak cherry" and "F_BB medium-strong cherry" (cherry small role in which the number of medals paid out is 9) are won only when the main game state is the BB state. However, the striking order does not matter. Therefore, for example, when the main game state is the BB state and the internal winning combination is a combination related to "cherry", as shown in FIG. 51, the number of medals paid out is 9 regardless of the batting order. The symbol combination related to the cherry small winning combination is always displayed as a stop on the effective line.

(2) BB Internal Medium State In the present embodiment, when the main game state is the BB internal medium state, the internal winning combination is the combination related to the “bell” (“F_left bell 1” (winning number 24) to “F_common”. For "Bell 2" (winning number 52)), the striking order does not matter. Therefore, for example, when the main game state is the BB internal medium state and the internal winning combination is the combination related to the "bell", as shown in FIG. 53, the number of medals paid out is 9 regardless of the striking order. The symbol combination of the small bells will always be stopped and displayed on the effective line. That is, in the game in the BB internal medium state, the small winning combination (batting order) having the correct answer in the pushing order (batting order) in the non-BB internal medium state changes to a small winning combination in any push order.

(3) MB (CB) state As described above, in the lottery using the internal lottery table for the MB (CB) state, the internal winning combination to be the lottery is the replay combination (winning number 0 to 23). , Apart from the lottery, all small wins are automatically won internally.

Then, in the present embodiment, the main game state is the MB (CB) state, and the internal winning combination is abbreviated as "F_normal lip 2", "F_RT2 transition lip 6", "F_RT3 transition lip 6_B", "F_chance". In the case of the roles related to "Rip 1" and "F_Chance Lip 2" to "F_RT2 Transition Lip 6", when the hitting order is hitting order 1 or hitting order 2, as shown in FIG. 54, the combination name "C_9 strong cherry" When the symbol combination (“9 strong cheers” in FIG. 54) is stopped and displayed on the effective line and the striking order is any of 3 to 6 striking orders, the combination name “C_9 weak cherry” is related. The symbol combination (“a little less than 9 pieces” in FIG. 54) is stopped and displayed on the effective line.

Further, when the main game state is the MB (CB) state and the internal winning combination is a replay combination other than the above-mentioned combination, the combination name "C_9" is used according to the type of the replay combination regardless of the batting order. The symbol combination related to "Small weak cherry" or the symbol combination related to the combination name "C_special combination" ("special combination" in FIG. 54) is stopped and displayed on the effective line.

Even if any of the combination names "C_9 weak cherry", "C_9 strong cherry" and "C_special role" is stopped and displayed on the valid line, the number of medals paid out will be 9 (Fig.). 16 to 19). That is, in the present embodiment, when the main game state is the MB (CB) state, the number of medals to be paid out is 9 regardless of each game, the type of internal winning combination (including "missing"), and the batting order. The small role that becomes will always win a prize.

<Correspondence between internal winning combination and instruction monitor number (navigation type)>
In the conventional pachislot machine, information (navigation) of reel stop operation information (pushing order, etc.) is performed by controlling the sub (sub-control board 72) side during ART. However, since the presence or absence of this notification affects the profit (ball output) of the player, in recent years, it has been required to perform the notification on the main (main control board 71) side that manages the profit of the player. Therefore, in the pachi-slot machine 1 of the present embodiment, as described above, the information display 24 controlled on the main side is provided with an instruction display unit (not shown) for notifying information of the stop operation and the like, and the control on the main side is controlled. Therefore, a function (AT function) for notifying information on the reel stop operation according to the internal winning combination is provided.

In the pachislot machine 1 of the present embodiment, when the internal winning combination (small combination and replay combination) having the correct answer in the batting order is won during the operation of the AT (ART) function, it is associated with the correct answering order of the winning internal winning combination. The instruction monitor number is displayed on the instruction display. The "instruction monitor number" is a numerical value displayed (notified) on the instruction display unit when navigation occurs, and uniquely corresponds to the notification content (navigation type).

Here, with reference to FIGS. 55 to 57, the correspondence between the internal winning combination and the instruction monitor number (navigation type) will be described. FIG. 55 is a diagram showing the correspondence between the instruction monitor number and the navigation type. Further, FIGS. 56 and 57 are diagrams showing a correspondence relationship between the internal winning combination related to the small combination and the replay combination and the instruction monitor number (navigation type). As shown in FIG. 55, in the present embodiment, the navigation type displayed by the instruction display unit includes not only batting order navigation but also bonus (BB) notification.

In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 55, the batting order notification (batting order navigation) is associated with the instruction monitor numbers "1" to "6", and the BB notification is associated with the instruction monitor numbers "7" to "9". .. Specifically, the instruction monitor number "1" is associated with the batting order "left → middle → right" notification ("left middle right navigation"), and the instruction monitor number "2" is associated with the batting order "left → right". → Corresponds to the "middle" notification ("left and right middle navigation"). The instruction monitor number "3" is associated with the notification of the striking order "middle → left → right" ("middle left and right navigation"), and the instruction monitor number "4" is associated with the notification of the striking order "middle → right → left" ("middle → right → left" notification ( "Middle right left navigation") is associated. The instruction monitor number "5" is associated with the notification of the striking order "right → left → middle" ("right left middle navigation"), and the instruction monitor number "6" is associated with the notification of the striking order "right → middle → left" ("right → middle → left" notification ( "Right, middle, left navigation") is associated. Further, the instruction monitor number "7" is associated with the notification of BB1 ("red 7 navigation"), and the instruction monitor number "8" is associated with the notification of BB2 ("blue 7 navigation"). Correspond to notification ("BAR Navi").

Then, when the above-mentioned instruction monitor number, navigation type, and correspondence relationship, and the correspondence relationship between the internal winning combination shown in FIGS. 50 and 51 and the batting order of the correct answer are made into one correspondence table, the correspondence shown in FIGS. 56 and 57 is shown. A table is obtained. Hereinafter, the correspondence between the internal winning combination related to the small combination and the replay combination and the instruction monitor number (navigation type) set in the present embodiment will be specifically described.

In this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 56 and 57, the abbreviations "F_RT2 transition lip 1" (winning number "3"), "F_RT3 transition lip 1_A" (winning number "9"), "F_RT3 transition lip 1_B" (Winning number "10") and "F_left bell 1" (winning number "24") to "F_left bell 4" (winning number "27") The internal winning combination is the instruction monitor number "1" (left). It is associated with (middle right navigation). Therefore, in the ART state, the internal winning combinations related to the abbreviations "F_RT2 transition lip 1", "F_RT3 transition lip 1_A", "F_RT3 transition lip 1_B" and "F_left bell 1" to "F_left bell 4" were won. In that case, "left middle right navigation" occurs, and the instruction monitor number "1" is displayed on the instruction monitor.

Abbreviations "F_RT2 transition lip 2" (win number "4"), "F_RT3 transition lip 2_A" (win number "11"), "F_RT3 transition lip 2_B" (win number "12") and "F_left bell 5" ( The internal winning combination related to the winning numbers "28") to "F_left bell 9" (winning number "32") is associated with the instruction monitor number "2" (navigation in the left and right). Therefore, in the ART state, the internal winning combinations related to the abbreviations "F_RT2 transition lip 2", "F_RT3 transition lip 2_A", "F_RT3 transition lip 2_B" and "F_left bell 5" to "F_left bell 9" were won. In that case, "left / right middle navigation" occurs, and the instruction monitor number "2" is displayed on the instruction monitor.

Abbreviations "F_RT2 transition lip 3" (win number "5"), "F_RT3 transition lip 3_A" (win number "13"), "F_RT3 transition lip 3_B" (win number "14") and "F_middle bell 1" ( The internal winning combination related to the winning numbers "33") to "F_middle bell 4" (winning number "36") is associated with the instruction monitor number "3" (middle left and right navigation). Therefore, in the ART state, the internal winning combinations related to the abbreviations "F_RT2 transition lip 3", "F_RT3 transition lip 3_A", "F_RT3 transition lip 3_B" and "F_middle bell 1" to "F_middle bell 4" were won. In that case, "middle left / right navigation" occurs, and the instruction monitor number "3" is displayed on the instruction monitor.

Abbreviations "F_RT2 transition lip 4" (win number "6"), "F_RT3 transition lip 4_A" (win number "15"), "F_RT3 transition lip 4_B" (win number "16") and "F_middle bell 5" ( The internal winning combination related to the winning numbers "37") to "F_middle bell 9" (winning number "41") is associated with the instruction monitor number "4" (middle right and left navigation). Therefore, in the ART state, the internal winning combinations related to the abbreviations "F_RT2 transition lip 4", "F_RT3 transition lip 4_A", "F_RT3 transition lip 4_B" and "F_middle bell 5" to "F_middle bell 9" were won. In that case, "middle right left navigation" occurs, and the instruction monitor number "4" is displayed on the instruction monitor.

Abbreviations "F_RT2 transition lip 5" (win number "7"), "F_RT3 transition lip 5_A" (win number "17"), "F_RT3 transition lip 5_B" (win number "18") and "F_right bell 1" ( The internal winning combination related to the winning numbers "42") to "F_right bell 4" (winning number "45") is associated with the instruction monitor number "5" (right, left, middle navigation). Therefore, in the ART state, the internal winning combinations related to the abbreviations "F_RT2 transition lip 5", "F_RT3 transition lip 5_A", "F_RT3 transition lip 5_B" and "F_right bell 1" to "F_right bell 4" were won. In that case, "navigation in the middle right and left" occurs, and the instruction monitor number "5" is displayed on the instruction monitor.

In addition, the abbreviations "F_RT2 transition lip 6" (win number "8"), "F_RT3 transition lip 6_A" (win number "19"), "F_RT3 transition lip 6_B" (win number "20") and "F_right bell 5" (Winning number "46") to "F_right bell 9" (winning number "50"), the internal winning combination is associated with the instruction monitor number "6" (right middle left navigation). Therefore, in the ART state, the internal winning combinations related to the abbreviations "F_RT2 transition lip 6", "F_RT3 transition lip 6_A", "F_RT3 transition lip 6_B" and "F_right bell 5" to "F_right bell 9" were won. In that case, "right middle left navigation" occurs, and the instruction monitor number "6" is displayed on the instruction monitor.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the BB combination wins internally in the normal state and the ART state, the BB is notified (instructed) by the instruction display unit at a predetermined timing after the BB win on the main side. Then, the notification timing of the BB by the instruction display unit changes according to the ball ejection state.

Specifically, in the normal state, after winning the BB, after 2 games have been digested, the instruction display unit notifies the BB role, and in the ART state and the additional specialization state, after winning the BB and digesting 3 games, the instruction is given. The display unit notifies the BB role, and in other ball ejection states, the instruction display unit notifies the BB role after one game is completed.

In the present embodiment, as described above, when the BB combination is won, the combination with the correct answer in the push order (batting order) in the non-BB internal medium state (push order combination) changes to the combination with no push order. Therefore, when the BB combination is won in the game in the ART state, the batting order navigation becomes unnecessary in the game in the BB internal medium state. However, even in this case, in the present embodiment, when the push order combination is won, the batting order navigation (unnecessary navigation) corresponding to the push order combination is generated so that the situation without navigation does not occur in the ART state. ..

In the pachislot machine 1 having such a notification specification, by providing the above-mentioned instruction (navigation) mode at the time of winning the BB, even if a situation in which navigation is unnecessary occurs during the ART state, the situation is in the BB internal medium state (navigation). It is possible to prevent the player from easily recognizing that (when navigation is not required).

<Correspondence table between the internal winning combination and the main lottery flag>
In the present embodiment, the main control circuit 91 performs various lottery processes related to the control of the ball ejection state (control of the AT function (ART), etc.), but the various lottery tables used for the lottery process are internally as described later. The lottery value is defined not for each winning combination but for each flag called "main lottery flag" set in association with the type of internal winning combination. Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the lottery process is performed with reference to these lottery tables, the internal winning combination is first converted into the main lottery flag, and then based on the converted main lottery flag. The lottery process is performed. Further, in the present embodiment, the information related to the internal winning combination (information included in the start command) transmitted from the main control circuit 91 to the sub control circuit 101 is the main lottery flag.

Here, FIGS. 58 to 60 show a correspondence table between the internal winning combination and the main lottery flag. It should be noted that FIGS. 58 and 59 are correspondence tables between the internal winning combination and the main lottery flag when the main game state is the state when the MB is not activated, and FIG. 60 is the state when the main game state is the MB operation. It is a correspondence table of the internal winning combination and the main lottery flag in the case of. In addition, in each correspondence table, "out of place" (winning number "0") is also described as an internal winning combination, and the abbreviation of the main lottery flag is also described.

In the conversion process of the internal winning combination to the main lottery flag in the present embodiment, a plurality of internal winning combinations belonging to the same type are combined into one main lottery flag. When the MB is not operating (normal time), as shown in FIGS. 58 and 59, 60 types of internal winning combinations (winning numbers "0" to "59" related to the small winning combination, the replay winning combination, and the MB winning combination are performed by this flag conversion. ") Is converted into 15 types of main lottery flags (flag numbers" 0 "to" 14 ": flag data).

For example, the internal winning combination related to the abbreviation "F_normal lip 1" (winning number "1") and "F_normal lip 2" (winning number "2") is the main lottery flag "F_normal lip" (flag number). It is converted to "1"). The internal winning combination related to the abbreviation "F_RT2 transition lip 1" (win number "2") to "F_RT2 transition lip 6" (win number "8") is the main lottery flag "F_RT2 transition lip" (flag number "2"). ") Is converted to. In addition, all the internal winning combinations related to the abbreviations "F_RT3 transition lip 1_A" (win number "9") to "F_RT3 transition lip 6_B" (win number "20") are the main lottery flag "F_RT3 transition lip" (flag number). It is converted to "3"). Further, all the internal winning combinations related to the abbreviations "F_left bell 1" (winning number "24") to "F_right bell 9" (winning number "50") are the main lottery flag "F_batting order bell" (flag number). It is converted to "7").

Further, for example, the internal winning combination related to the abbreviation "F_weak cherry" (win number "54") and "F_BB medium weak cherry" (win number 56) is the main lottery flag "F_weak cherry" (flag number). It is converted to "11"). The main lottery flag "F_strong cherry" (flag number "12") is used for all the internal winning roles related to the abbreviation "F_strong cherry" (win number "55") to "F_BB medium-strong cherry" (win number "57"). ) Is converted. That is, in the present embodiment, the main lottery flag is shared between the cherry small winning combination dedicated to the same type of BB operation and the cherry small winning combination when the BB is not operating (normal time). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a separate main lottery flag may be provided for each cherry small combination.

Further, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 60, when the MB is activated, 21 types of internal winning combinations (winning numbers "0" to "20") related to the replay combination and 3 types of sub-flags (flag number "15") are used. ~ "17": Flag data) is converted. As described above, in the present embodiment, all the small winning combinations are automatically won when the MB is activated, so that the winning numbers "1" to "20" (replay winning combinations) are acquired when the MB is activated. In that case, the replay role and the small role are duplicated and won.

In the flag conversion at the time of MB operation, the abbreviation "missing" (win number "0"), "F_RT3 transition lip 1_A" (win number "9"), "F_RT3 transition lip 2_A" (win number "11"), "F_RT3" The internal winning combination related to "Transition Lip 3_A" (win number "13"), "F_RT3 Transition Lip 4_A" (win number "15") and "F_RT5 Transition Lip 5_A" (win number "17") is the main lottery. It is converted to the flag "F_MB combination" (flag number "15"). Abbreviation "F_normal rip 1" (win number "1"), "F_RT2 transition rip 1" (win number "3") to "F_RT2 transition rip 5" (win number "7"), "F_RT3 transition rip 1_B" ( Win number "10"), "F_RT3 transition lip 2_B" (win number "12"), "F_RT3 transition lip 3_B" (win number "14"), "F_RT3 transition lip 4_B" (win number "16") and " All the internal winning combinations related to "F_RT3 transition lip 5_B" (winning number "18") are converted into the main lottery flag "F_MB_weak che" (flag number "16"). In addition, the internal winning combination related to the abbreviation "F_normal lip 2" (win number "2"), "F_RT2 transition lip 6" (win number "8") and "F_RT3 transition lip 6_B" (win number "20") Both are converted into the main lottery flag "F_MB_strong check" (flag number "17").

<Lottery table used in various lottery processes performed in each ball ejection state>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 61 to 98, various lottery tables used in various lottery processes related to control of each ball ejection state (control of AT function (ART), etc.) executed by the main control circuit 91 will be described. To do. The random number denominators of the lottery table described below are all "128" (the acquired random number value is any of 0 to 127).

In the various lottery tables described below, lottery values are defined for each setting, but these lottery values are examples, and the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, among the various lottery tables described below, the lottery table in which the lottery value is constant regardless of the set values (settings 1 to 6) may be configured to change the lottery value according to the setting. That is, a lottery with no setting difference may be a lottery with a setting difference.

[Common lottery table]
In the present embodiment, a common lottery table is provided in a plurality of kinds of lottery processes for simply determining winning / non-winning. At this time, a common lottery table is provided for each winning probability.

FIGS. 61 to 63 show an example of a common lottery table. In the present embodiment, a common table with a winning probability of 0% (a lottery table in which the lottery value for the lottery result "winning" is "0") and a winning probability of 100% (the lottery value for the lottery result "winning" is "128"). A lottery table) is also provided, but the illustration is omitted here.

FIG. 61A is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 1/128 (about 1%), and FIG. 61B is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 5%. FIG. 61C is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table in which the winning probability is 10%. Further, FIG. 61D is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 15%, FIG. 61E is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 20%, and FIG. 61F is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 20%. It is a figure which shows the structure of the common lottery table which has a winning probability of 25%.

FIG. 62A is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 30%, FIG. 62B is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 33%, and FIG. 62C is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 33%. It is a figure which shows the structure of the common lottery table which becomes 40%. Further, FIG. 62D is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 50%, FIG. 62E is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 55%, and FIG. 62F is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 55%. It is a figure which shows the structure of the common lottery table which the winning probability becomes 60%.

FIG. 63A is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 66%, FIG. 63B is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 70%, and FIG. 63C is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 70%. It is a figure which shows the structure of the common lottery table which becomes 75%. Further, FIG. 63D is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 80%, FIG. 63E is a diagram showing a configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 90%, and FIG. 63F is a diagram showing the configuration of a common lottery table having a winning probability of 90%. It is a figure which shows the structure of the common lottery table which the winning probability becomes 95%.

In each common lottery table, each winning / non-winning lottery value is set so that the corresponding winning probability can be obtained. Further, in the present embodiment, in each common lottery table, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is constant regardless of the setting.

In the common lottery table in which the winning probability shown in FIG. 61A is 1/128 (about 1%), for example, when the specialized final game loop rate in the additional specialized state is 1% (for example, the rank of the reward card is It is used in the continuous lottery performed in the final game of the additional specialization state (when it is "0" to "2" or "8") (see FIG. 13).

The common lottery table shown in FIG. 61F with a winning probability of 25% activates the skill effect of an attacking card with a card rank of "1" and a defensive card with a card rank of "2", for example, in a game in the CZ state. It is used in the lottery (card skill activation lottery) (see FIGS. 11 and 12).

The common lottery table shown in FIG. 62B, in which the winning probability is 33%, is, for example, a lottery for whether or not to activate the skill effect of a defensive card of card rank "4" in a game in the CZ state (card skill activation lottery). ) (See FIG. 12).

The common lottery table shown in FIG. 62D, in which the winning probability is 50%, is, for example, an attack card having a card rank of "2" or "3" or a defense of a card rank of "1" or "7" in a game in a CZ state. It is used in a lottery for activating the skill effect of a system card (card skill activation lottery) (see FIGS. 11 and 12). Further, in the common lottery table where the winning probability is 50%, for example, when the specialized final game loop rate in the additional specialized state is 50% (for example, when the rank of the reward card is "3" or "9"). In some cases), it is used in a continuous lottery performed in the final game in the additional specialization state (see FIG. 13).

The common lottery table shown in FIG. 62E in which the winning probability is 55% is, for example, when the ball ejection state is the state at the time of introducing CZ, the main game state is the no BB internal medium state, the NBB winning game or the MB winning game. , Used in the CZ victory rewrite lottery performed when the lever is turned on. That is, in the present embodiment, when the ball ejection state is the state at the time of introducing CZ, the main game state is the non-BB internal medium state, the NBB winning game or the MB winning game, there is a 55% probability that the ART non-winning is the ART winning state. Is changed to.

The common lottery table shown in FIG. 63A, in which the winning probability is 66%, is, for example, a lottery for whether or not to activate the skill effect of the defense card of card rank "9" in the game in the CZ state (card skill activation lottery). ) (See FIG. 12).

The common lottery table shown in FIG. 63C, in which the winning probability is 75%, is, for example, a lottery for whether or not to activate the skill effect of an attacking card of card rank "4" in a game in the CZ state (card skill activation lottery). ) (See FIG. 11). Further, in the common lottery table in which the winning probability shown in FIG. 63C is 75%, for example, when the specialized final game loop rate in the additional specialized state is 75% (for example, the rank of the reward card is "4" to "4". (When it is "6"), it is used in the continuous lottery performed in the final game in the additional specialization state (see FIG. 13).

The common lottery table shown in FIG. 63D in which the winning probability is 80% is, for example, when the specialization final game loop rate in the additional specialization state is 80% (for example, when the rank of the reward card is "10"). ), It is used in the continuous lottery performed in the final game in the specialized state (see FIG. 13).

The common lottery table shown in FIG. 63E, in which the winning probability is 90%, is, for example, a lottery for whether or not to activate the skill effect of the defense card of card rank "10" in the game in the CZ state (card skill activation lottery). ) (See FIG. 12). Further, in the common lottery table in which the winning probability shown in FIG. 63E is 90%, for example, when the specialized final game loop rate in the additional specialized state is 90% (for example, the rank of the reward card is "7"). In some cases), it is used in a continuous lottery performed in the final game in the additional specialization state (see FIG. 13).

[Card promotion lottery table]
Next, the card promotion lottery table will be described with reference to FIGS. 64 to 66. Note that FIG. 64A shows the configuration of the card promotion lottery table (No. 1) that is referred to when the stage in the normal state is the normal stage (any of stages A to C) and the lottery state is low. FIG. 64B is a card promotion lottery table (No. 2) that is referred to when the stage in the normal state is the normal stage (any of stages A to C) and the lottery state is highly accurate. It is a figure which shows the structure of. FIG. 65A is a diagram showing a configuration of a card promotion lottery table (No. 3) referred to when the stage in the normal state is a special stage and the lottery state is low, and FIG. 65B is a diagram showing the configuration of the card promotion lottery table (No. 3). It is a figure which shows the structure of the card promotion lottery table (the 4) which is referred to when the stage in 1 is a special stage, and the lottery state is highly accurate. Further, FIG. 66 shows a card promotion lottery table (No. 5) referred to when the ball ejection state is the normal state and the main game state is the NBB (BB1, BB2) state (the state in which the NBB is operating). It is a figure which shows the structure of.

The card promotion lottery table is used in the card promotion lottery performed in the game in the normal state, and is a lottery table for determining whether or not the card rank is promoted (up). The card promotion lottery table has the presence or absence of promotion (up) of the card rank (lottery result: winning / non-winning) and the lottery value set for each lottery result for each main lottery flag (internal winning role). Specify the correspondence. In the card promotion lottery table of the present embodiment, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is constant regardless of the set value.

When the stage in the normal state is the normal stage (any of stages A to C) and the main game state is other than the NBB state, the card promotion lottery table shown in FIGS. 64 and 65 (No. 1) to One of the card promotion lottery tables (4) is used in the card promotion lottery. In this case, if the main lottery flag (internal winning combination) is other than "missing", there is a possibility that any main lottery flag will win the card promotion lottery regardless of the stage type and the lottery state type. .. In particular, when a rare role (main lottery flag "weak chance", "strong chance", "watermelon", "weak cherry" or "strong cherry") is won, the winning probability of the card promotion lottery becomes very high, and the stage Except when the stage is a normal stage and the lottery state is low, the card promotion lottery is always won (see FIGS. 64B, 65A and 65B).

[Card promotion attribute lottery table]
Next, the card promotion attribute lottery table will be described with reference to FIGS. 67A to 67E. Note that FIG. 67A is a diagram showing a configuration of a card promotion attribute lottery table (No. 1) referred to when the stage in the normal state is the stage A, and FIG. 67B is a diagram showing the configuration of the card promotion attribute lottery table (No. 1). It is a figure which shows the structure of the card promotion attribute lottery table (the 2) referred to in the case. FIG. 67C is a diagram showing a configuration of a card promotion attribute lottery table (No. 3) referred to when the stage in the normal state is stage C, and FIG. 67D is a diagram when the stage in the normal state is a special stage. It is a figure which shows the structure of the reference card promotion attribute lottery table (the 4). Further, FIG. 67E shows a card promotion attribute lottery table (No. 5) referred to when the ball ejection state is the normal state and the main game state is the NBB (BB1, BB2) state (the state in which the NBB is operating). It is a figure which shows the structure of).

The card promotion attribute lottery table is used in the card promotion attribute lottery performed in the game in the normal state, and is a lottery table for determining the type (attribute) of the card to raise the rank of the card. The card promotion attribute lottery table defines the correspondence between the type of card to be ranked up (lottery result: attack type / defense type / reward type) and the lottery value set for each lottery result. In the card promotion attribute lottery table of the present embodiment, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is constant regardless of the set value.

In the present embodiment, the offensive card and the stage A are set to the same attribute, the defensive card and the stage B are set to the same attribute, and the reward card and the stage C are set to the same attribute. Therefore, in the card promotion attribute lottery table (No. 1) referred to when the stage is stage A, the lottery value is set so that the attacking card can be easily selected as the type of the card to be ranked up. (See FIG. 67A). In the card promotion attribute lottery table (No. 2) referred to when the stage is stage B, the lottery value is set so that the defensive card can be easily selected as the type of the card to be ranked up (FIG. 67B). reference). Further, in the card promotion attribute lottery table (No. 3) referred to when the stage is stage C, the lottery value is set so that the reward card can be easily selected as the type of the card to be ranked up (3). See FIG. 67C).

Further, in the present embodiment, the special stage is a stage in which all of the offensive card, the defensive card, and the reward card are ranked up with the same probability, so that the special stage is referred to when the stage is a special stage. In the card promotion attribute lottery table (No. 4), the lottery value is set so that all of the offensive card, the defensive card, and the reward card are selected with substantially the same probability (see FIG. 67D).

[Card promotion count lottery table]
Next, the card promotion number lottery table will be described with reference to FIGS. 68 and 69. FIG. 68 is a diagram showing a configuration of a card promotion number lottery table (No. 1) referred to at the time of normal promotion, and FIG. 69 is a diagram showing a configuration of a card promotion number lottery table (No. 2) referred to at the time of non-stay promotion. It is a figure which shows. The term "normal promotion" here means that the type (attribute) of the stage during stay and the type (attribute) of the card to be ranked up have the same attribute, and "at the time of non-stay promotion". Is when the type (attribute) of the stage during stay and the type (attribute) of the card to be ranked are different.

The card promotion number lottery table is used in the card promotion number lottery performed in a game in a normal state, and is a lottery table for determining the number of rank-ups of cards. In the card promotion count lottery table, for each main lottery flag (internal winning combination), the number of rank-ups (lottery result: 1, 2, 3, 5 or 9) and the lottery value set for each lottery result are Specify the correspondence. In the card promotion count lottery table of the present embodiment, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is constant regardless of the set value.

In the card promotion count lottery using the card promotion count lottery table, if the main lottery flag (internal winning role) is other than a rare role (including "missing"), as shown in FIGS. 68 and 69, the card The number of rank-ups is "2" or less, and in most cases the number of rank-ups is "1". On the other hand, when the main lottery flag (internal winning role) is a rare role, there is a possibility that a rank-up number of "3" or more can be obtained.

[Lottery state transition lottery table]
Next, the lottery state transition lottery table will be described with reference to FIGS. 70 and 71. It should be noted that FIG. 70A is a diagram showing the configuration of a lottery state transition lottery table (No. 1) referred to when the lottery state is low in the normal state, and FIG. 70B is a diagram showing the configuration of the lottery state transition lottery table (No. 1), and FIG. It is a figure which shows the structure of the lottery state transition lottery table (the 2) which is referred in the case of. FIG. 71A is a diagram showing a configuration of a lottery state transition lottery table (No. 3) referred to when the lottery state is low in the ART state and the ART fall waiting state, and FIG. 71B is an ART state and an ART fall. It is a figure which shows the structure of the lottery state transition lottery table (the 4) which is referred to when the lottery state is highly accurate in a waiting state.

The lottery state transition lottery table is used in the lottery state transition lottery performed in the game of the normal state, the ART state, or the ART fall waiting state, and is a lottery table for determining the transition destination (presence or absence of transition) of the lottery state. .. The lottery state transition lottery table has the type of lottery state (lottery result: low accuracy / high accuracy) of the migration destination and the lottery value set for each lottery result for each main lottery flag (internal winning combination). Specify the correspondence. In the lottery state transition lottery table of the present embodiment, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is constant regardless of the set value.

[First cycle game number lottery table when changing settings]
Next, with reference to FIG. 72, the first cycle game number lottery table at the time of setting change will be described. Note that FIG. 72 is a diagram showing the configuration of the first cycle game number lottery table when the setting is changed.

The first cycle game number lottery table at the time of setting change is used in the first cycle game number determination lottery performed when the setting is changed or when the power is restored after 2 hours after the power failure, and determines the number of game games in the first cycle in the normal state. It is a lottery table for playing games. The lottery state transition lottery table defines the correspondence between the number of selectable games (lottery result: 33, 25, 17, 9 or 1) and the lottery value set for each lottery result. In the lottery state transition lottery table of the present embodiment, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is constant regardless of the set value.

In the present embodiment, any of random numbers 0 to 7 is added to the number of games determined in the lottery state transition lottery table, and the number of added games is the number of periodic games in the first cycle of the normal state performed after the setting is changed. And.

In the present embodiment, an example of monitoring whether or not a power failure has occurred for 2 hours or more will be described on the main side (see FIG. 204 described later), but the present invention is not limited to this, and the power failure is not limited to this. The sub side may monitor whether or not it has occurred for 2 hours or more.

[Card rank lottery table when changing settings]
Next, the card rank lottery table at the time of setting change will be described with reference to FIGS. 73A to 73C. FIG. 73A is a diagram showing the configuration of the card rank lottery table (No. 1) when the setting is changed for the offensive card, and FIG. 73B is the card rank lottery table (No. 2) when the setting is changed for the defense card. FIG. 73C is a diagram showing the configuration of the card rank lottery table (No. 3) at the time of setting change for the reward system card.

The card rank lottery table at the time of setting change is used in the card rank determination lottery of each card performed when the setting is changed or when the power is restored after 2 hours after the power failure, and the power is restored when the setting is changed or after 2 hours after the power failure. Sometimes it is a lottery table to determine the initial rank of each card. The card rank lottery table at the time of setting change defines the correspondence between the type of initial card rank that can be determined (lottery result: 0, 1 or 3) and the lottery value set for each lottery result. In the card rank lottery table when the setting of the present embodiment is changed, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is constant regardless of the set value.

[CZ regulation number of games shortened lottery table]
Next, the CZ specified number of games shortening lottery table will be described with reference to FIGS. 74 to 78. Note that FIG. 74 is a diagram showing the configuration of a CZ-specified number of games shortening lottery table (No. 1) referred to when the rank of the reward card is any of "0" to "2", and is FIG. 75. It is a figure which shows the structure of the CZ regulation game number shortening lottery table (the 2) which is referred to when the rank of a reward system card is "3" or "4". FIG. 76 is a diagram showing the configuration of the CZ specified number of games shortening lottery table (No. 3) referred to when the rank of the reward card is “5” or “6”, and FIG. 77 is a diagram showing the configuration of the reward card. It is a figure which shows the structure of the CZ regulation game number shortening lottery table (the 4) which is referred to when the rank of is "7" or "8". Further, FIG. 78 is a diagram showing a configuration of a CZ-specified number of games shortening lottery table (No. 5) that is referred to when the rank of the reward card is “9” or “10”.

The CZ-specified number of games shortening lottery table is used in the CZ-specified number of games shortening lottery performed in the game in the state when the CZ is introduced, and is a lottery table for determining the number of shortened games of the CZ-specified number of games. The "CZ specified number of games" referred to here is the number of games (maximum (ceiling) value is 70 games) indicating the game period in the CZ state.

In the CZ specified number of games shortened lottery table, for each main lottery flag (internal winning combination), the number of shortened games (lottery result: 0 (non-winning), 5, 10, 20, 30 or 50) and each lottery result The correspondence with the lottery value set in In the CZ-specified number of games shortening lottery table of the present embodiment, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is constant regardless of the set value. In the present embodiment, in the game in the state when the CZ is introduced, the lottery result (the number of shortened games) obtained by the CZ specified number of games shortened lottery is subtracted from the maximum (ceiling) value (70 games) of the CZ specified number of games. Then, the subtracted number of games is determined as the number of CZ-specified games in the cycle.

In the present embodiment, when the digestion game in the CZ middle state reaches the CZ specified number of games, the ART is confirmed. Therefore, the larger the number of shortened games selected in the CZ specified number of games shortening lottery, the more the ART is won. It will be easier.

[1st Battle Offense and Defense Lottery Table]
Next, the first battle offense and defense lottery table will be described with reference to FIGS. 79 and 80. FIG. 79 is a diagram showing the configuration of the first battle offensive and defensive lottery table (No. 1) referred to when the main lottery flag is any of "missing", "replay", "bell" and "weak chance". Yes, FIG. 80 shows the configuration of the first battle offensive and defensive lottery table (No. 2) referred to when the main lottery flag is any of "strong chance", "watermelon", "weak cherry" and "strong cherry". It is a figure which shows. Here, in order to clarify the structure of the first battle offense and defense lottery table (to make it easier to see), the first battle offense and defense lottery table is divided into two tables of FIGS. 79 and 80, but it is actually shown. The two tables of FIGS. 79 and 80 are configured as one table.

The 1st battle offense and defense lottery table is used in the 1st battle offense and defense lottery that is carried out when the main lottery flag is other than "off" and "replay" in the unit game in the CZ state, and the life value of the enemy character. It is a lottery table for determining the subtraction value. In the first battle offense and defense lottery table shown in FIGS. 79 and 80, the lottery value is defined even when the main lottery flags are "missing" and "replay", but in the actual processing, "missing" And the lottery value in the "Replay" column is not used.

In the 1st battle offense and defense lottery table, for each main lottery flag (internal winning role), the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character (lottery result: "no offense and defense" (non-winning), "enemy character_life-100", " Enemy character_Life-200 "," Enemy character_Life-300 "," Enemy character_Life-500 "," Enemy character_Life-700 "," Enemy character_Life-1000 "or" Victory confirmed ") , The correspondence with the lottery value set for each lottery result is specified. In the first battle offense and defense lottery table of the present embodiment, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is constant regardless of the set value.

For example, if the lottery result "no offense and defense" is determined, the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character becomes "0", and in this case, the life value of the enemy character is not subtracted. Further, for example, if the lottery result "enemy character_life-300" is determined, the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character becomes "300", and the current life value of the enemy character becomes the determined subtraction value "300". Is subtracted. Further, for example, when the lottery result "winning confirmation" is determined, the ART winning is confirmed without subtracting the life value of the enemy character, and the game in the ART preparing state is started from the next game.

In this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 79 and 80, when the main lottery flag (internal winning combination) is a rare combination, as a result of the lottery, the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character of "200" or more is Be selected. Among them, when the main lottery flag (internal winning role) is "strong chance", "winning confirmation" is selected with a probability of 12/128. For roles other than the rare role, when the main lottery flag (internal winning role) is "bell", the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character of "100" or more is selected as the lottery result.

[2nd Battle Offense and Defense Lottery Table]
Next, the second battle offense and defense lottery table will be described with reference to FIGS. 81A to 81F. FIG. 81A is a diagram showing the configuration of the second battle offense / defense lottery table (No. 1) referred to when the set enemy character is the enemy character A, and FIG. 81B is a diagram showing the configuration of the set enemy character. It is a figure which shows the structure of the 2nd battle offense and defense lottery table (the 2) which is referred to when it is an enemy character B. FIG. 81C is a diagram showing the configuration of the second battle offense and defense lottery table (No. 3) referred to when the set enemy character is the enemy character C, and FIG. 81D is a diagram showing the configuration of the set enemy character. It is a figure which shows the structure of the 2nd battle offense and defense lottery table (the 4) which is referred to when it is an enemy character D. Further, FIG. 81E is a diagram showing the configuration of the second battle offense / defense lottery table (No. 5) referred to when the set enemy character is the enemy character E, and FIG. 81F is a diagram showing the configuration of the set enemy. It is a figure which shows the structure of the 2nd battle offense and defense lottery table (No. 6) which is referred to when a character is an enemy character F.

The second battle offense and defense lottery table is used in the second battle offense and defense lottery that is carried out when the main lottery flag is "off" in the unit game in the CZ state, and determines the subtraction value of the life value of the main character. It is a lottery table for. In the second battle offense and defense lottery table, the subtraction value of the life value of the main character (lottery result: "no offense and defense" (non-winning) or "main character character_life-100") and the lottery set for each lottery result Specify the correspondence with the value. In the second battle offensive and defensive lottery table of the present embodiment, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is constant regardless of the set value.

For example, if the lottery result "no offense and defense" is determined, the subtraction value of the life value of the main character becomes "0", and the life value of the main character is not subtracted.

Further, for example, if the lottery result "hero character_life-100" is determined, the subtraction value of the hero character life value becomes "100", and the current life value of the hero character becomes the determined subtraction value "100". Is subtracted by. However, even if such a lottery result is obtained, the acquired defense card has a predetermined rank ("2", "4", "7", "9" or "10"). If there is, and the card skill activation lottery is won, the lottery result is rewritten as "no offense and defense", and the life value of the main character is not subtracted.

In the second battle offense and defense lottery table shown in FIGS. 81A to 81F, only one type of "100" is defined as the subtraction value of the life value of the main character, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, a value other than "100" may be specified as the subtraction value of the life value of the main character, or the subtraction value is added to the lottery result in which the subtraction value of the life value of the main character is "100". A lottery result having a value other than "100" may be separately provided.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 81A to 81F, the probability that "no offense and defense" is selected as the lottery result is in the order of enemy character F to enemy character A from the highest. That is, when the enemy character A is set as the enemy character, it is the most difficult situation to win the ART, and when the enemy character F is set as the enemy character, the situation is the easiest to win the ART.

[3rd Battle Offense and Defense Lottery Table]
Next, the third battle offense and defense lottery table will be described with reference to FIG. 82. FIG. 82 is a diagram showing the configuration of the third battle offensive and defensive lottery table.

The 3rd battle offense and defense lottery table is used in the 3rd battle offense and defense lottery carried out when the main lottery flag is "replay" in the unit game in the CZ state, and determines the addition value of the life value of the main character. It is a lottery table for. In the 3rd battle offense and defense lottery table, the added value of the life value of the main character (lottery result: "no offense and defense" (non-winning) or "hero character_life +100") and the lottery value set for each lottery result Prescribe the correspondence with. In the third battle offense and defense lottery table of the present embodiment, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is constant regardless of the set value.

For example, if the lottery result "no offense and defense" is determined, the added value of the hero character life value becomes "0", and the hero character's life value is not added. Further, for example, if the lottery result "hero character_life +100" is determined, the added value of the life value of the hero character becomes "100", and the determined added value "100" is added to the current life value of the hero character. Is added.

In the third battle offense and defense lottery table shown in FIG. 82, only one type of "100" is defined as the addition value of the life value of the main character, but the present invention is not limited to this. A value other than "100" may be specified as the addition value of the life value of the main character, or in addition to the lottery result in which the addition value of the life value of the main character is "100", the addition value is "100". A lottery result having a value other than "" may be provided separately.

[CZ medium MB medium point lottery table]
Next, the point lottery table in MB in CZ will be described with reference to FIG. 83. FIG. 83 is a diagram showing a configuration of a point lottery table in MB in CZ.

The MB medium point lottery table in CZ is used in the MB medium point lottery that is performed when the ball ejection state is in the CZ medium state and the main game state is in the MB state, and the damage added to the enemy character in the battle production. This is a lottery table for determining (the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character). In the CZ medium MB medium point lottery table, points (lottery result: 0, 1, 2, 3 or 5) for calculating the damage given to the enemy character for each main lottery flag (internal winning role) and each lottery result The correspondence with the lottery value set for is specified. In the CZ middle MB middle point lottery table of the present embodiment, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is constant regardless of the set value.

In the present embodiment, the damage obtained by adding "100" to the points (0 to 5) determined by the MB medium point lottery using the CZ medium MB point lottery table is added to the enemy character (life of the enemy character). Value subtraction value). Therefore, for example, when the point determined by the point lottery in MB is "3", the damage added to the enemy character (subtraction value of the enemy character's life value) is "300", and the current enemy. "300" is subtracted from the life value of the character.

In the MB medium point lottery using the CZ medium MB medium point lottery table shown in FIG. 83, only when the main lottery flag (internal winning combination) is "bell", "weak cherry" or "strong cherry", "1" The above points are decided. With the main lottery flags other than these main lottery flags (internal winning role), "0" points are always determined and do not damage the enemy character.

[Lottery table with the number of ART games in special BB]
Next, with reference to FIGS. 84 and 85, a lottery table for adding the number of ART games in the special BB will be described. FIG. 84 shows the configuration of the lottery table (No. 1) for adding the number of ART games in the special BB, which is referred to when the main lottery flag is any of "missing", "replay", "bell", and "weak chance". FIG. 85 is a drawing table for adding the number of ART games in the special BB, which is referred to when the main lottery flag is any of "strong chance", "watermelon", "weak cherry" and "strong cherry". It is a figure which shows the structure of (the 2). Here, in order to clarify the structure of the lottery table for adding the number of ART games in the special BB (to make it easier to see), the lottery table for adding the number of ART games in the special BB is divided into two tables of FIGS. 84 and 85. In reality, the two tables of FIGS. 84 and 85 are configured as one table.

The lottery table for adding the number of ART games in the special BB is used in the lottery for adding the number of ART games performed in the unit game in the BB state, and is a lottery table for determining the number of ART games added. In the lottery table for adding the number of ART games in the special BB, the number of ART additional games that can be obtained for each main lottery flag (internal winning role) (lottery result: 0G (non-winning), + 10G, + 20G, + 30G, + 50G, + 100G, + 200G Or + 300G) and the lottery value set for each lottery result are defined.

In the lottery table for adding the number of ART games in the special BB of the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 84 and 85, the lottery value associated with each lottery result depends on whether the set value is an odd number or an even number. Change. In addition, among the settings 1, 3 and 5 in which the set value is an odd number, the lottery value is associated with each lottery result and is constant regardless of the set value. Further, even between the settings 2, 4 and 6 in which the set value is an odd number, the lottery value is associated with each lottery result and is constant regardless of the set value.

As shown in FIGS. 84 and 85, in the additional lottery for the number of ART games using the special lottery table for the number of ART games in the special BB in the present embodiment, the main lottery flag (internal winning combination) is a part of the rare role (““ Internal winning combination). Only in the case of "weak chance", "weak cherry" or "strong cherry"), the number of ART additional games of 10 games or more may be determined. In particular, when the main lottery flag (internal winning combination) is "weak chance", any one of 10 games, 20 games, or 30 games is always determined as the number of games added to ART. In addition, when the main lottery flag (internal winning role) is "strong cherry", any one of 20 games, 30 games, 50 games, 100 games or 200 games is always determined as the number of games to be added to ART, and 3 digits. It is possible to acquire the number of additional games for ART.

[Specialized lottery table with the number of ART games added]
Next, with reference to FIGS. 86 and 87, a lottery table for adding the number of specializing ART games will be described. FIG. 86 shows the configuration of the specialized ART game number additional lottery table (No. 1) that is referred to when the main lottery flag is any of "missing", "replay", "bell", and "weak chance". FIG. 87 is a drawing table for adding the number of specialized ART games that is referred to when the main lottery flag is one of "strong chance", "watermelon", "weak cherry" and "strong cherry". It is a figure which shows the structure of (the 2). Here, in order to clarify the structure of the specializing ART game number addition lottery table (to make it easier to see), the specialization ART game number addition lottery table is divided into two tables of FIGS. 86 and 87. In reality, the two tables shown in FIGS. 86 and 87 are configured as one table.

The specializing ART game number addition lottery table is used in the ART game number addition lottery performed in the unit game in the specialization state, and is a lottery table for determining the ART addition game number. In the special lottery table for adding the number of ART games, the number of ART additional games that can be obtained for each main lottery flag (internal winning role) (lottery result: 0G (non-winning), + 10G, + 20G, + 30G, + 50G, + 100G, + 200G Or + 300G) and the lottery value set for each lottery result are defined.

In the specializing ART game number addition lottery table of the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 86 and 87, the lottery value associated with each lottery result depends on whether the set value is an odd number or an even number. Change. In addition, among the settings 1, 3 and 5 in which the set value is an odd number, the lottery value is associated with each lottery result and is constant regardless of the set value. Further, even between the settings 2, 4 and 6 in which the set value is an odd number, the lottery value is associated with each lottery result and is constant regardless of the set value.

In the additional lottery for the number of ART games using the specialized ART game number additional lottery table shown in FIGS. 86 and 87, 10 games are used regardless of the type of the main lottery flag (internal winning combination) (including "missing"). The number of games added to the above ART is always determined. That is, during the game period in the additional specialized state, the acquisition of the number of ART additional games of at least 10 games is guaranteed for each game. Therefore, in the present embodiment, if the payout state shifts to the additional specialized state, at least the game period (number of specialized games) of the additional specialized state set at the time of transition x the number of ART games of 10 games (ART added) The number of games) is guaranteed. Further, if the continuation (loop) lottery of the final game in the additional specialization state is won, the number of ART additional games of 10 or more games is added each time.

In the present embodiment, an example in which the number of ART additional games is acquired for each game during the game period in the additional specialized state will be described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and each game and ART additional game are not necessarily limited to this. It is not necessary to configure the number to be acquired. For example, in the game period in the additional specialized state, the number of ART additional games may be acquired with a high probability.

[NBB winning ART game number lottery table]
Next, the number of ART games lottery table at the time of winning the NBB will be described with reference to FIGS. 88A and 88B. FIG. 88A shows the configuration of the NBB winning ART game number lottery table (No. 1) that is referred to when the NBB (BB1 or BB2) is won in the game in the ART state, the ART preparing state, or the ART falling waiting state. It is a figure. FIG. 88B is a diagram showing the configuration of the NBB winning ART game number lottery table (No. 2), which is referred to when the NBB (BB1 or BB2) is won in the game in the additional specialized state.

The number of ART games added at the time of NBB winning The lottery table is used for the number of ART games added in the NBB winning games in the ART state, the ART preparing state, the ART fall waiting state, or the additional specialized state, and the number of ART additional games. It is a lottery table for determining. At the NBB winning ART game number addition lottery table, the number of ART addition games that can be obtained (lottery result: 0G (non-winning), + 10G, + 20G, + 30G, + 50G, + 100G, + 200G or + 300G) and each lottery result Define the correspondence with the set lottery value.

In the lottery table for adding the number of ART games at the time of winning the NBB of the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 88A and 88B, the lottery value associated with each lottery result changes depending on whether the set value is an odd number or an even number. Let me. In addition, among the settings 1, 3 and 5 in which the set value is an odd number, the lottery value is associated with each lottery result and is constant regardless of the set value. Further, even between the settings 2, 4 and 6 in which the set value is an odd number, the lottery value is associated with each lottery result and is constant regardless of the set value.

In the additional lottery of the number of ART games using the NBB winning number of ART games added lottery table shown in FIGS. 88A and 88B, the number of ART additional games of 10 games or more is always determined. In particular, in the NBB winning game in the additional specialized state, the number of ART additional games of 200 games or 300 games can be obtained by this additional lottery, and the NBB winning game in the ART state, the ART preparing state, or the ART fall waiting state can be obtained. Compared to the case, a larger number of ART additional games can be obtained.

[Stage lottery table]
Next, the stage lottery table will be described with reference to FIGS. 89A to 89F. FIG. 89A is a diagram showing a configuration of a stage lottery table (No. 1) referred to in a situation other than the game situation described later (“Other” in FIG. 89A) in which the stage lottery table of FIGS. 89B to 89F is referred to. .. FIG. 89B is a diagram showing a configuration of a stage lottery table (No. 2) that is referred to when the stage in the normal state of the previous cycle is a special stage. FIG. 89C is a diagram showing a configuration of a stage lottery table (No. 3) that is referred to when the stages in the normal state of the previous cycle and the cycle before the previous cycle are the same. FIG. 89D is a diagram showing a configuration of a stage lottery table (No. 4) that is referred to when the number of cycles is a multiple of 5. FIG. 89E is a diagram showing a configuration of a stage lottery table (No. 5) that is referred to after the end of ART. Further, FIG. 89F is a diagram showing a configuration of a stage lottery table (No. 6) referred to when the setting is changed.

The stage lottery table is used in the stage lottery performed when the ball ejection state shifts to the normal state, and after the setting is changed or the ART is completed, the stages in the normal state of the first cycle and the second cycle are determined, and the stage is determined. In other cases, it is a lottery table for determining the stage in the normal state of the next cycle. In the stage lottery table, the correspondence between the stage type (lottery result: stage A, stage B, stage C or special stage) that can be set and the lottery value set for each lottery result is defined.

As shown in FIGS. 89E and 89F, in the stage lottery table referred to after the end of ART and after the setting is changed, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is constant regardless of the set value. However, in the stage lottery table that is referred to only after the end of ART and after the setting is changed, as shown in FIGS. 89A to 89D, the lottery value is obtained when the settings are 1 to 3 and when the settings are 4 to 6. To change. It should be noted that between settings 1 to 3, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is constant regardless of the set value, and even between settings 4 to 6, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is set. It is constant regardless of the value.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 89C and 89D, in the stage lottery table referred to when the stages in the normal state of the previous cycle and the cycle before the previous cycle are the same and the number of cycles is a multiple of 5, the stage A, stage B, stage C or special stage is determined with almost the same probability. Further, as shown in FIG. 89E, a special stage is always determined in the stage lottery table that is referred to after the end of ART.

[Enemy character lottery table]
Next, the enemy character lottery table will be described with reference to FIGS. 90 and 91. FIG. 90A is a diagram showing the configuration of an enemy character lottery table (No. 1) referred to when determining an enemy character to play against the main character in a game in the CZ middle state performed after the end of the normal state of the first cycle. Is. FIG. 90B is a diagram showing the configuration of an enemy character lottery table (No. 2) that is referred to when determining an enemy character to play against the main character in a game in the CZ middle state performed after the end of the normal state of the second cycle. Is. FIG. 90C is a diagram showing the configuration of an enemy character lottery table (No. 3) referred to when determining an enemy character to play against the main character in a game in the CZ middle state performed after the end of the normal state of the third cycle. Is. FIG. 91A is a diagram showing the configuration of an enemy character lottery table (No. 4) referred to when determining an enemy character to play against the main character in a game in the CZ middle state performed after the end of the normal state of the fourth cycle. Is. FIG. 91B is a diagram showing the configuration of an enemy character lottery table (No. 5) that is referred to when determining an enemy character to play against the main character in a game in the CZ middle state performed after the end of the normal state of the fifth cycle. Is. Further, FIG. 91C shows an enemy character referred to when determining an enemy character to play against the main character in the game in the CZ medium state performed after the end of the normal state of the first cycle and the second cycle after the setting change. It is a figure which shows the structure of the lottery table.

The enemy character lottery table is used in the enemy character lottery that is carried out when the ball ejection state shifts to the normal state, and after changing the setting, each enemy character in the first cycle and the second cycle is determined, and in other cases Is a lottery table for determining the enemy characters in the next cycle. In the enemy character lottery table, the enemy character types that can be set (lottery result: enemy character A, enemy character B, enemy character C, enemy character D, enemy character E or enemy character F) and each lottery result are set. The correspondence with the lottery value is specified. In the present embodiment, the enemy character lottery table in the first cycle to the enemy character lottery table in the fifth cycle are repeatedly used in this order at intervals of five cycles.

As shown in FIGS. 90 and 91, within the period of 5 cycles, the number of cycles of the normal game increases, and the probability that the enemy character D to the enemy character F is determined increases. That is, if the number of cycles of normal games executed continuously increases within the period of 5 cycles (when the number of consecutive non-winning ARTs increases), the probability that an enemy character with a low initial life value will win will increase. The enemy character lottery table is set so that the probability of winning ART is also high. However, if the ART non-winning is confirmed even in the 5th cycle, the enemy character is set using the enemy character lottery table in the 1st cycle in the next cycle, so the probability that the enemy character with a low initial life value will win is It gets lower. That is, in the present embodiment, the probability of winning an enemy character having a low initial life value (probability of winning ART) changes periodically at intervals of 5 cycles.

[Enemy character promotion lottery table at the time of NBB winning]
Next, with reference to FIG. 92, the enemy character promotion lottery table at the time of NBB winning will be described. FIG. 92 is a diagram showing the configuration of an enemy character promotion lottery table at the time of NBB winning.

The NBB winning enemy character promotion lottery table is used in the NBB winning enemy character promotion lottery that is carried out when the NBB is won in the unit game in the normal state, and the type of the enemy character is easily set to the enemy character F (ART is easy to win). It is a lottery table for deciding whether or not to change to an enemy character. In the NBB winning enemy character promotion lottery table, the correspondence between the presence or absence of enemy character promotion (lottery result: winning / non-winning) and the lottery value set for each lottery result is defined.

In the NBB winning enemy character promotion lottery table of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 92, the lottery value associated with each lottery result is changed depending on whether the set value is an odd number or an even number. In addition, among the settings 1, 3 and 5 in which the set value is an odd number, the lottery value is associated with each lottery result and is constant regardless of the set value. Further, even between the settings 2, 4 and 6 in which the set value is an odd number, the lottery value is associated with each lottery result and is constant regardless of the set value.

If the currently set enemy character is one of the enemy characters A to E and the NBB wins the enemy character promotion lottery, the currently set enemy character type is changed to the enemy character F. However, when the currently set enemy character is the enemy character F and the NBB wins the enemy character promotion lottery, the type of the enemy character is changed to the enemy character G (the enemy character whose ART win is confirmed).

[Lottery table with the number of specialized games added]
Next, the lottery table for adding the number of specialized games will be described with reference to FIGS. 93 to 98.

FIG. 93 shows a lottery table for adding the number of specialized games to be referred to when the main lottery flag is any of “missing”, “replay”, and “bell” and the lottery state is low (No. 1). FIG. 94 is a diagram showing the configuration of the above, and FIG. 94 is a special feature referred to when the main lottery flag is either "weak chance", "strong chance" or "watermelon" and the lottery state is low. It is a figure which shows the structure of the lottery table (2) with the number of conversion games added, and FIG. 95 shows that the main lottery flag is either "weak cherry" or "strong cherry", and the lottery state is low. It is a figure which shows the structure of the lottery table (3) which adds the number of specialized games referred to in the case. Here, in order to clarify the structure of the lottery table for adding the number of specialized games (to make it easier to see), the lottery table for adding the number of specialized games is divided into three tables of FIGS. 93 to 95. Actually, the three tables of FIGS. 93 to 95 are configured as one table.

FIG. 96 shows a lottery table for adding the number of specialized games to be referred to when the main lottery flag is either “missing”, “replay”, or “bell” and the lottery state is highly accurate (No. 4). FIG. 97 is a diagram showing the configuration of the above, in which FIG. 97 is referred to when the main lottery flag is one of "weak chance", "strong chance" and "watermelon", and the lottery state is highly accurate. It is a figure which shows the structure of the lottery table (No. 5) with the number of games added, and FIG. 98 shows that the main lottery flag is either "weak cherry" or "strong cherry", and the lottery state is highly accurate. It is a figure which shows the structure of the lottery table (6) which adds the number of specialized games referred to in the case. Here, in order to clarify the structure of the lottery table for adding the number of specialized games (to make it easier to see), the lottery table for adding the number of specialized games is divided into three tables shown in FIGS. 96 to 98. Actually, the three tables of FIGS. 96 to 98 are configured as one table.

The special game number additional lottery table is used in the additional special game number (specialized game number) additional lottery performed in the unit game in the ART preparation state, the ART middle lottery, or the ART fall waiting state. This is a lottery table for determining the number of specialized additional games and the specialized final game loop rate.

In the special game number addition lottery table, for each main lottery flag (internal winning role), the combination type (lottery result) of the number of specialization additional games that can be acquired and the specialization final game loop rate to be redetermined, and each The correspondence with the lottery value set for the lottery result is specified. In the present embodiment, there are the following 15 types of combinations of the number of specialization additional games that can be acquired as a lottery result and the specialization final game loop rate that is redetermined (see FIGS. 93 to 98).
(1) Non-winning (2) Counter "1", Specialized final game loop rate "1/128 (1%)"
(3) Counter "1", specialized final game loop rate "50%"
(4) Counter "1", specialized final game loop rate "80%"
(5) Counter "6", specialized final game loop rate "66%"
(6) Counter "1", specialized final game loop rate "90%"
(7) Counter "8", specialized final game loop rate "66%"
(8) Counter "6", specialized final game loop rate "80%"
(9) Counter "10", specialized final game loop rate "66%"
(10) Counter "8", specialized final game loop rate "80%"
(11) Counter "11", specialized final game loop rate "66%"
(12) Counter "10", specialized final game loop rate "80%"
(13) Counter "13", specialized final game loop rate "66%"
(14) Counter "11", specialized final game loop rate "80%"
(15) Counter "13", specialized final game loop rate "80%"

The numerical value of the "counter" specified in the lottery results (1) to (15) indicates the number of specialized additional games, and the value of the "specialized final game loop rate" is the specialized final game to be redetermined. The loop rate. Therefore, for example, when the lottery result (12) is determined, 10 games are added to the number of specialized games, and the specialized final game loop rate is changed to 80%. When the currently set specialized final game loop rate is equal to or higher than the specialized final game loop rate determined by the lottery result, or when the ART is being prepared and the special drive flag is on. Does not change the specialized final game loop rate. In addition, in this embodiment, as a general rule, rewriting (demotion) to the "specialized final game loop rate" (continuation rate), which is disadvantageous to the player, is not performed, and the "specialized final game loop", which is advantageous to the player, is not performed. Only rewrite (promote) to "rate".

Further, in the lottery table for adding the number of specialized games of the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 93 to 98, the lottery value associated with each lottery result depends on whether the set value is an odd number or an even number. Change. In addition, among the settings 1, 3 and 5 in which the set value is an odd number, the lottery value is associated with each lottery result and is constant regardless of the set value. Further, even between the settings 2, 4 and 6 in which the set value is an odd number, the lottery value is associated with each lottery result and is constant regardless of the set value.

As shown in FIGS. 93 to 95, when the lottery state is low, the number of specialized games is added. In the additional lottery of the number of specialized games using the lottery table, the main lottery flag (internal winning role) is set to "strong cherry". , The number of specialized additional games of one or more games is always determined. Further, as shown in FIGS. 96 to 98, in the additional lottery of the number of specialized games using the special game number additional lottery table when the lottery state is highly accurate, the main lottery flag (internal winning combination) is set to " When it is "strong chance" or "strong cherry", the number of specialized additional games of one or more games is always determined.

<Structure of storage area provided in main RAM>
Next, the configurations of various storage areas provided in the main RAM 95 will be described with reference to FIGS. 99 to 105. Although description is omitted here (not shown), a storage area for various control data, various counters, and the like used in game control of various ball ejection states described later is also provided in the main RAM 95.

[Display combination storage area, internal winning combination storage area, and carry-over combination storage area]
First, the configuration of the display combination storage area will be described with reference to FIG. 99. In the present embodiment, each display combination storage area is composed of display combination storage areas 1 to 8 represented by 1 byte of data.

When "1" is stored in a predetermined bit in each of the display combination storage areas 1 to 8, it indicates that the symbol combination corresponding to the predetermined bit is displayed on the valid line. On the other hand, when all the bits are "0", it indicates that the symbol combination related to the winning is not displayed on the valid line.

Further, the main RAM 95 is provided with an internal winning combination storage area. The internal winning combination storage area is configured in the same manner as the display combination storage area shown in FIG. 99. When "1" is set in a plurality of bits in the internal winning combination storage areas 1 to 8, the display of the symbol combination corresponding to each bit is permitted. Further, when all the bits are "0", the content of the internal winning combination is "missing".

Further, the main RAM 95 is provided with a carry-over combination storage area. The carry-over combination storage area is configured in the same manner as the display combination storage area 1 shown in FIG. However, the bit 7 of the storage area is unused.

As a result of the internal lottery, when, for example, an internal winning combination corresponding to the symbol combination (display combination) of the name "C_BB1A" is determined as the internal winning combination, the internal winning combination is designated as the carry-over combination in the carry-over combination storage area. It is stored in the area of (bit 2 area). The carry-over combination stored in the carry-over combination storage area is until the corresponding symbol combination (for example, the symbol combination "Red 7"-"Red 7"-"Red 7" of the name "C_BB1A") is displayed on the valid line. It is retained without being cleared. Then, while the carry-over combination is stored in the carry-over combination storage area, the carry-over combination is also stored in the internal winning combination storage area in addition to the internal winning combination determined by the internal lottery.

[Game status flag storage area]
Next, the configuration of the game state flag storage area will be described with reference to FIG. 100. The game state flag storage area is composed of game state flag storage areas 1 and 2, respectively represented by 1 byte of data. In the present embodiment, a unique RT state type, bonus internal medium state type, or bonus game state type, that is, a main game mode type is assigned to each bit of the game state flag storage areas 1 and 2. ..

When "1" is stored (standing) in a predetermined bit in the game state flag storage area 1 or 2, the operation of the RT corresponding to the predetermined bit, the operation of the bonus game, or the operation of the bonus internal game Indicates that the operation is being performed. For example, when "1" is stored in bit 0 of the game state flag storage area 1, the game in the RT0 state is being performed, and "1" is stored in bit 4 of the game state flag storage area 1. Occasionally, it indicates that the game is being played in the BB1 internal medium state or the BB2 internal medium state. Further, for example, when "1" is stored in bit 6 of the game state flag storage area 1, the game of BB1 or BB2 is being performed, and "1" is stored in bit 0 of the game state flag storage area 2. When it is, it indicates that the game is being performed in the MB state at RT0.

[Ball-out status flag storage area]
Next, the configuration of the ball ejection state flag storage area will be described with reference to FIG. 101. The payout state flag storage area stores the payout state flag consisting of 1 byte. In the payout state flag storage area, each bit is assigned a corresponding payout state.

For example, when the ball ejection state is the normal state, "1" is stored in bit 0 of the ball ejection state flag storage area. Further, for example, when the ball ejection state is in the CZ middle state, "1" is stored in bit 2 of the ball ejection state flag storage area, and when the ball ejection state is the ART state, the ball ejection state flag "1" is stored in bit 4 of the storage area. Further, for example, when the ball ejection state is an additional specialized state, "1" is stored in both the bit 4 and the bit 6 of the ball ejection state flag storage area.

[Operation stop button storage area]
Next, the configuration of the operation stop button storage area will be described with reference to FIG. 102. The operation stop button storage area stores an operation stop button flag consisting of 1 byte. In the operation stop button flag, the operation state of the stop button is assigned to each bit.

For example, when the left stop button 19L is the stop button pressed this time, that is, the operation stop button, "1" is stored in bit 0 of the operation stop button storage area. Further, for example, when the left stop button 19L is a stop button that has not yet been pressed, that is, an effective stop button, "1" is stored in bit 4. The main CPU 93 distinguishes between the stop button pressed this time and the stop button that has not yet been pressed, based on the data stored in the operation stop button storage area.

[Press order storage area]
Next, the configuration of the pressing order storage area will be described with reference to FIG. 103. The press order storage area stores a press order flag consisting of 1 byte. In the pressing order flag, the type of pressing order (batting order) of the stop button is assigned to each bit. For example, when the pressing order of the stop buttons is "left middle right", "1" is stored in bit 0 of the pressing order storage area.

[Design code storage area]
Next, the configuration of the symbol code storage area will be described with reference to FIG. 104. In the symbol code storage area, the symbol code of the reel that has been stopped most recently (symbol code storage area 1) and the displayable combination (symbol code storage area 2 to 9) are stored for each effective line. Reel. After all the reels are stopped, the symbol code corresponding to the display combination is stored in the symbol code storage area (symbol code storage area 2 to 9) in which the displayable combination is stored.

In the present embodiment, when the stop control position is determined, the winning operation flag data corresponding to the symbol (code) of the stop control position is read from the symbol corresponding winning operation flag data table (see FIG. 49), and the winning operation flag is read. The data is logically producted with the data already stored in the symbol code storage area. Then, the logically stacked data is stored in the symbol code storage area shown in FIG. 104.

[Instruction flag storage area]
Next, the configuration of the instruction (navigation) flag storage area will be described with reference to FIG. 105. In the present embodiment, the instruction flag storage area is composed of instruction flag storage areas 1 and 2, respectively represented by 1 byte of data. A batting order navigation type or a BB notification navigation type (instruction flag number) is assigned to each bit. The instruction flag number shown in FIG. 105 corresponds to the instruction monitor number described in FIG. 55.

When "1" is stored in a predetermined bit in each of the instruction flag storage areas 1 and 2, the target combination (push order combination or BB combination) of the batting order navigation or the BB notification navigation corresponding to the predetermined bit is set. Indicates that you have won. On the other hand, when all the bits are "0", it indicates that the push order combination and the BB combination did not win.

For example, in the ART state, when any one of the names "F_left bell 1" to "F_left bell 4" wins internally, that is, the batting order in which the correct batting order of the stop button is "left middle right" is the internal winning combination. If so, "1" is stored in bit 0 of the instruction flag storage area 1. Then, in this case, under the control of the main control circuit 91, information (instruction monitor number 1) regarding the correct batting order of the stop button is notified by the instruction display unit (not shown) provided in the information display 24 described above. At the same time, batting order navigation (left middle right navigation) using the liquid crystal display device 11 is also performed under the control of the sub control circuit 101.

<Sub-game state managed by the sub-control circuit side>
In the pachi-slot machine 1 of the present embodiment, the sub-control circuit 101 performs various effects corresponding to the main lottery flag (ball ejection state) managed on the main side based on various command data transmitted from the main control circuit 91. Therefore, also on the sub control circuit 101 side (sub side), in order to control various effects, a sub management flag (sub game state) corresponding to the main lottery flag (ball ejection state) is provided.

Here, FIG. 106 shows a correspondence table between the main lottery flag and the sub management flag. Further, in FIG. 106, for convenience of explanation, a ball ejection state and a sub-game state are also described.

In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 106, various sub-management flags referred to as "normal sub-flag", "CZ-introduced sub-flag", "CZ-in-progress sub-flag", "ART-preparing sub-flag", and "ART-in-progress sub-flag" are used. Set a sub-management flag. Further, in the present embodiment, the sub-game states managed by the normal sub-flag, the CZ-introduced sub-flag, the CZ in-progress sub-flag, the ART-preparing sub-flag, and the ART-in-progress sub-flag are set to "normal state", "CZ introductory state", and "CZ", respectively. It is referred to as "medium state", "ART preparing state" and "ART state". Here, the sub-game states corresponding to the "ART state", "ART fall waiting state", and "additional specialization state" on the main side are collectively referred to as "ART state", and the sub-game states other than the "ART state" are used. Is one-to-one with the corresponding ball ejection state on the main side.

Further, although not shown in FIG. 106, the sub-side also manages the state in which each BB is operating, the state at the time of winning each BB, and the state in each BB as a sub-game state. Therefore, on the sub side, various sub management flags for controlling the BB game (for example, BB middle sub flag, NBB sub flag, SBB sub flag, BB internal middle sub flag, story BB flag, etc.) are provided. In addition, these various sub-game states and various sub-management flags will be appropriately described in the processing description of the flowchart described later.

Further, the pachi-slot machine 1 of the present embodiment is provided with various effect functions that are independently executed in the sub-control circuit 101, such as an additional notification effect of the number of ART games and a special effect, which will be described later. Therefore, on the sub side, a sub management flag for controlling these various effects (for example, a game number release flag described later, a specialized effect sub flag, etc.) is also provided. These various sub-management flags will be appropriately described in the processing description of the flowchart described later.

<Various production functions performed on the sub side>
In the pachi-slot machine 1 of the present embodiment, in each of the above-mentioned sub-game states, the sub-control circuit 101 (sub-CPU 102) performs various effects based on the received command data. These various effects include not only the effects that are performed in conjunction with the game in the ball-out state managed on the main side, but also the effects that are not linked to the game in the ball-out state. Here, the contents of various characteristic effects performed on the sub control circuit 101 side (sub side) will be described.

[Characteristic production performed under normal conditions]
(1) Production when the setting is changed or when the power is restored after 2 hours of power interruption In the pachislot machine 1 of the present embodiment, the condition (RAM clear condition) of when the setting is changed or when the power is restored after 2 hours after the power interruption is satisfied. In this case, various data related to the game playability before the setting change or the power interruption is cleared, and the game in the normal state of the first cycle (first cycle) is started. At this time, in the case of power recovery after 2 hours of power failure, various game parameters (attack system, defense system and reward system card rank, stage type, etc.) in the state before power failure are based on the backup data. Is set. On the other hand, when the setting is changed, various game parameters are reset to the initial values. At this time, in the present embodiment, the initial values of the ranks of the offensive, defensive, and reward cards are determined by lottery, but the initial card with the card rank "0" has the highest probability of any of the cards. It is set (see FIG. 73).

Then, in the game in the normal state of the first cycle (first cycle) after the setting is changed or after the power is restored after 2 hours of power interruption, if the card rank is increased by winning the card promotion lottery on the main side, a specific condition is satisfied. Unless is satisfied, the displayed card of the upgraded card is not displayed. Specifically, only when a special lottery using the card promotion display effect lottery table shown in FIG. 136 described later (card display lottery in FIG. 262 described later) is won, the display effect of the upgraded card is displayed. Do. That is, in the normal state of the first cycle after the setting is changed or the power is restored after 2 hours from the power interruption, even if the card rank is upgraded, the display effect of the initial card is continued unless the special lottery is won.

Further, in the game in the normal state of the first cycle (first cycle) after the setting is changed or after the power is restored after 2 hours of power interruption, the number of remaining cycle games displayed on the liquid crystal display device 11 is displayed as an actual value. Instead, it is displayed with the characters "?" (Hereinafter referred to as "?" Display). The display mode of the number of remaining cycle games in the first cycle after the setting is changed or after the power is restored after 2 hours of power interruption is not limited to this mode, and is arbitrary as long as the player cannot recognize the number of remaining cycle games. Aspects can be adopted.

Further, in the pachislot machine 1 of the present embodiment, when the setting is changed, there is a possibility of internally shifting to a high stage (special stage) (see FIG. 89F). However, even if the setting is changed and the stage is internally shifted to the special stage, the liquid crystal display device 11 displays the normal stage (any of the stages A to C) instead of the special stage.

As described above, in the normal state of the first cycle after the setting is changed or the power is restored after 2 hours of power interruption, the occurrence of the effect is suppressed. Further, in the normal state of the first cycle after the setting is changed or after the power is restored after 2 hours of power interruption, the same effect is performed in the display effect of the card, the stage, and the number of remaining display games. Therefore, in this case, it is determined that the setting has been changed, for example, the display effect of the stage is different from the previous day, the display content of the card is different from the previous day, the number of remaining cycle games is different from the previous day, and so on. It is possible to prevent the material from being given to the player.

From these facts, it is possible to make it impossible to determine whether or not the setting has been changed from the content of the effect by providing the effect function when the setting is changed or when the power is restored after 2 hours of power interruption. Further, even if the stage shifts to a higher stage when the setting is changed, it is possible to prevent the player from being recognized.

(2) Production after the demo production (production when the demo is canceled)
In the pachislot machine 1 of the present embodiment, basically, when the settlement of medals is completed in the unit game in the normal state, the state of the effect is displayed on the liquid crystal screen of the liquid crystal display device 11 as a demonstration screen (hereinafter, "demo screen"). Shift to the production (demo production) that displays (). For example, "BB is operating", "ART sub-flag is on", "ART sub-flag is set to off", "sub-cycle counter value is changed from" 1 "to" 0 "". , "At the time of CZ introduction", "CZ in progress", "When 1 is specified in the effect parameter item" DB "described later", "MB in progress", etc., demo migration is prohibited. ..

Then, when the BET operation is detected after the transition to the demo effect, the demo screen displayed on the liquid crystal display device 11 is switched to the normal game screen. However, at this time, in the present embodiment, each card is turned upside down so that the contents (rank) of each card displayed on the liquid crystal display device 11 cannot be known. At this time, the number of remaining cycle games displayed on the liquid crystal display device 11 is displayed as "?".

Such a display mode of each card and the number of remaining cycle games (effect at the time of demo cancellation) is continued after BET until the player's start operation with respect to the start lever 23 is detected (until the game is started). Then, when the player's start operation with respect to the start lever 23 is detected, the display mode of each card and the number of remaining cycle games is a normal mode (the front side of each card is displayed, and the number of remaining cycle games is displayed numerically. Return to the mode).

In the period from the end of the demo effect to the start of the game, if the above-mentioned effect at the time of canceling the demo is performed, information on the game cannot be confirmed unless at least one game is started. Therefore, for example, in a gaming machine (vacant table) in which the player is absent and the player can newly execute the game, it is necessary to prevent the information about the game from being lost to the non-player. (It is possible to prevent non-players from obtaining information on an empty platform).

In this embodiment, an example in which the demo effect is started when the settlement of medals is completed in the unit game in the normal state (an example in which the elapsed time in the non-BET state is “0” after the end of the unit game) will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to this. As an opportunity to shift to a demo other than settlement, for example, when the non-BET state has passed 3 minutes (3 minutes from the automatic insertion at the time of replay winning) after the end of the unit game, or 3 minutes after the end of the game (automatic at the time of replay winning 3 minutes have passed since the input, and then the menu screen is canceled. The menu screen is canceled when the menu screen is closed or when the menu screen is displayed and no operation is performed for 3 minutes.

Further, in the present embodiment, the mode in which each card is turned upside down and displayed is used in the effect at the time of demo release, but the present invention is not limited to this, as long as the player cannot recognize the rank of each card. Any aspect can be adopted. Further, in the present embodiment, the mode in which the number of remaining cycle games is displayed as "?" Is shown in the effect at the time of demo cancellation, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the player cannot recognize the number of remaining cycle games. If so, any aspect can be adopted.

[Characteristic production performed in ART state]
(1) Additional notification effect of ART In the present embodiment, the additional specialized state managed on the main side is a specialized zone in which the number of ART games is always added. However, in the present embodiment, even if the addition of the number of ART games is determined in the additional specialization state on the main side, the determination result (the number of additional ART games) is basically determined on the sub side. The effect of notifying (displaying) as it is in the game (timing) is not performed.

Therefore, on the sub side, the number of remaining ART games displayed on the liquid crystal display device 11 (hereinafter referred to as "display ART game number") and the number of actually remaining ART games managed on the main side (hereinafter referred to as "number of display ART games"). , "Number of internal ART games") and a difference (hereinafter referred to as "number of difference games"). Then, on the sub side, based on the number of difference games, an effect of notifying a part or all of the number of difference games as the number of notification games on the liquid crystal display device 11 (hereinafter, referred to as "additional notification effect of ART") is performed. ..

That is, in the present embodiment, the content of the ART addition notification effect is determined based on the difference game number without directly referring to the number of ART addition games obtained on the main side. Therefore, as a result of the additional notification effect, for example, there is an effect of dividing the number of ART additional games determined by the main side and notifying the game over a plurality of games (for example, the main side decides to add 30 games). In that case, 10 games will be added to the game three times), or the total number of ART games decided by multiple lottery will be announced at once (for example, 10 games will be added to the main game). If the game is decided to be added three times, the addition notification effect of 30 games is performed once).

The number of displayed ART games is counted by a display ART counter provided on the sub side. Further, the number of internal ART games is counted by an internal ART counter provided on the sub side. The internal ART counter is a specific example of the first remaining game counting means according to the present invention, and the display ART counter is a specific example of the second remaining game counting means.

The value of the ART game number counter (counter for counting the number of remaining ART games) provided on the main side is set in the internal ART counter for each game. Therefore, every time the addition of the number of ART games is determined in the addition specialized state on the main side, the determination result (the number of addition games of ART) is added to the value of the internal ART counter. On the other hand, the number of notification games is added to the value of the display ART counter when the additional notification effect of ART is executed. In the present embodiment, the number of difference games is calculated (generated) by subtracting the value of the display ART counter from the value of the internal ART counter, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the number of display ART games and the internal ART game are calculated. Any method can be adopted as long as it can calculate the difference from the number. For example, during ART, the current difference number of games can be calculated by subtracting the total number of games announced on the sub side from the total number of ART additional games added on the main side. Further, for example, various lottery tables may be referred to by referring to the value obtained by subtracting the value of the internal ART counter from the value of the display ART counter, that is, the number of negative difference games.

The number of additional games (number of notification games) of ART announced in the additional notification effect of ART is determined according to the number of difference games. Specifically, the number of announced games is determined by lottery based on various game situations including the number of difference games (number of displayed ART games, type of ART stage, on / off state game status of character song flag, internal winning combination, etc.). It is determined (see the lottery table for the number of various notification games shown in FIGS. 160 to 193 described later). Then, if the number of notification games obtained as a result of the lottery by the number of notification games lottery is larger than 0 games, the execution of the additional notification effect is determined. The additional notification effect may be performed in a game in which the execution of the additional notification effect is determined, but may be executed after digesting several games of precursory effect games (various precursor scenarios described later).

As described above, in the present embodiment, a method of adding the number of ART games performed on the main side is provided by providing an additional notification effect performed based on the number of difference games, in addition to the mode of adding the number of ART games on the main side. Even if it is a simple method (one-shot lottery, addition of each game, etc.), it can be made to feel as if a complicated lottery is being performed. Therefore, in the present embodiment, for example, the playability of adding the number of ART games is produced in an interesting manner with a simpler configuration without increasing the data of the control means or the processing load. be able to.

Further, in the present embodiment, not only the number of difference games but also the number of displayed ART games (value of the displayed ART counter) is referred to to determine the number of ART notification games announced in the additional notification effect. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the following effects can be obtained in addition to the above effects.

The number of difference games can be appropriately adjusted according to the number of displayed ART games. Further, the additional notification effect (number of notification games) can be adjusted according to the value that the player cannot confirm, such as the number of difference games, and the value that can be confirmed by the player, such as the number of displayed ART games. Therefore, in the present embodiment, it is possible to design the production content so as to obtain a higher production effect according to the psychological situation of the player.

For example, when the number of displayed ART games (value of the display ART counter) is halfway (a situation in which the number of ART games remains relatively), it is difficult to determine the number of notification games (“0” is determined). If it is set to be easy to play), the number of difference games can be increased, and it is possible to easily generate an effect that raises expectations for the addition of a special effect described later. Then, if such an effect is generated when the number of displayed ART games becomes small, an effect with a high expectation will be generated in a situation where the player feels impatient, and a high effect can be obtained. it can.

Although not provided in the Pachislot 1 of the present embodiment, as a sub-game state, for example, from the expected value of the number of ART additional games that can be added by lottery on the main side (the average number of additional games that can be obtained per game). , The expected value of the number of notification games that can be announced in the additional notification effect (the average number of notification games that can be acquired per game) may be set to be low. In such a sub-game state, the number of difference games tends to be large, so that the number of notification games that can be notified by the additional notification effect is also a larger value, and the expectation of the addition can be further increased.

(2) Specialized production In the pachislot machine 1 of the present embodiment, a sub-game state (hereinafter referred to as “specialized production state”) is provided in which the production content is specialized for the additional notification production over a predetermined game period. Has been done. Therefore, the production performed in the specialized production state (hereinafter referred to as "specialized production") is a production with high expectations for the player from the viewpoint of adding the number of ART games. The specialized production state is a specific example of the special production state according to the present invention.

Whether or not there is a transition to the specialized production state is the normal operating state of ART (BB non-operating, BB non-winning, non-BB internal, ART state during non-specialized production: hereinafter also referred to as "ART normal operating state"). Is determined by lottery (specialized type lottery during ART described later). In this embodiment, as shown in the ART medium specialization type lottery table (see FIGS. 145 to 150 described later), the number of remaining specialization games in the additional specialization state managed on the main side is counted. When the value of the special game number counter to be played is "6" or more (the number of ART additional games scheduled to be added internally is 60 games or more), the probability that the sub-game state will shift to the special production state is likely. Designed to be taller. Further, when the value of the special game number counter is "6" or more and the difference game number is "40" or more, the sub-game state always shifts to the special effect state. There is.

Further, in the present embodiment, eight types of specialized effects referred to as "specialized zone A" to "specialized zone H" are prepared as the types of specialized effects. Among these specialized zones, in the specialized production of the specialized zone G, when the number of difference games is larger than 100 games, the number of three-digit notification games may be displayed in the additional notification production. The game period in the specialized effect state (value of the specialized counter described later) is determined according to the value of the number of specialized games counter managed on the main side and the type of specialized effect (FIG. 157 described later). And FIG. 158).

As described above, in the present embodiment, the specialized effect is performed according to the number of ART games (number of difference games) scheduled to be added internally. When such a specialized effect (specialized effect state) is provided, the same effect as the effect obtained by the above-mentioned additional notification effect can be obtained, and the difference between the number of internal ART games and the number of displayed ART games (difference game) can be obtained. It is possible to prevent the number) from becoming too large, and it is possible to prevent the production content from becoming unnatural.

Further, in the present embodiment, as described above, from the first game in which the ART state is started, the main side plays a game in the additional specialized state to determine the initial number of ART games, and at this time, the sub side also performs ART. Specialized production is performed from the first game of the start of the state.

The type of specialized effect performed from the first game of the ART state is based on the drive type (normal drive or special drive: see Fig. 13) specified in the skill effect of the reward card acquired by the time of CZ introduction. It is determined. For example, if the drive type specified in the skill effect of the reward card is a normal drive, a special effect of any of the special zones A to C is performed, and if the drive type is a special drive, Specialized production of specialized zone D is performed. Specifically, when the rank of the reward card is rank "1", "4" or "7", the special effect of the special zone B is performed, and the rank of the reward card is rank "2" or If it is "5", the special production of the special zone A is performed, and if the rank of the reward card is rank "3" or "6", the special production of the special zone C is performed. Be told. Further, when the rank of the reward card is rank "8", "9" or "10", the special effect of the special zone D is performed. If the rank of the reward card is rank "0" for which the drive type is not specified in the skill effect, the special effect of the special zone C is performed.

Then, in the present embodiment, after the third stop of the final game in the state of preparing for ART (after the transition to RT3), the effect for introducing ART and the effect for entering special effect are performed. Therefore, in the present embodiment, an additional notification effect is generated by a specialized effect from the first game starting in the ART state. The present invention is not limited to this, and for example, an effect for introducing ART and an effect for entering a specialized effect are performed in the first game of the start of the ART state, and an additional notification effect is generated from the second game. It may be configured. In this case, the number of difference games is generated from the start of the ART state.

(3) Display effect of special card In the present embodiment, the display effect of the attack type card, the defense type card, and the reward type card (effect by UI) is performed by the control of the sub side in the normal ART state. A special card other than the one in the above card will be displayed (acquired). The display effect of the special card is a specific example of the specific display effect according to the present invention.

Whether or not the special card is displayed is determined according to the number of difference games. Specifically, in the normal ART state, a special card acquisition lottery is performed based on the number of difference games, and when the lottery is won, one special card is acquired and the acquired special card is displayed on a liquid crystal display device. The execution of the effect to be displayed on 11 is determined. The probability that the special card will be displayed (the probability that the special card will be acquired) will increase as the difference game increases.

Further, in the present embodiment, the presence / absence of the transition to the special effect state is determined (lottery) by referring to the presence / absence of the display of the special card in addition to the number of difference games. Then, when two special cards are displayed and the number of difference games is "100" or more, there is a high probability that the sub-game state shifts to the special production state of the special zone H. Become.

As described above, in the present embodiment, it is possible to control whether or not the special effect is generated based on the display effect of the special card. Therefore, when such a special card display effect is provided, it is possible to prevent the difference (number of difference games) between the number of internal ART games and the number of displayed ART games from becoming too large, and the number of internal ART games. It is possible to effectively suggest the size of the difference (the number of difference games) from the number of displayed ART games by the display effect of the special card.

The special zone H is a special effect that shifts only when two special cards are displayed. In addition, in a situation where two special cards are displayed, if it is decided to shift to the special production state, the production of displaying the third special card is performed in the production, and then the special production is performed. A transition effect (rush effect) to the state is performed. In the lottery on the main side during ART, the internal winning combination related to "bell" does not win the game in the additional specialized state, but in the lottery on the sub side, the internal winning related to "bell (batting order bell)" Depending on the role, the special production of the special zone H can be won (see FIG. 144 described later). Therefore, in the present embodiment, even if the role has no expectation for the specialized game internally, it can be a role that can be expected in the production, and the interest of the game can be enhanced.

(4) Display effect of ART stage In the present embodiment, a plurality of types of stage modes (ART stages A to C) are provided for effect in the normal ART state. Then, the selection of the ART stage type (shift of the ART stage) is determined according to the number of difference games. Then, when the ART stage is selected (when the transition of the ART stage is determined), the display effect of the ART stage corresponding to the selection result is performed. The ART stages A to C are specific examples of the effect mode according to the present invention.

Further, in the present embodiment, in the determination process of the notification game displayed in the additional notification effect, the type of ART stage is also referred to in addition to the number of difference games. Therefore, the magnitude of the difference (number of difference games) between the number of internal ART games and the number of displayed ART games can be effectively suggested by the display effect of the ART stage.

(5) Character song output production and 3-digit addition notification production in the special zone G In the present embodiment, when the number of difference games is equal to or more than the predetermined number of games (350 games in the present embodiment) in the normal ART state. In addition, the output effect of the character song is performed with a predetermined probability. In the present embodiment, when the number of notification games is determined by lottery, the output / non-output state of the character song (the on / off state of the character song flag described later) is referred to. That is, the output / non-output state of the character song is one of the parameters for determining the number of notification games. The character song is a specific example of a specific voice according to the present invention.

The information on the on / off state of the character song flag (output / non-output state of the character song) is basically information for facilitating the subsequent specialization effect (character song is the subsequent specialization). It is something that makes you expect a production). However, when the bonus (NBB) is won, if the character song is continuously played (continued to be output) even during the bonus, the character song is played for a long time, and its rarity value may be diminished. Therefore, it is possible to adopt a method of playing music dedicated to the bonus during the bonus and restarting the output of the character song after the bonus ends. However, in this method, it may be recognized that a plurality of character song generation conditions (the number of difference games is 350 games or more) are satisfied. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the output of the character song is terminated when the bonus operation is started, and at the end of the bonus, a large number of notification games (value using most of the difference games) is announced as a special production. Do it instead.

Further, in the present embodiment, in the situation where the output production of the character song is performed in the normal ART state (the number of difference games is 350 games or more), and when the role of rare is won, the special feature is always given. The special production of the conversion zone G is executed. Then, in this case, in the special production of the special zone G, there is a possibility that an additional notification production of three digits (300 games in the present embodiment) is selected.

In addition, the special production of the special zone G is performed for a maximum of 4 games, and if the number of notification games is selected in the 3rd game in the special zone G, the 3rd game is used. An additional notification effect of 3 digits (300 games) occurs.

By providing the above-mentioned character song output production and the 3-digit addition notification production in the special zone G, it is possible to raise the expectation of the player for the additional production in the special zone G and improve the interest of the game. Can be made to. In addition, when the above-mentioned character song output effect and the three-digit additional notification effect in the special zone G are provided, the size of the difference (number of difference games) between the number of internal ART games and the number of displayed ART games is determined by these effects. Can be suggested more effectively. Further, by providing the three-digit additional notification effect in the special zone G, it is possible to prevent the deviation (the number of difference games) between the number of internal ART games and the number of displayed ART games from becoming too large. The three-digit additional effect in the special zone G is a specific example of the specific additional effect according to the present invention.

(6) Story BB effect In the present embodiment, when the NBB is won during the ART state, a lottery for generating the story BB effect is performed. In the story BB production, a production with a story is executed during the game period from the start to the end of the BB. By providing such an effect, it is possible to enhance the player's interest in the effect during the BB period.

<Correspondence table between the main lottery flag and the sub lottery flag>
In the pachislot machine 1 of the present embodiment, various lottery is performed to determine the content of the effect to be executed on the sub side. In various lottery tables used for this lottery process, as described later, a lottery value is set for each flag called "sub lottery flag" set according to the type of the main lottery flag, instead of the main lottery flag included in the start command. Is regulated. Therefore, when performing lottery processing with reference to these lottery tables, first, the main lottery flag is converted into a sub lottery flag, and then the lottery process is performed based on the sub-lottery flag generated by the conversion. Will be.

In the present embodiment, two types of flags called "sub-lottery flag A" and "sub-lottery flag B" are provided as the sub-lottery flag. Here, FIG. 107 shows a correspondence table between the main lottery flag and the sub lottery flag A and the sub lottery flag B.

In the conversion process of the main lottery flag to the sub lottery flag in the present embodiment, a plurality of main lottery flags belonging to the same type are combined into one sub lottery flag. In the conversion process of the main lottery flag to the sub lottery flag A, as shown in FIG. 107, 18 kinds of main lottery flags (flag numbers "0" to "17") are converted into 15 kinds of sub lottery flags (flag number "flag number". It is converted to "0" to "14"). On the other hand, in the conversion process of the main lottery flag to the sub lottery flag B, 18 kinds of main lottery flags (flag numbers "0" to "17") and 16 kinds of sub lottery flags (flag numbers "0" to "15") are used. ": Flag data) is converted.

Here, for the sake of brevity, only those in which a plurality of types of main lottery flags are converted into one sub-lottery flag will be described.

In the conversion process of the main lottery flag to the sub lottery flag A, for example, the main lottery flags "F_normal lip" (flag number "1") to "F_RT3 transition" (flag number "3") are all sub lottery. It is converted to flag A "rip" (flag number "1"). In addition, the main lottery flag "F_common bell 1" (flag number "8") and "F_common bell 2" (flag number "9") are both sub-lottery flag A "rip" (flag number "1"). Is converted to.

In the conversion process of the main lottery flag to the sub lottery flag B, for example, as shown in FIG. 107, the main lottery flag "F_normal lip" (flag number "1") to "F_RT3 transition" (flag number "Flag number" 3)) are all converted to the sub lottery flag B “lip” (flag number “1”), but the main lottery flags “F_common bell 1” (flag number “8”) and “F_common bell 2” (Flag number "9") is converted into sub-lottery flag B "common bell" (flag number "3") and "common bell 2" (flag number "4"), respectively.

<Structure of data table stored in ROM cartridge board>
Next, the configurations of various data tables stored in the ROM cartridge substrate 86 will be described with reference to FIGS. 108 to 202. Although not shown in the various lottery tables described below, the random number denominators of each lottery table are all "32768" (the acquired random number value is any of 0 to 32767).

[Composition of various production lottery tables and production tables]
First, in the pachislot 1 of the present embodiment, an example of an effect lottery table used when selecting (determining) an effect to be executed on the sub side will be described.

(1) Normal Medium Production Lottery Table FIG. 108 shows an example of a normal medium production lottery table. In the normal state (BB non-operation, BB non-winning, non-BB inside, non-card rank up), the stage type is stage A and the stage background type is "stage" in the normal middle production lottery table shown in FIG. 108. It is an effect lottery table that is referred to when it is "daytime" and the lottery state is low.

The display effect indicating the stage A (hereinafter, referred to as “stage A display”) is an effect of displaying the background (place) of a meadow, a town, or the like associated with the stage A, for example. In the display effect indicating stage B (hereinafter referred to as "stage B display"), the background (place) of grasslands, towns, etc. associated with stage B is displayed, and the display effect indicating stage C (hereinafter referred to as "stage B display") is displayed. In "stage C display"), the background (place) of grasslands, towns, etc. associated with stage C is displayed.

In principle, "stage A display", "stage B display", and "stage C display" are executed when stages A to C are set as internal modes, respectively. That is, in principle, the content of the stage display effect and the internal mode have a corresponding relationship. However, in the present embodiment, in the normal state of the first cycle after the setting change, for example, when the "stage A display" and the internal mode are not compatible (when the internal mode is other than stage A). There is also.

Further, in the display effect of each stage, "day", "evening" and "night" modes (stage background) are provided for the same background (place). For example, the display effect of "stage day" is provided. Then, the background of the set stage type display image is the daytime image. In addition, in this embodiment, these stage backgrounds suggest the high and low of the winning probability, and when arranged in descending order of the winning probability, the order is "stage night", "stage evening", and "stage day".

That is, in the present embodiment, the lottery mode in the normal state is notified by the combination of the background image such as the place and the background image of day, evening, and night. The present invention is not limited to this, and a character may be adopted instead of the background. Further, for example, the lottery mode may be suggested by the combination of the background and the character or the combination of the character and the character.

Here, in order to simplify the explanation, the stage type is stage A and the stage background type in the normal state (BB non-operation, BB non-winning, non-BB inside, non-card rank up). Is "stage daytime" and the lottery state is low, the normal medium production lottery table is shown as an example of the normal medium production lottery table. However, in the pachislot machine 1 of the present embodiment, a normal middle production lottery table is appropriately provided for various other gaming situations in the normal state. In each of the normal production lottery tables in those other game situations, the value of the specified lottery value changes according to the game situation, but the structure of the lottery table is the same as the structure shown in FIG. 108.

The normal middle effect lottery table is referred to when selecting (determining) the effect pattern number based on the game status and the sub lottery flag (internal winning combination) at the start of the unit game in the normal state. In the normal middle effect lottery table, for each sub-lottery flag B, the correspondence between various selectable effect pattern numbers (“No.” in FIG. 108) and the lottery value set for each effect pattern number. Prescribe. The effect pattern number is associated with an effect data table described later for executing the effect content corresponding to the effect pattern number. In addition, 331 types of production contents (effect pattern numbers 0 to 330) are defined in the normal medium production lottery table.

Then, for example, in the effect lottery process using the normal medium effect lottery table shown in FIG. 108, when the sub lottery flag B (internal winning combination) is "rip", the effect pattern number "2287/32768" is probable. "0" is selected, and the effect pattern number "2" is selected with a probability of 10923/32768.

(2) Configuration of effect data table FIGS. 109 and 110 show the configuration of the effect data table associated with each effect pattern number defined in the normal medium effect lottery table of FIG. 108.

In the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 109 and 110, the effect data table is composed of an effect pattern number and a set of a plurality of types of effect parameter items associated therewith. As multiple types of production parameter items, "GrID", "GrNo", "inc", "table", "MOE", "CH_GrID", "CH_GrNo", "WIN", "PRE", "GTY", " 14 types of effect parameter items of "UI", "LED", "ST" and "DB" are defined.

FIG. 111 shows a table summarizing the contents of each effect parameter item. Here, in order to simplify the explanation, characteristic effect parameter items "GrID", "GrNo", "inc", "table", "MOE", "CH_GrID", "CH_GrNo", "UI", “LED”, “ST” and “DB” will be described, and description of other effect parameter items will be omitted.

The effect parameter item "GrID" is a data number indicating a group code of the effect. The effect parameter item "GrNo" is an effect pattern number in each group code of the effect. That is, the effect parameter item "GrID" is the major category data of the effect data, and the effect parameter item "GrNo" is the minor category data of the effect data.

Here, FIGS. 112A and 112B show an example of the correspondence between the effect parameter item “GrID” and the effect parameter item “GrNo”. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 112A, 128 types of group codes (effect groups 1 to 128) are provided as effect group codes, and the effect parameter item "GrID" is set to one-to-one for each group code. It is associated.

Further, for example, for the production group 37 in which the production parameter item “GrID” is “37”, 186 types of production patterns (effect patterns 1 to 186) are provided as shown in FIG. 112B, and each production pattern is provided. The effect parameter item "GrNo" is associated with the above on a one-to-one basis. Therefore, for example, in the effect data table, when "37" is specified in the effect parameter item "GrID" and "12" is specified in the effect parameter item "GrNo", the effect pattern 12 of the effect group 37 is specified. Production data is selected (designated).

The effect parameter items "inc" and "table" are parameters that specify another effect data table when the effect is not specified in the effect parameter items "GrID" and "GrNo".

In this way, instead of defining all the effects that can be determined in the effect data table in one table, if a configuration is adopted in which another table is specified as needed, even if the total number of effects that can be determined is large. The production can be subdivided according to the content, etc., facilitating design and development. Further, by making it possible to specify another effect data table in the effect data table, it is possible to prevent the size (capacity) of the effect data table from becoming enormous. Furthermore, the production data can be directly specified for a simple production with few patterns, and another production data table can be specified for a complicated production with many patterns. Can be easily attached.

The effect parameter item "MOE" is a parameter that specifies whether or not to execute an additional (interrupt) effect in the specified effect. In the present embodiment, the effect parameter item "MOE" is used as a parameter indicating whether or not to perform a lottery (cut-in lottery described later) for determining whether or not to execute an additional (interruption) effect called a cut-in effect. To do. Then, when "1" is specified in the effect parameter item "MOE", the cut-in lottery described later is performed. The cut-in effect is an example of an additional effect according to the present invention. Further, in the present embodiment, an example in which the effect parameter item “MOE” is used as a parameter indicating whether or not to perform a lottery for determining whether or not to execute the cut-in effect has been described. The effect parameter item "MOE" may be used as a parameter for directly specifying whether or not to execute the cut-in effect.

Further, for example, the effect parameter item "MOE" may be configured to specify both whether or not the cut-in effect is executed and whether or not the cut-in effect lottery is executed. In this case, there are three types of values specified in the effect parameter item "MOE". For example, when specifying the execution of the cut-in effect lottery, "1" is specified in the effect parameter item "MOE" to execute the cut-in effect. When specifying, specify "2" in the effect parameter item "MOE", and specify "0" in the effect parameter item "MOE" when specifying not to execute the cut-in effect and the cut-in effect lottery. To do.

Further, for example, the effect parameter item "MOE" specifies the execution of the cut-in effect or the lottery for whether or not to execute the cut-in effect (that is, the effect parameter item "MOE" executes the cut-in effect. (Structure that does not specify none and no lottery for cut-in effect) may be used. In this case, there are two types of values defined by the effect parameter item "MOE".

When the above-mentioned effect parameter item "MOE" is specified in the effect data table, it is possible to easily manage the presence or absence of an effect that may additionally occur only during a specific effect, such as a cut-in effect. Further, in this case, it is possible to appropriately change only the presence or absence of the additional effect that can occur without changing the designated effect data or the like.

In the cut-in effect referred to here, the image of the additional (interrupt) effect is mainly projected on the image corresponding to the effect specified in the effect data table. At this time, the image of the additional effect may be superimposed on the entire surface of the image of the designated effect (the entire surface of the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 11), or the image of the additional effect may be displayed on a part of the image of the specified effect. May be superimposed and displayed. In the latter case, the image of the designated effect is projected on the portion of the other area where the image of the additional effect is not superimposed and displayed.

Further, the timing for generating the cut-in effect (additional (interrupt) effect) can be appropriately set according to the content of the specified effect, but the content of the effect cannot be recognized due to the occurrence of the cut-in effect. It is not preferable to have a good timing (a timing that makes it difficult to understand the content of the production). Therefore, it is preferable to set the timing at which the cut-in effect (addition (interrupt) effect) is generated at the timing at which the image switching occurs, for example, during the lever operation or the stop operation.

The effect parameter item "UI" is a parameter that specifies whether or not to display the UI (user interface). The "UI" display function referred to in the present specification displays a game status notification image composed of a plurality of types of information images showing the current game status (game progress status) on the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 11. It is a function to do. In addition, the types and patterns of various information images constituting the game status notification image change according to the game state (ball ejection state).

In the present embodiment, four types of UI are provided: "normal UI (large)", "normal UI (small)", "battle UI", and "ART_UI".

The "normal UI (large)" and "normal UI (small)" are games in the normal state, and information such as the number of remaining games in the cycle, the card pattern, the number of credits, and the number of payouts are displayed on the liquid crystal display device 11 in the current game status. It is a UI that is displayed as information indicating (game progress status). In addition, the "normal UI (large)" is a UI in which the size of the displayed information image (information image such as the number of remaining games in the cycle and the card pattern) that indicates the status of the current game is large, and is "normal UI (small)". Is a UI that reduces the size of the displayed information image (information image such as the number of remaining games in the cycle and the card pattern) indicating the status of the current game. In the present embodiment, the size of the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 11 is constant regardless of the size of the UI (game status notification image). Therefore, if the size of the UI (game status notification image) is large, the size of the effect area other than the UI on the display screen is small, and if the size of the UI (game status notification image) is small, the size other than the UI on the display screen is small. The size of the production area of is increased. That is, the size of the effect area other than the UI at the time of "normal UI (large)" is smaller than the size of the effect area other than the UI at the time of "normal UI (small)".

The "battle UI" is a UI that displays information such as icons of the main character and an enemy character on the liquid crystal display device 11 as information indicating the status of the current game in the game in the state when the CZ is introduced and in the state during the CZ. The "ART_UI" is a game in the ART state, and is a UI that displays information such as the number of remaining ART games, the number of credits, and the number of payouts on the liquid crystal display device 11 as information indicating the status of the current game.

Then, when "1" is specified in the effect parameter item "UI", "normal UI (large)" is selected, and when "2" is specified in the effect parameter item "UI". , "Normal UI (Small)" is selected. If "3" is specified in the effect parameter item "UI", "Battle UI" is selected, and if "4" is specified in the effect parameter item "UI", "ART_UI" is specified. Is selected. When the value of "5" or "6" is specified in the effect parameter item "UI", "no UI display" is selected. In this case, the various UIs described above are the liquid crystal display device 11. Is not displayed.

By defining the production parameter item "UI" in the production data table as described above, the production content can be determined by the combination of the production data and the presence / absence of the UI. Therefore, the production content and the display content by the UI It is possible to prevent the occurrence of a discrepancy with (information indicating the status of the current game). In this case, it becomes easy to reflect the intention of the designer, and the design development becomes easy. In addition, when the UI display is eliminated, it is possible to produce a large screen using the UI part as well.

In the present embodiment, an example has been described in which the presence / absence of display of the UI (game status notification image) is specified by the effect parameter item "UI", and the size of the "normal UI" is also specified. , The present invention is not limited to this. For example, the effect parameter item "UI" may be configured to specify only whether or not the UI (game status notification image) is displayed, or only the size of the currently displayed UI (game status notification image) is specified. It may be configured to be. Further, for example, the effect parameter item "UI" is configured to specify only the type of UI (game status notification image) (in this embodiment, any one of "normal UI", "battle UI", and "ART_UI"). You may.

The effect parameter item "LED" is a parameter indicating whether or not the LED effect lottery is executed. When "1" is specified in the effect parameter item "LED", the execution of the LED effect lottery is selected. In the present embodiment, an example in which the effect parameter item "LED" is used as a parameter indicating whether or not to perform a lottery for determining whether or not to execute the LED effect has been described, but the present invention is limited to this. Instead, the effect parameter item "LED" may be used as a parameter for directly designating whether or not to execute the LED effect.

Further, for example, the effect parameter item "LED" may be configured to specify both whether or not the LED effect is executed and whether or not the LED effect lottery is executed. In this case, there are three types of values specified by the effect parameter item "LED". For example, when specifying the execution of the LED effect lottery, "1" is specified in the effect parameter item "LED" and the execution of the LED effect is specified. When it is specified, "2" is specified in the effect parameter item "LED", and "0" is specified in the effect parameter item "LED" when it is specified not to execute the LED effect and the LED effect lottery.

Further, for example, the effect parameter item "LED" specifies the execution of the LED effect or the execution of the lottery as to whether or not to execute the LED effect (that is, the effect parameter item "LED" does not execute the LED effect and the LED. (Structure that does not specify no lottery for the production) may be used. In this case, there are two types of values defined by the effect parameter item "LED".

In the present embodiment, the LED display effect (predetermined according to the image) is usually performed according to the image. However, in the present embodiment, apart from that, when the LED effect lottery is performed, the LED display effect corresponding to the lottery is performed. By providing such a function, the LED display effect according to the result of the LED effect lottery is controlled independently of the LED display effect according to the image or the like only when necessary (desired to produce). be able to. In this case, it is possible to easily design an effect that combines the effect of the image and the effect of the LED. In addition, it is possible to reduce the control load when it is not necessary to perform the LED display effect according to the LED effect lottery.

The effect parameter item "ST" is a parameter indicating whether or not the stage transition lottery (stage background transition lottery or ART stage transition lottery described later) is executed. When any one of "1" to "3" is specified in the effect parameter item "ST", the execution of the stage transition lottery corresponding to the ST value is selected. In the stage transition production (stage change production), the stage (background) image is switched, but at this time, the stage (background) is usually directly (suddenly) directly to the transition destination stage (background). ) Instead of changing, the image of the stage (background) changes (transitions) with an image called a single picture or eye catch in between. Further, the effect parameter item "DB" is a parameter indicating whether or not the demo transition is prohibited. When "1" is specified in the effect parameter item "DB", the demo transition prohibition is selected.

In this way, by defining in the production data table whether or not to execute stage transition (change) or demo transition, which can cause the production to be interrupted, whether or not the production is interrupted due to stage transition (change) or demo transition, etc. , It can be managed appropriately without actually executing and confirming the production. In this case, confirmation work after design becomes unnecessary, and design development becomes easy.

Further, by providing the effect data table having the above-described configuration, the following effects can be obtained. When a large number of effects such as an effect specified by the effect parameter items "GrID" and "GrNo" or the effect parameter items "inc" and "table", an additional effect such as a cut-in effect, and a stage change effect are generated at the same time. , The impression of each production is weakened, and on the contrary, there is a problem that the production effect cannot be obtained. However, as in the present embodiment, by designating the data and the table of each effect in one effect data table, it becomes easy to manage the effects that can be generated at the same time and the effects that are not generated at the same time, and the design and development are facilitated. At the same time, it becomes possible to suppress the occurrence of the above-mentioned problems.

In addition, in order to simplify the explanation, a configuration example of the effect data table associated with each effect pattern number defined in the normal medium effect lottery table of FIG. 108 is shown here, but other effect lottery described later will be shown. The configuration of the effect data table associated with the effect pattern number defined in the table is also the same as the configuration shown in FIGS. 109 and 110.

(3) Normal Medium NBB Medium Production Lottery Table FIGS. 113 and 114 show an example of a normal medium NBB medium production lottery table. The normal middle NBB middle production lottery table (No. 1) shown in FIG. 113 is in a game situation in which the NBB (BB1 or BB2) is operating in the normal state (a game situation in which the normal sub flag and the BB middle sub flag are on). This is an effect lottery table that is referred to when the enemy character type set in the current cycle is other than the enemy character F, and the number of digested games is within 1 to 15 games from the start of BB operation. Further, in the normal middle NBB middle production lottery table (No. 2) shown in FIG. 114, the enemy character type set in the current cycle is the enemy character in the game situation where the NBB (BB1 or BB2) is operating in the normal state. This is an effect lottery table that is referred to when the number of digested games is 16 or more from the start of BB operation, which is other than F.

Here, in order to simplify the explanation, the enemy character type set in the current cycle is other than the enemy character F in the game situation where the NBB (BB1 or BB2) is operating in the normal state. The normal medium NBB medium production lottery table in the case is shown as an example of the normal medium NBB medium production lottery table. However, in the pachi-slot machine 1 of the present embodiment, in a situation where the NBB (BB1 or BB2) is operating in the normal state, various other gaming states (for example, the enemy character type set in the current cycle is the enemy character F). (In some cases, etc.), a production lottery table during normal NBB is provided as appropriate. In each of the normal medium NBB medium production lottery tables in those other game situations, the value of the specified lottery value changes according to the game situation, but the structure of the lottery table is the same as that shown in FIGS. 113 and 114. It will be the same.

During normal NBB, the effect lottery table is produced based on the game status and the sub-lottery flag (internal winning combination) at the start of the unit game in which the NBB (BB1 or BB2) is operating in the normal state (described later). It is referred to when selecting (determining) the effect pattern number). In the normal medium NBB medium effect lottery table, various effect pattern numbers (“No.” in FIGS. 113 and 114) that can be selected and a lottery value set for each effect pattern number are set for each sub lottery flag A. Prescribe the correspondence with. In the normal NBB medium production lottery table, 43 types of production contents (effect pattern numbers 0 to 42) are defined.

Then, for example, in the effect lottery process using the normal medium NBB medium effect lottery table shown in FIG. 113, when the sub lottery flag A (internal winning combination) is the "common bell", the effect is produced with a probability of 29312 / 32768. The pattern number "0" is selected, the effect pattern number "7" is selected with a probability of 1280/32768, the effect pattern number "8" is selected with a probability of 128/32768, and the effect pattern number is selected with a probability of 2048/32768. "25" is selected.

(4) Production production lottery table during ART FIG. 115 shows an example of the production lottery table during ART. The effect lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 115 has a stage type of stage A in the normal ART state (BB non-operation, BB non-winning, non-BB inside, non-specialized effect), and the lottery state is low. It is an effect lottery table that is referred to when there is and the RT state is the RT3 state.

Here, in order to simplify the explanation, the game situation is in the ART state (BB non-operation, BB non-winning, non-BB inside, non-specialized production), the stage type is stage A, and the lottery state. An ART-in-art effect lottery table in the case where the accuracy is low and the RT state is the RT3 state is shown as an example of the ART-in-art effect lottery table. However, in the pachislot machine 1 of the present embodiment, an effect lottery table during ART is appropriately provided for various other gaming situations in the ART state. In each of the production lottery tables during ART in those other game situations, the value of the specified lottery value changes according to the game situation, but the structure of the lottery table is the same as the structure shown in FIG. 115.

The effect lottery table during ART is referred to when selecting (determining) the effect content (effect pattern number) based on the game status and the sub lottery flag (internal winning combination) at the start of the unit game in the ART state. The effect lottery table during ART has a correspondence relationship between various effect pattern numbers (“No.” in FIG. 115) that can be selected for each sub-lottery flag A and a lottery value set for each effect pattern number. Prescribe. In addition, in the effect lottery table during ART, 139 types of effect contents (effect pattern numbers 0 to 138) are defined.

Then, for example, in the effect lottery process using the effect lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 115, when the sub lottery flag A (internal winning combination) is the "common bell", the effect pattern number has a probability of 13108/32768. "2" is selected.

(5) Production BB during ART production lottery table FIGS. 116 and 117 show an example of the production lottery table during BB during ART. The effect lottery table during BB during ART (No. 1) shown in FIG. 116 is an ART game on the main side in a game situation (a game situation in which the ART sub flag and the sub flag during BB are on) in which the BB is operating in the ART state. This is a production lottery table that is referred to when there is no additional number. Further, the production lottery table during BB during ART (No. 2) shown in FIG. 117 is referred to when the number of ART games of 1 to 99 games is added on the main side in the game situation where the BB is operating in the ART state. It is a production lottery table to be played.

Here, in order to simplify the explanation, in the game situation where the BB is operating in the ART state, the number of ART games is not added on the main side, or the number of ART games of 1 to 99 games is added. The production lottery table during BB during ART in the case of presence is shown as an example of the production lottery table during BB during ART. However, in the pachislot machine 1 of the present embodiment, with respect to various other game situations (for example, when the number of ART games of 100 games or more is added on the main side) in the situation where the BB is operating in the ART state. Also, as appropriate, a production lottery table during ART and BB is provided. In the production lottery table during BB during each ART in those other game situations, the value of the specified lottery value changes according to the game situation, but the structure of the lottery table is the same as that shown in FIGS. 116 and 117. It will be the same.

During ART, during BB, at the start of a unit game in which BB is operating in the ART state, the production content (effect pattern number described later) is displayed based on the game status and the sub lottery flag (internal winning combination). It is referred to when making a selection (decision). In the effect lottery table during ART and BB, various effect pattern numbers (“No.” in FIGS. 116 and 117) that can be selected and a lottery value set for each effect pattern number are set for each sub-lottery flag A. Prescribe the correspondence with. It should be noted that 31 types of production contents (effect pattern numbers 0 to 30) are defined in the effect lottery table during ART and BB.

Then, for example, in the effect lottery process using the effect lottery table during BB during ART shown in FIG. 116, when the sub lottery flag A (internal winning combination) is “weak chan”, “weak che” or “strong che”. The effect pattern number "13" is always selected for, and the effect pattern number "0" is always selected for the other sub-lottery flags A (internal winning combination).

(6) Specialized production lottery table FIGS. 118 and 119 show an example of a specialization production lottery table. The special effect lottery table (No. 1) shown in FIG. 118 is a special counter in a game situation in which the special effect is operating in the ART state (a game situation in which the ART sub flag and the special effect sub flag are on). This is an effect lottery table that is referred to when the value of is larger than "0", the special zone type is the special zone A, and the additional notification effect of the number of ART games is not performed. Further, in the specializing effect lottery table (No. 2) shown in FIG. 119, the value of the specialization counter is larger than "0" and the specialization zone type is set in the game situation where the specialization effect is operating in the ART state. This is a production lottery table that is referred to when the special zone A is used and the additional notification effect of the number of ART games of 10 to 19 is performed.

Here, in order to simplify the explanation, in the game situation where the special effect is operating in the ART state, the additional notification effect is not performed, or the additional notification effect for the number of ART games of 10 to 19 is performed. The specializing production lottery table in the case of performing the above is shown as an example of the specializing production lottery table. However, in the pachi-slot machine 1 of the present embodiment, in various other game situations (for example, when an additional notification effect of the number of ART games other than 10 to 19 is performed) in a situation where the specialized effect is operating in the ART state). On the other hand, a special lottery table is provided as appropriate. In each of the specializing production lottery tables in those other game situations, the value of the specified lottery value changes according to the game situation, but the structure of the lottery table is the same as the structure shown in FIGS. 118 and 119. become.

The special production lottery table is the production content (the production pattern number described later) based on the game status and the sub lottery flag (internal winning combination) at the start of the unit game in which the special production is operating in the ART state. Is referred to when selecting (determining). The specially-developed effect lottery table includes various effect pattern numbers (“No.” in FIGS. 118 and 119) that can be selected for each sub-lottery flag A, and a lottery value set for each effect pattern number. Prescribe the correspondence of. In the specializing production lottery table, 145 types of production contents (effect pattern numbers 0 to 144) are defined.

Then, for example, in the effect lottery process using the specialized intermediate effect lottery table shown in FIG. 118, the effect pattern number “0” is always selected regardless of the type of the sub-lottery flag A (internal winning combination). Further, for example, in the production lottery process using the special production lottery table shown in FIG. 118, the sub lottery flag A (internal winning role) is "missing", "lip", "batting order bell", "common bell", In the case of "MB1", "MB2" or "MB combination", the production pattern number "1" is always selected, and in the other sub-lottery flags A (internal winning combination), the production pattern number "2" is always selected. Will be done.

[Lottery table for announcing the number of additional games during ART]
Next, in the above-mentioned game in the ART state, various additional game number notification effect lottery tables (means for determining the additional effect) used for selecting (determining) the content of the additional effect when executing the additional effect notification effect of the number of ART games. , A specific example of the means for determining the extension effect) will be described. In the present embodiment, as will be described later, a lottery table for an additional game number announcement effect is provided for each game situation in which an additional announcement effect can occur.

FIGS. 120 to 124 show an example of a lottery table for announcing the number of additional games during ART. In the drawing table for the number of additional games added during ART (No. 1) shown in FIG. 120, when the number of additional games for ART to be announced in the additional notification effect is 10 to 19 games (the number of additional games announced is 10 to 19 games added). It is a production lottery table referred to when the number of games is determined). In the lottery table for the number of additional games added during ART (No. 2) shown in FIG. 121, when the number of additional games for ART to be announced in the additional notification effect is 20 to 29 games (the number of additional games announced is 20 to 29 games added by lottery). It is a production lottery table referred to when the number of games is determined). In the drawing table for the number of additional games added during ART (No. 3) shown in FIG. 122, when the number of additional games for ART to be announced in the additional notification effect is 30 to 49 games (the number of additional games announced is 30 to 49 games added). It is a production lottery table referred to when the number of games is determined). In the ART additional game number notification effect lottery table (No. 4) shown in FIG. 123, when the number of ART additional games to be announced in the additional notification effect is 50 to 99 games (50 to 99 additional games are announced in the notification game number lottery). It is a production lottery table referred to when the number of games is determined). Further, in the ART additional game number notification effect lottery table (No. 5) shown in FIG. 124, when the number of ART additional games to be announced in the additional notification effect is 100 games or more (100 or more additional games are announced by the notification game number lottery). It is a production lottery table referred to when the number of games is determined).

The lottery table for the number of additional games during ART is produced based on the number of additional games to be announced and the sub lottery flag (internal winning combination) at the start of the unit game for executing the additional notification effect of ART in the ART state. It is referred to when selecting (determining) (effect pattern number). The effect lottery table for notifying the number of additional games during ART is set for each effect pattern number (“No.” in FIGS. 120 to 124) that can be selected and each effect pattern number for each sub-lottery flag A. Define the correspondence with the lottery value. In addition, 93 kinds of production contents (effect pattern numbers 0 to 92) are defined in the effect lottery table for notifying the number of additional games during ART.

[Notification production lottery table when special card is acquired]
FIGS. 125 and 126 show an example of a special card acquisition notification effect lottery table. The special card acquisition notification effect lottery table (No. 1) shown in FIG. 125 is a lottery table for the effect that is referred to when the first or second special card is acquired. The special card acquisition notification effect lottery table (No. 2) shown in FIG. 126 is an effect lottery table that is referred to when the third special card is acquired.

When a special card is played in the ART state, the special card acquisition notification effect lottery table selects (determines) the effect content (effect pattern number) based on the number of special cards acquired and the sub lottery flag (internal winning combination). It is referred to when doing. In the special card acquisition notification effect lottery table, various effect pattern numbers (“No.” in FIGS. 125 and 126) that can be selected for each sub-lottery flag A and a lottery set for each effect pattern number are set. Specify the correspondence with the value. In the special card acquisition notification effect lottery table, 139 types of effect contents (effect pattern numbers 0 to 138) are defined.

In the present embodiment, the special card acquisition lottery is not performed in the situation where two special cards are acquired. Therefore, in the situation where two special cards are acquired, the special production type lottery during special ART is selected. If you win, it is assumed that the third special card has been acquired. Then, in this case, an effect to be executed is specified with reference to the special card acquisition notification effect lottery table (No. 2) shown in FIG. 126, indicating that the third special card has been acquired in the effect. The content is directed. At this time, the process of adding 1 to the value of the special counter described later for counting the number of acquired special cards is not performed.

[Stage background transition lottery table]
Next, the stage background transition lottery table will be described with reference to FIGS. 127A and 127B. In the present embodiment, in the normal state, when the ST value specified in the production data table selected in the normal production table shown in FIG. 108 or the like is "1" or more, the stage background transition lottery is performed. Will be. The stage background transition lottery table shown in FIGS. 127A and 127B is a lottery table referred to in the stage background transition lottery.

Note that FIG. 127A is a stage background transition lottery table (No. 1) referred to in the stage background transition lottery performed when the ST value is “1”, and FIG. 127B is a stage background transition lottery table (No. 1) in which the ST value is “2”. This is the stage background transition lottery table (No. 2) referred to in the stage background transition lottery performed in a certain case.

The stage background transition lottery table has a lottery result (no transition, transition destination stage background type) for each combination of the current stage background (stage day, evening or night) and the main lottery state (low accuracy or high accuracy). ) And the lottery value set for each lottery result are specified. That is, in the stage background transition lottery using the stage background transition lottery table, not only the presence or absence of the transition but also the type of the stage background of the transition destination is determined.

As shown in FIGS. 127A and 127B, when the ST value is "2", the stage background is always staged by the transition lottery of the stage background regardless of the combination of the current stage background and the lottery state on the main side. Transition to night (if the current stage background is stage night, that stage background is preserved).

[During ART stage transition lottery table]
Next, the stage transition lottery table during ART will be described with reference to FIGS. 128 to 130. In the present embodiment, in the ART state, for example, when the ST value defined in the effect data table selected in the effect table during ART shown in FIG. 115 is "3", the stage transition lottery is performed. The stage transition lottery table during ART shown in FIGS. 128 to 130 is a lottery table referred to in the stage transition lottery.

It should be noted that FIGS. 128A to 128C are ART middle stage transition lottery tables (Nos. 1 to 3) referred to when the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less, and FIGS. 129A to 129C show the display ART counter. The ART middle stage transition lottery table (Nos. 4 to 6) is referred to when the value is "100" or more, and FIGS. 130A to 130C are the ART middle stages referred to when the character son flag is turned on. It is a transition lottery table (7-9). When the character song flag is on, the ART middle stage transition lottery table (Nos. 7 to 9) shown in FIGS. 130A to 130C is preferentially referred to regardless of the value of the display ART counter.

The ART middle stage transition lottery table defines the correspondence between the lottery result (no transition, the ART stage type of the transition destination) and the lottery value set for each lottery result for each game situation. That is, in the stage transition lottery using the stage transition lottery table during ART, not only the presence or absence of transition but also the type of the transition destination ART stage is determined.

As shown in FIGS. 128 to 130, the game status defined by the stage transition lottery table during ART is the difference between the lottery state on the main side and the number of ART games (internal ART counter value-display ART counter value). ) (For example, "mode low accuracy: internal-when the display difference is 29 or less"), the game situation called "during stage C: maintenance state", and "during stage C: waiting for fall". It is a game situation. In addition, "during stage C: maintenance state" is a state in which the cumulative number of notified games after the ART stage shifts to ART stage C is less than 30 games, and "during stage C: waiting for a fall". "" Means a state in which the cumulative number of notification games since the ART stage shifts to ART stage C is 30 or more. In addition, the number of notification games after the ART stage shifts to ART stage C includes the number of notification games determined or announced in the additional specialized game or the BB state game executed during ART stage C. Is done.

As shown in FIGS. 128 to 130, when the character song flag is off, it is possible to shift to various ART stages in most gaming situations. However, when the character song flag is on, the ART stage is not transferred in the game situation other than "Stage C: Waiting for fall", and in the game situation of "Stage C: Waiting for fall", 1 /. With a probability of 2, the ART stage shifts (falls) to ART stage B.

Further, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 128 to 130, when the ART stage is the ART stage C, the display is performed regardless of the lottery state (game state) on the main side and the number of ART difference games. The ART stage of the migration destination is determined based on the value of the ART counter or the on / off state of the character song flag. Further, in the ART stage C, when the cumulative number of notified games after the transition to the ART stage C is less than 30 games, the state of the ART stage C is maintained. When such a stage (effect mode) is provided on the sub side, the player can be made to feel as if there is a stage (effect mode) in which it is easy to win in addition to the number of ART games. That is, regardless of the game situation on the main side, a pseudo additional high probability state can be produced on the sub side. In the present embodiment, a configuration example in which the ART stage of the migration destination can be determined regardless of the game situation on the main side only when the ART stage is the ART stage C has been described, but the present invention is limited to this. However, even when the ART stage is the ART stage A or B, a configuration may be provided so that the ART stage to be transferred can be determined regardless of the game situation on the main side.

In the ART middle stage transition lottery table shown in FIGS. 128 to 130, a configuration example in which "no transition" can be determined as the lottery result has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and it depends on the game situation. , As a result of the lottery, a configuration may be provided in which the stage transition is always determined (“no transition” is not always determined).

[Cut-in lottery table]
Next, the cut-in lottery table will be described with reference to FIGS. 131 and 132. In the present embodiment, the MOE value defined by the effect data table selected by the effect lottery using, for example, the normal medium effect lottery table shown in FIG. 108 or the ART medium effect lottery table shown in FIG. 115 is "1" or more. In the case of, a lottery for generating a cut-in is performed according to the game situation. The cut-in lottery table shown in FIGS. 131 and 132 is a lottery table referred to in the lottery in which the cut-in occurs.

Note that FIG. 131A is a cut-in lottery table (No. 1) that is referred to when the BB is not won in the normal state, and FIG. 131B is a cut-in lottery that is referred to when the BB is won in the normal state. It is a table (2). Further, FIG. 132A is a cut-in lottery table (No. 3) referred to when the game number precursor scenario lottery described later is won in the ART state, and FIG. 132B is a special precursor scenario lottery described later in the ART state. This is the cut-in lottery table (No. 4) that is referred to when winning.

The cut-in lottery table defines the correspondence between the lottery results (cut-in non-occurrence, cut-ins A to H) and the lottery values set for each lottery result for each sub-lottery flag B. That is, in the cut-in generation lottery using the cut-in lottery table, not only whether or not the cut-in effect is generated but also the type of the cut-in effect to be generated is determined. Further, in the present embodiment, eight types of cut-in effects (cut-ins A to H) are provided.

In addition, the game situation in which the cut-in occurrence lottery is performed is not limited to the above-mentioned four types of game situations, but also other game situations (for example, when the BB is won while preparing for ART, or another precursor scenario is won. Even in the case of), it can be performed when the MOE value is "1" or more. Further, in the present embodiment, a cut-in lottery table is appropriately provided even in the cut-in occurrence lottery in other game situations. In each cut-in lottery table in those other game situations, the value of the specified lottery value changes according to the game situation, but the structure of the lottery table is the same as the structure shown in FIGS. 131 and 132. ..

[LED parameter lottery table]
Next, an example of the LED parameter lottery table will be described with reference to FIG. 133. In the present embodiment, for example, the LED value defined by the effect data table selected by the effect lottery using the normal medium effect lottery table shown in FIG. 108, the ART medium effect lottery table shown in FIG. 115, or the like is "1" or more. If this is the case, LED parameter lottery is performed according to the game situation. The LED parameter lottery table shown in FIG. 133 is a lottery table referred to in the LED parameter lottery performed in the BB winning game. In the LED parameter lottery, it is determined whether or not to execute the lighting effect (extremely hot lighting effect) of the right side lamp (not shown) of the housing portion of the pachislot machine 1. The right side lamp is a specific example of the light lighting means according to the present invention, and the intense hot lighting effect is a specific example of the specific lighting effect according to the present invention.

The LED parameter lottery table defines the correspondence between the lottery result (no effect, various lighting effects) and the lottery value set for each lottery result for each sub lottery flag A. That is, in the LED parameter lottery using the LED parameter lottery table, not only whether or not the right side lamp lighting effect is generated, but also the type of the right side lamp lighting effect to be generated is determined. Further, in the present embodiment, six types of LED lighting effects (super hot lighting effects) are provided.

It should be noted that the game situation in which the LED parameter lottery is performed is not limited to the BB winning game, but also in other game situations (for example, when the battle is won (when the ART winning is confirmed) or when the card is acquired (when the card rank is increased)). This can be done when the LED value is "1" or more. Further, in the present embodiment, the LED parameter lottery table is appropriately provided for the LED parameter lottery in other game situations. In each LED parameter lottery table in those other game situations, the value of the specified lottery value changes according to the game situation, but the structure of the lottery table is the same as the structure shown in FIG. 133.

[Charason flag lottery table]
Next, the character song flag lottery table will be described with reference to FIG. 134. In the present embodiment, in the ART state, the game status is selected as "no effect" in the effect data selection process, the value of the display ART counter is 20 games or more, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and , When the character song flag is off, the character song flag lottery is performed. The character song flag lottery table shown in FIG. 134 is a lottery table referred to in this character song flag lottery.

The character song flag lottery table shows the lottery result (the value of the internal ART counter-the value of the displayed ART counter) when the number of difference games (internal ART counter value-display ART counter value) is "0" to "349" and when it is "350" or more. The correspondence between the non-winning, character song flag ON (winning)) and the lottery value set for each lottery result is defined.

As shown in FIG. 134, in the character song flag lottery table, when the number of difference games of ART is "0" to "349", a non-winning game is always selected. Therefore, the effect using the character song flag lottery table is used. The lottery process is actually performed when the number of difference games of ART is "350" or more. Then, in the effect lottery process using the character song flag lottery table shown in FIG. 134, when the number of difference games of ART is "350" or more, the character song flag is set to the ON state with a probability of 1638/32768, and the character The output of the song is produced.

[Normal stage display production lottery table]
Next, the normal stage display effect lottery table will be described with reference to FIG. 135. In the present embodiment, the normal stage (stages A to C) that is set when the setting is changed, when the power is restored after 2 hours from the power failure, or when the special stage shifts from the normal state to the CZ introduction state. A lottery is performed to determine the type of display effect. The normal stage display effect lottery table shown in FIG. 135 is a lottery table referred to in this lottery.

The normal stage display effect lottery table shows the lottery results (stage) in each game situation when the setting is changed, when the power is restored after 2 hours have passed after the power failure, and when the special stage shifts from the normal state to the CZ introduction state. The correspondence between the A display, the stage B display, or the stage C display) and the lottery value set for each lottery result is defined.

Then, in the lottery process using the normal stage display effect lottery table shown in FIG. 135, the stage A display or stage B display effect is determined with a probability of 13107/32768 regardless of the game situation described above, and 6554/32768. The production of the stage C display is determined with a probability.

As described above, in the present embodiment, in principle, the "stage A display", "stage B display", and "stage C display" are set to stage A to stage C as internal modes, respectively. Will be executed if. That is, in principle, the content of the stage display effect and the internal mode have a corresponding relationship. However, in the present embodiment, in the normal state of the first cycle after the setting change, for example, when the "stage A display" and the internal mode are not compatible (when the internal mode is other than stage A). There is also.

[Display production lottery table when card promotion]
Next, with reference to FIG. 136, a card promotion display effect lottery table will be described. In the present embodiment, when the card is acquired in the normal state of the first cycle after the setting is changed or the power is restored after 2 hours of power failure (at the time of card rank up), the card display as to whether or not to display the acquired card. A lottery will be held. The card promotion display effect lottery table shown in FIG. 136 is a lottery table referred to in this card display lottery.

The card promotion display effect lottery table defines the correspondence between the lottery result (winning / non-winning) and the lottery value set for each lottery result for each sub lottery flag A.

Then, in the card display lottery using the card promotion display effect lottery table shown in FIG. 136, when the sub lottery flag A is "miss", "middle check", "MB1" and "MB2", the card is displayed. The lottery will always be non-winning, and even if the card rank is increased, the cards after the rank increase will not be displayed. On the other hand, when the sub lottery flag A is "watermelon", "strong chan", "strong che" and "MB_strong che", the card display lottery is always a win and the rank-up card is displayed. If the sub lottery flag A is another flag, the card display lottery is won with a probability of 1/2, and the rank-up card is displayed.

In this embodiment, as the number of rank-ups in one rank promotion, a value that can be promoted to all ranks is not set, and a predetermined value (for example, as shown in FIG. 68) is set. In this embodiment, only one of 1, 2, 3, 5 and 9) is used. Further, each card rank set at the time of setting change is also a predetermined value (in this embodiment, any of 0, 1 and 3) as shown in FIG. 73, for example. That is, in the game in the normal state of the first cycle after the setting change, the rank promotion mode is a mode determined to some extent. Therefore, there is no lottery using the card promotion display effect lottery table shown in FIG. 136, and in the game in the normal state of the first cycle after the initialization process is performed, the display effect of the card after rank up is always displayed at the time of rank promotion. When this is done, for example, when the displayed rank of the card after rank-up becomes a rank that does not occur when the setting is changed (number of rank-ups), whether or not the setting has been changed (power supply after 2 hours of power failure). There is a possibility that the player will determine whether it is (at the time of return). At this time, the player can narrow down the rank before promotion. However, as in the present embodiment, when a configuration is adopted in which the display effect of the card after the rank is increased only when the lottery using the card promotion display effect lottery table shown in FIG. 136 is won, the setting is changed. It becomes difficult to determine whether or not (when the power is restored after 2 hours of power failure), and it becomes difficult to narrow down the rank before promotion from the displayed card rank.

[Special card acquisition lottery table during ART]
Next, the special card acquisition lottery table during ART will be described with reference to FIGS. 137 and 138. In the present embodiment, a special card acquisition lottery is performed at the start of the unit game in the ART state. The special card acquisition lottery table in ART shown in FIGS. 137 and 138 is a lottery table referred to in the acquisition lottery of the special card.

In the ART special card acquisition lottery table (No. 1) shown in FIG. 137A, the number of special cards acquired is 0, and the number of ART difference games (internal ART counter value-display ART counter value) is 0. ~ 9 This is a lottery table that is referred to when the game is played. The special card acquisition lottery table during ART (No. 2) shown in FIG. 137B is a lottery table referred to when the number of special cards acquired is 0 and the difference game number of ART is 10 to 49 games. is there. The special card acquisition lottery table during ART (No. 3) shown in FIG. 137C is a lottery table referred to when the number of special cards acquired is 0 and the difference game number of ART is 50 to 99 games. is there. The special card acquisition lottery table during ART (No. 4) shown in FIG. 137D is a lottery table that is referred to when the number of special cards acquired is 0 and the difference game number of ART is 100 games or more. .. The special card acquisition lottery table during ART (No. 5) shown in FIG. 138A is a lottery table referred to when the number of special cards acquired is one and the difference game number of ART is 0 to 9 games. is there. The special card acquisition lottery table during ART (No. 6) shown in FIG. 138B is a lottery table referred to when the number of special cards acquired is one and the difference game number of ART is 10 to 49 games. is there. The special card acquisition lottery table during ART (No. 7) shown in FIG. 138C is a lottery table referred to when the number of special cards acquired is one and the difference game number of ART is 50 to 99 games. is there. Further, the special card acquisition lottery table during ART (No. 8) shown in FIG. 138D is a lottery table referred to when the number of special cards acquired is one and the difference game number of ART is 100 games or more. Is.

The special card acquisition lottery table during ART defines the correspondence between the lottery result (winning (1 card acquisition) / non-winning) and the lottery value set for each lottery result for each sub lottery flag A.

As shown in FIGS. 137 and 138, in the present embodiment, only when the sub-lottery flag A is the "batting order bell", the special card acquisition lottery can be won and one special card can be acquired. In addition, the probability of winning a special card acquisition lottery increases as the number of ART difference games increases.

Specifically, for example, when the number of special cards acquired is 0 and the sub lottery flag A is the "striking order bell", the difference game number of ART is 0 to 9, and the special card The winning probability of the acquisition lottery is 81/32768 (about 0.25%), and if the difference game number of ART is 10 to 49 games, the winning probability of the acquisition lottery of the special card is 128/32768 (about 0.4%). ). Further, when the number of difference games of ART is 50 to 99 games, the winning probability of the lottery for acquiring the special card is 2280/32768 (about 7%), and when the number of difference games of ART is 100 games or more, the special card The winning probability of the acquisition lottery is 128/32768 (about 16%).

That is, in the present embodiment, in the lottery on the main side during ART, the game in the additional specialized state is not won by the internal winning combination related to the "bell", but in the lottery on the sub side, a special card is displayed. The production can be won by the internal winning role related to the "bell (beating order bell)". Therefore, in the present embodiment, even if the role has no expectation for the specialized game internally, it can be a role that can be expected in the production, and the interest of the game can be enhanced.

[Specialized type lottery table during ART]
Next, the special type lottery table during ART will be described with reference to FIGS. 139 to 156. In the present embodiment, in the unit game in the ART state, a lottery is performed as to whether or not to perform a specialized effect. The special type lottery table in ART shown in FIGS. 139 to 156 is a lottery table referred to in the lottery.

The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 139A is a lottery table referred to when the value of the special counter is "0" or "1" and the sub lottery flag A is "watermelon". Is. The value of the special counter corresponds to the number of special cards acquired. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 139B is a lottery table referred to when the value of the special counter is "0" or "1" and the sub lottery flag A is "weak chan". is there. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 139C is a lottery table referred to when the value of the special counter is "0" or "1" and the sub lottery flag A is "strong chan". is there.

The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 140A is a lottery table referred to when the value of the special counter is "0" or "1" and the sub lottery flag A is "weak check". is there. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 140B is a lottery table referred to when the value of the special counter is "0" or "1" and the sub lottery flag A is "strong check". is there. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 140C is a lottery table referred to when the value of the special counter is "0" or "1" and the sub lottery flag A is "MB_weak check". Is.

The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 141A is a lottery table referred to when the value of the special counter is “0” or “1” and the sub lottery flag A is “MB_strong check”. Is. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 141B is a lottery table referred to when the value of the special counter is "0" or "1" and the sub lottery flag A is "other small winning combination". Is. The "other small roles" here correspond to the "common bell" and the "MB role". The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 141C is a lottery table referred to when the value of the special counter is "0" or "1" and the sub lottery flag A is "striking order bell". is there.

Further, the special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 142A is a lottery table that is referred to when the value of the special counter is “2” and the sub lottery flag A is “watermelon”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 142B is a lottery table that is referred to when the value of the special counter is “2” and the sub lottery flag A is “weak chan”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 142C is a lottery table that is referred to when the value of the special counter is “2” and the sub lottery flag A is “strong chan”.

The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 143A is a lottery table that is referred to when the value of the special counter is “2” and the sub lottery flag A is “weak check”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 143B is a lottery table that is referred to when the value of the special counter is “2” and the sub lottery flag A is “strong check”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 143C is a lottery table that is referred to when the value of the special counter is “2” and the sub lottery flag A is “MB_weak check”.

The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 144A is a lottery table that is referred to when the value of the special counter is “2” and the sub lottery flag A is “MB_strong check”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 144B is a lottery table that is referred to when the value of the special counter is "2" and the sub lottery flag A is "other small winning combination". The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 144C is a lottery table that is referred to when the value of the special counter is "2" and the sub lottery flag A is "striking order bell".

Further, in the ART middle specialization type lottery table shown in FIG. 145A, when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "6" to "9" and the sub lottery flag A is "watermelon". It is a lottery table referred to in. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 145B is when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "6" to "9" and the sub lottery flag A is "weak chan". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 145C is when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "6" to "9" and the sub lottery flag A is "strong chan". It is a lottery table to be referred to.

The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 146A is when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "6" to "9" and the sub lottery flag A is "weak check". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 146B is when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "6" to "9" and the sub lottery flag A is "strong check". It is a lottery table to be referred to. In the special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 146C, when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "6" to "9" and the sub lottery flag A is "MB_weak check". It is a lottery table referred to in.

In the special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 147A, when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "6" to "9" and the sub lottery flag A is "MB_strong check". It is a lottery table referred to in. In the special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 147B, when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "5" to "9" and the sub lottery flag A is "other small winning combination". It is a lottery table referred to in. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 147C is when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "5" to "9" and the sub lottery flag A is "striking order bell". It is a lottery table to be referred to.

Further, the special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 148A is referred to when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "10" or more and the sub lottery flag A is "watermelon". It is a lottery table. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 148B is referred to when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "10" or more and the sub lottery flag A is "weak chan". It is a lottery table. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 148C is referred to when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "10" or more and the sub lottery flag A is "strong chan". It is a lottery table.

The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 149A is referred to when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "10" or more and the sub lottery flag A is "weak check". It is a lottery table. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 149B is referred to when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "10" or more and the sub lottery flag A is "strong check". It is a lottery table. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 149C is referred to when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "10" or more and the sub lottery flag A is "MB_weak check". It is a lottery table.

The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 150A is referred to when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "10" or more and the sub lottery flag A is "MB_strong check". It is a lottery table. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 150B is referred to when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "10" or more and the sub lottery flag A is "other small winning combination". It is a lottery table. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 150C is referred to when the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "10" or more and the sub lottery flag A is "batting order bell". It is a lottery table.

Further, the special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 151A is a lottery table referred to when the state is in the ART stage C and the sub lottery flag A is “watermelon”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 151B is a lottery table that is referred to when the ART stage C is in progress and the sub lottery flag A is “weak chan”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 151C is a lottery table that is referred to when the state is in the ART stage C and the sub lottery flag A is “strong chan”.

The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 152A is a lottery table that is referred to when the state is in the ART stage C and the sub lottery flag A is “weak check”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 152B is a lottery table that is referred to when the state is in the ART stage C and the sub lottery flag A is “strong check”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 152C is a lottery table that is referred to when the state is in the ART stage C and the sub lottery flag A is “MB_weak check”.

The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 153A is a lottery table that is referred to when the ART stage C is in progress and the sub lottery flag A is “MB_strong check”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 153B is a lottery table that is referred to when the state is in the ART stage C and the sub lottery flag A is “other small winning combination”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 153C is a lottery table referred to when the state is in the ART stage C and the sub lottery flag A is the “striking order bell”.

Further, the special type lottery table in ART shown in FIG. 154A is a lottery table referred to when the character song flag is on and the sub lottery flag A is “watermelon”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 154B is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the sub lottery flag A is “weak chan”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 154C is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the sub lottery flag A is “strong chan”.

The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 155A is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the sub lottery flag A is “weak check”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 155B is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the sub lottery flag A is “strong check”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 155C is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the sub lottery flag A is “MB_weak check”.

The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 156A is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the sub lottery flag A is “MB_strong check”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 156B is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the sub lottery flag A is “other small winning combination”. The special type lottery table during ART shown in FIG. 156C is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the sub lottery flag A is the “striking order bell”.

In the present embodiment, as described above, a special type lottery table during ART is provided separately for each of the following game situations (1) to (6).
(1) A situation in which the value of the special counter is "0" or "1" (FIGS. 139 to 141).
(2) Situation when the value of the special counter is "2" (Figs. 142 to 144)
(3) A situation in which the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "6" to "9" (Figs. 145 to 147).
(4) A situation in which the value of the specialized game counter on the main side is "10" or more (Figs. 148 to 150).
(5) A situation in which the ART stage C is in progress (FIGS. 151 to 153).
(6) A situation in which the character song flag is on (FIGS. 154 to 156).

Then, priority is set in the reference order of the special type lottery table during ART provided in the game situations (1) to (6), and the order from the highest to the game situation (6) to (1). Become. Therefore, when a plurality of types of game situations overlap, the special type lottery table during ART of the game situation with the highest priority is referred to.

The special type lottery table during ART shows the lottery results (no special entry (non-winning), special zone types (specialized zones A to H)) and each lottery result for each type of difference game number of ART. The correspondence with the lottery value set for this is specified. That is, in the lottery using the special type lottery table during ART, not only whether or not the special effect is executed (entry into the special zone) but also the type of the special zone to enter is determined. In this embodiment, the types of the difference game number of ART defined in the special type lottery table during ART are 0 game, 1-39 game, 40-99 game, 100-139 game, 140-189. Eight types of games, 190 to 239 games, 240 to 339 games, and 340 games or more are provided.

As shown in FIGS. 139 to 156, in the situation where the value of the special counter is "2" (the game situation (2) above), the special zone is only when the number of difference games of ART is 100 games or more. It is configured to win H. Further, at this time, the probability of winning the special zone H also increases the probability of winning the other special zone. That is, the situation where the value of the special counter is "2" and the number of differential games of ART is 100 games or more is a dedicated game situation for entering the special zone H.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 139 to 156, the special type lottery table during ART in the situation where the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "6" or more (the game situations (3) and (4) above). As is clear from a comparison between the lottery value setting mode specified in the above and the lottery value setting mode specified in the special type lottery table during ART in other situations, in the present embodiment, the main side In the situation where the value of the special game number counter is "6" or more, the configuration is such that it is easier to win the special production than in other situations. In addition, in the situation where the value of the special game number counter on the main side is "6" or more (the above game situations (3) and (4)), when the number of difference games of ART is 40 games or more, be sure to , It is configured to win the special production (enter the special zone). Further, at this time, it is configured so that any one of the special zones E to G can be easily selected.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 139 to 156, in the situation where the character song flag is on (the game situation (6)), the sub lottery flag A is a flag corresponding to the rare combination, and the difference game of ART. When the number is 40 games or more, it is always configured to win the special zone G (enter the special zone G). That is, the situation where the character song flag is on, the sub lottery flag A is the flag corresponding to the rare role, and the number of difference games of ART is 40 games or more is dedicated to entering the special zone G. It becomes the game situation of.

In the lottery using the special type lottery table during ART shown in FIGS. 139 to 156, an example of referring to the value of the special game number counter on the main side as one of the parameters of the game situation has been described. The present invention is not limited to this, and it is not necessary to refer to the value of the specialized game number counter on the main side. That is, regardless of the value of the special game number counter on the main side, it may be determined whether or not the special effect state is generated. In this case, the main parameter that determines whether or not the special effect state is generated is, in effect, the number of difference games.

[Specialized counter lottery table]
Next, the specialized counter lottery table will be described with reference to FIGS. 157 and 158. In the present embodiment, when entering the special effect state in the ART state, a special counter lottery is performed to determine the game period (initial value of the special counter) of the special effect. The specialized counter lottery table shown in FIGS. 157 and 158 is a lottery table referred to in the specialized counter lottery.

The specialization counter lottery table (No. 1) shown in FIG. 157A is a lottery table referred to when entering the specialization zone A. The specialization counter lottery table (No. 2) shown in FIG. 157B is a lottery table referred to when entering the specialization zone B. The specialization counter lottery table (No. 3) shown in FIG. 157C is a lottery table referred to when entering the specialization zone C. The specialization counter lottery table (No. 4) shown in FIG. 157D is a lottery table referred to when entering the specialization zone D.

The specialization counter lottery table (No. 5) shown in FIG. 158A is a lottery table referred to when entering the specialization zone E. The specialization counter lottery table (No. 6) shown in FIG. 158B is a lottery table referred to when entering the specialization zone F. The specialization counter lottery table (No. 7) shown in FIG. 158C is a lottery table referred to when entering the specialization zone G. The specialization counter lottery table (No. 8) shown in FIG. 158D is a lottery table referred to when entering the specialization zone H. Further, the specialization counter lottery table (No. 9) shown in FIG. 158E is a lottery table referred to when entering the specialization zone D after the end of SBB.

The special counter lottery table is for each type of value of the special game counter on the main side, and the type of special games for special production (lottery result: 1 game, 3 games, 5 games, 7 games, 10 games). Or 20 games) and the lottery value set for each lottery result are defined. The types of values of the special game number counter on the main side referred to when selecting the special counter lottery table are "0" to "4", "5" to "9", and "10" to. There are four types, "19" and "20 or more". Further, in the present embodiment, since the game period of the special production of the special zone G is a maximum of 4 games, "3" is always determined as the initial value of the special counter by the special counter lottery. (See FIG. 158C).

[NBB end screen lottery table during ART]
Next, the NBB end screen lottery table during ART will be described with reference to FIGS. 159A to 159C. In the present embodiment, when the NBB (BB1 or BB2) operating in the ART state ends, a selection lottery for the NBB end screen displayed by the liquid crystal display device 11 is performed. The NBB end screen lottery table during ART shown in FIGS. 159A to 159C is a lottery table referred to in the selection lottery of the NBB end screen. At this time, the type of the NBB end screen is determined based on the cumulative number of medals (the number of medals acquired) acquired from the start of the ART to the end of the NBB and the set value.

The NBB end screen lottery table during ART (No. 1) shown in FIG. 159A is a lottery table that is referred to when the number of medals acquired is 0 to 999. The NBB end screen lottery table during ART (No. 2) shown in FIG. 159B is a lottery table that is referred to when the number of medals acquired is 1000 to 2999. The NBB end screen lottery table during ART (No. 3) shown in FIG. 159C is a lottery table that is referred to when the number of medals acquired is 3000 or more.

In the NBB end screen lottery table during ART, the correspondence between the type of NBB end screen (lottery result: end screens A to R) and the lottery value set for each lottery result for each type of the number of medals won. To specify. In the present embodiment, 18 types of end screens A to R are provided as the types of end screens to be selected.

In addition, in the end screen of NBB, in addition to the screen (picture) of the predetermined display mode corresponding to the type of the end screen (lottery result: end screens A to R), a game including at least the cumulative number of medals (acquired number). Information (game history) is displayed. Therefore, the player can guess the setting based on the display mode (picture) of the end screen and the number of medals acquired on the end screen.

[Announcement game number lottery table]
Next, various notification game number lottery tables used when determining the number of notification games notified by the additional notification production of the number of ART games in the above-mentioned games in the ART state will be described. In this embodiment, a lottery table for the number of notification games is provided separately according to the game situation.

(1) ART mid-announcement game number lottery table FIGS. 160 to 168 show an ART mid-announcement game number lottery table. In each ART notification game number lottery table shown in FIGS. 160 to 168, the value of the display ART counter is "6" when the BB is not operating (including when the winning and ending), when the special effect is not operating, in the ART state. It is a lottery table referred to in the lottery of the number of notification games executed when it is more than or equal to. Further, in the present embodiment, as shown below, the game situation is further subdivided in the ART state, and a lottery table for the number of notification games during ART is provided separately for each game situation.

In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 1) shown in FIG. 160A, the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "0". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "9". In the ART middle notification game number lottery table (No. 2) shown in FIG. 160B, the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "0". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "9". In the ART mid-announcement game number lottery table (No. 3) shown in FIG. 160C, the character song flag is on, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "0" to "9". It is a lottery table that is referred to in some cases.

In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 4) shown in FIG. 161A, the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "10". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "19". In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 5) shown in FIG. 161B, the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "10". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "19". In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 6) shown in FIG. 161C, the character song flag is on, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "10" to "19". It is a lottery table that is referred to in some cases.

In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 7) shown in FIG. 162A, the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "20". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "29". In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 8) shown in FIG. 162B, the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "20". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "29". In the ART medium notification game number lottery table (No. 9) shown in FIG. 162C, the character son flag is on, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "20" to "29". It is a lottery table that is referred to in some cases.

In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 10) shown in FIG. 163A, the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "30". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "49". In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 11) shown in FIG. 163B, the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "30". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "49". In the ART medium announcement game number lottery table (No. 12) shown in FIG. 163C, the character son flag is on, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "30" to "49". It is a lottery table that is referred to in some cases.

In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 13) shown in FIG. 164A, the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "50". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "99". In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 14) shown in FIG. 164B, the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "50". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "99". In the ART medium announcement game number lottery table (No. 15) shown in FIG. 164C, the character son flag is on, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "50" to "99". It is a lottery table that is referred to in some cases.

In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 16) shown in FIG. 165A, the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "100". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "149". In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 17) shown in FIG. 165B, the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "100". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "149". In the ART medium notification game number lottery table (No. 18) shown in FIG. 165C, the character son flag is on, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "100" to "149". It is a lottery table that is referred to in some cases.

In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 19) shown in FIG. 166A, the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "150". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "199". In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 20) shown in FIG. 166B, the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "150". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "199". In the ART middle notification game number lottery table (No. 21) shown in FIG. 166C, the character son flag is on, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "150" to "199". It is a lottery table that is referred to in some cases.

In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 22) shown in FIG. 167A, the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "200". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "299". In the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 23) shown in FIG. 167B, the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "200". It is a lottery table referred to when it is ~ "299". In the ART medium announcement game number lottery table (No. 24) shown in FIG. 167C, the character song flag is on, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "200" to "299". It is a lottery table that is referred to in some cases.

Further, in the ART in-announcement game number lottery table (No. 25) shown in FIG. 168A, the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is ". It is a lottery table referred to when it is "300" or more. In the ART middle notification game number lottery table (No. 26) shown in FIG. 168B, the value of the displayed ART counter is "100" or more, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "300". It is a lottery table referred to in the above case. The number of ART announcement game number lottery table (No. 27) shown in FIG. 168C is when the character son flag is on, the ART stage is ART stage A or B, and the number of difference games is "300" or more. It is a lottery table to be referred to.

The lottery table for the number of notification games during ART is a type of number of notification games that can be selected for each type of sub-lottery flag B in each of the above-mentioned game situations (lottery result: 0 games (non-winning), 10 games, 20 games, The correspondence between 30 games, 50 games, 100 games, 300 games, and "special") and the lottery value set for each lottery result is defined. The number of notification games is determined within the range of the current number of difference games (value less than the number of difference games), and in the lottery result "special" specified in the number of notification games lottery table during ART, the current difference game The number is determined as the number of notification games.

In this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 160 to 168, when the character song flag is in the ON state, regardless of other elements (parameters) of the game situation (however, except for the end of ART described later), The result of the announcement game number lottery using the notification game number lottery table during ART is always non-winning. Therefore, when the character song flag is on, the number of difference games does not decrease until the special production to be performed after that, so that a larger number of notification games can be easily determined in the special production. As a result, the number of notification games that can be notified by the additional notification effect also becomes a larger value, so that the expectation of the additional can be further increased when the character song flag is on.

Further, in the present embodiment, in the lottery for the number of notification games executed when the value of the display ART counter is "6" or more, "special" is determined as the lottery result according to the game situation (current difference). The number of games may be determined as the number of notification games (FIGS. 165A, 166A, 167A, 168A), but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, except for specific conditions such as just before the end of the ART effect described later, in the ART state, "special" is not always determined as the lottery result (for example, the lottery result "special" is not specified in the announcement game number lottery table. Configuration, etc.) may be adopted. That is, except when a specific condition such as just before the end of the ART effect is satisfied, the additional notification effect is configured so that the number of difference games is not directly notified (suggested), and only when the specific condition is satisfied, the additional notification effect is used. , The number of difference games may be directly notified (suggested).

Further, in the present embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. 163A, when the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less, 10 games or 30 games are determined as the number of notification games. At this time, the probability that 10 games are selected as the number of notification games is lower than the probability that 30 games are selected as the number of notification games. Further, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 163B, for example, when the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more, 10 games or 30 games are determined as the number of notification games. However, in this case, the probability that 10 games are selected as the number of notification games is higher than the probability that 30 games are selected as the number of notification games. That is, in the present embodiment, the expected value of the number of notification games obtained when the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more is the number of notification games obtained when the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less. Is smaller than the expected value of.

(2) Lottery table for the number of games for which notification is about to end of ART FIGS. 169 to 173 show a lottery table for the number of games for notifying the end of ART. In the lottery table for the number of games for notifying the end of each ART shown in FIGS. 169 to 173, the value of the display ART counter is "when the BB is not operating (including the winning and ending), when the special effect is not operating, in the ART state. It is a lottery table referred to in the announcement game number lottery executed when it is 5 ”or less. Further, in the present embodiment, as shown below, in the game just before the end of ART (the value of the display ART counter is "5" or less), the game situation is further subdivided, and each game situation is separately just before the end of ART. Set up a lottery table for the number of announcement games.

The ART end-notification game number lottery table (No. 1) shown in FIG. 169A is a lottery table referred to when the character song flag is off and the difference game number is “0” to “9”. .. The ART end notification game number lottery table (No. 2) shown in FIG. 169B is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the difference game number is “0” to “9”. .. The ART end-notification game number lottery table (No. 3) shown in FIG. 169C is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is off and the difference games number is “10” to “19”. .. The ART end notification game number lottery table (No. 4) shown in FIG. 169D is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the number of difference games is "10" to "19". ..

The ART end notification game number lottery table (No. 5) shown in FIG. 170A is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is off and the difference games number is "20" to "29". .. The ART end notification game number lottery table (No. 6) shown in FIG. 170B is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the number of difference games is "20" to "29". .. The ART end notification game number lottery table (No. 7) shown in FIG. 170C is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is off and the difference games number is “30” to “49”. .. The ART end notification game number lottery table (No. 8) shown in FIG. 170D is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the number of difference games is "30" to "49". ..

The ART end-notification game number lottery table (No. 9) shown in FIG. 171A is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is off and the difference game number is "50" to "99". .. The ART end-notification game number lottery table (No. 10) shown in FIG. 171B is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the difference game number is "50" to "99". .. The ART end-notification game number lottery table (No. 11) shown in FIG. 171C is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is off and the difference game number is "100" to "149". .. The ART end-notification game number lottery table (No. 12) shown in FIG. 171D is a lottery table referred to when the character song flag is on and the difference game number is "100" to "149". ..

The ART end-notification game number lottery table (No. 13) shown in FIG. 172A is a lottery table referred to when the character song flag is off and the difference game number is "150" to "199". .. The ART end-notification game number lottery table (No. 14) shown in FIG. 172B is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the difference game number is "150" to "199". .. The ART end-notification game number lottery table (No. 15) shown in FIG. 172C is a lottery table referred to when the character song flag is off and the difference game number is "200" to "299". .. The ART end notification game number lottery table (No. 16) shown in FIG. 172D is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the difference game number is "200" to "299". ..

Further, the ART end notification game number lottery table (No. 17) shown in FIG. 173A is a lottery table referred to when the character song flag is off and the difference game number is “300” or more. The ART end notification game number lottery table (No. 18) shown in FIG. 173B is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the difference game number is “300” or more.

The lottery table for the number of notification games just before the end of ART is a type of number of notification games that can be selected for each type of sub-lottery flag B in each of the above-mentioned game situations (lottery result: 0 games (non-winning), 10 games, 20 games. , 30 games, 50 games, 100 games, 300 games, "special") and the lottery value set for each lottery result are defined.

When the value of the display ART counter becomes "0" (when the display of the number of remaining games becomes "0" on the display screen), the total number of remaining difference games is added and notified by the notification effect. In some cases, an unnatural situation may occur in the flow of the game, which may impair the interest of the game. Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the value of the display ART counter is "5" or less (immediately before the end of ART), the above-mentioned lottery table for the number of games for notifying the end of ART is likely to occur. Is used to draw the number of notification games.

(3) NBB Winning Notification Game Number Lottery Table during ART FIGS. 174 to 182 show the ART NBB Winning Notification Game Number Lottery Table. The NBB winning notification game number lottery table in each ART shown in FIGS. 174 to 182 is a lottery table referred to in the notification game number lottery executed when the NBB (BB1 or BB2) is won in the ART state. Further, in the present embodiment, as shown below, the game situation is further subdivided in the game at the time of winning the NBB during ART, and a lottery table for the number of NBB winning games during ART is provided separately for each game situation.

The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 1) shown in FIG. 174A is when the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less and the number of difference games is "0" to "9". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 2) shown in FIG. 174B is when the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more and the number of difference games is "0" to "9". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The lottery table for the number of NBB winning games during ART (No. 3) shown in FIG. 174C is a lottery table that is referred to when the character son flag is on and the number of difference games is "0" to "9". Is.

The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 4) shown in FIG. 175A is when the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less and the number of difference games is "10" to "19". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 5) shown in FIG. 175B is when the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more and the number of difference games is "10" to "19". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The lottery table for the number of NBB winning games during ART (No. 6) shown in FIG. 175C is a lottery table referred to when the character song flag is on and the number of difference games is "10" to "19". Is.

The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 7) shown in FIG. 176A is when the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less and the number of difference games is "20" to "29". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 8) shown in FIG. 176B is when the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more and the number of difference games is "20" to "29". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The lottery table for the number of NBB winning games during ART (No. 9) shown in FIG. 176C is a lottery table referred to when the character song flag is on and the number of difference games is "20" to "29". Is.

The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 10) shown in FIG. 177A is when the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less and the number of difference games is "30" to "49". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 11) shown in FIG. 177B is when the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more and the number of difference games is "30" to "49". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The lottery table for the number of NBB winning games during ART (No. 12) shown in FIG. 177C is a lottery table referred to when the character song flag is on and the number of difference games is “30” to “49”. Is.

The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 13) shown in FIG. 178A is when the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less and the number of difference games is "50" to "99". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 14) shown in FIG. 178B is when the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more and the number of difference games is "50" to "99". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The lottery table for the number of NBB winning games during ART (No. 15) shown in FIG. 178C is a lottery table referred to when the character song flag is on and the number of difference games is "50" to "99". Is.

The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 16) shown in FIG. 179A is when the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less and the number of difference games is "100" to "149". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 17) shown in FIG. 179B is when the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more and the number of difference games is "100" to "149". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The lottery table for the number of NBB winning games during ART (No. 18) shown in FIG. 179C is a lottery table referred to when the character song flag is on and the number of difference games is "100" to "149". Is.

The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 19) shown in FIG. 180A is when the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less and the number of difference games is "159" to "199". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 20) shown in FIG. 180B is when the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more and the number of difference games is "159" to "199". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The lottery table for the number of NBB winning games during ART (No. 21) shown in FIG. 180C is a lottery table referred to when the character song flag is on and the number of difference games is “159” to “199”. Is.

The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 22) shown in FIG. 181A is when the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less and the number of difference games is "200" to "299". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The number of games announced at the time of winning NBB during ART lottery table (No. 23) shown in FIG. 181B is when the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more and the number of difference games is "200" to "299". It is a lottery table to be referred to. The lottery table for the number of NBB winning games during ART (No. 24) shown in FIG. 181C is a lottery table referred to when the character son flag is on and the number of difference games is "200" to "299". Is.

Further, refer to the drawing table for the number of NBB winning games during ART (No. 25) shown in FIG. 182A when the value of the display ART counter is "99" or less and the number of difference games is "300" or more. It is a lottery table to be played. The NBB winning game number lottery table during ART (No. 26) shown in FIG. 182B is referred to when the value of the display ART counter is "100" or more and the number of difference games is "300" or more. It is a lottery table. The NBB winning game number lottery table during ART (No. 27) shown in FIG. 182C is a lottery table referred to when the character son flag is on and the difference game number is “300” or more.

In each of the above-mentioned game situations, the lottery table for the number of notification games at the time of NBB winning during ART is a type of the number of notification games that can be selected for each type of sub-lottery flag A (lottery result: 0 games (non-winning), 10 games, 20 games, 30 games, 50 games, 100 games, 300 games) and the lottery value set for each lottery result are defined.

(4) Lottery table for the number of games notified at the end of NBB during ART FIGS. 183 to 186 show a lottery table for the number of games notified at the end of NBB during ART. The NBB end notification game number lottery table in each ART shown in FIGS. 183 to 186 is a lottery table referred to in the notification game number lottery executed at the end of NBB (BB1 or BB2) in the ART state. Further, in the present embodiment, as shown below, in the game at the end of NBB during ART, the game situation is further subdivided, and a lottery table for the number of games for notifying the end of NBB during ART is provided separately for each game situation.

The lottery table for the number of NBB end notification games during ART (No. 1) shown in FIG. 183A is a lottery table that is referred to when the sub lottery flag A is the "common bell" and the situation is "other". .. The "other" situation here is a situation other than when the story BB is won. The lottery table for the number of games announced at the end of NBB during ART (No. 2) shown in FIG. 183B is a lottery table that is referred to when the sub lottery flag A is "weak che" and the situation is "other". .. The NBB end notification game number lottery table during ART (No. 3) shown in FIG. 184A is a lottery table that is referred to when the sub lottery flag A is "strong check" and the situation is "other". .. The NBB end notification game number lottery table during ART (No. 4) shown in FIG. 184B is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the situation is “other”.

The NBB end notification game number lottery table during ART (No. 5) shown in FIG. 185A is a lottery table that is referred to when the sub lottery flag A is the “common bell” and the story BB is won. The NBB end notification game number lottery table during ART (No. 6) shown in FIG. 185B is a lottery table that is referred to when the sub lottery flag A is “weak check” and the story BB is won. The lottery table for the number of games announced at the end of NBB during ART (No. 7) shown in FIG. 186A is a lottery table referred to when the sub lottery flag A is the “strong che” win and the story BB is the winner. is there. The NBB end notification game number lottery table during ART (No. 8) shown in FIG. 186B is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on and the story BB is won.

The lottery table for the number of notification games at the end of NBB during ART is a type of number of notification games that can be selected for each type of difference game number of ART in each of the above-mentioned game situations (lottery result: 0 games (non-winning) to 300 games. ) And the lottery value set for each lottery result are specified.

In the present embodiment, the types of the difference game number of ART defined in the NBB end notification game number lottery table during ART are 0 to 9 games, 10 to 19 games, 20 to 29 games, and 30 to 49. Nine types of games, 50 to 99 games, 100 to 149 games, 150 to 199 games, 200 to 299 games, and 300 games or more are provided. In the lottery table for the number of notification games at the end of NBB during ART, the number of games that can be selected is the number of games (0, 10, 20, 30, 40, ..., 300) at intervals of 10 games in the range of 0 to 300 games. ) Is stipulated.

(5) Specialized Zones A to C Medium Notification Game Number Lottery Table FIGS. 187 to 192 show a special zone A to C medium notification game number lottery table. Each special zone A to C middle announcement game number lottery table shown in FIGS. 187 to 192 is a lottery table referred to in the announcement game number lottery executed in the games in the special zones A to C. Further, in the present embodiment, as shown below, in the games in the specialized zones A to C, the game situation is further subdivided, and the number of notification games in the specialized zones A to C is drawn separately for each game situation. Set up a table.

The special zone A to C middle announcement game number lottery table (No. 1) shown in FIG. 187A is a lottery to be referred to when the BB is not won and the difference game number is "0" to "9". It's a table. The special zone A to C notification game number lottery table (No. 2) shown in FIG. 187B is a lottery to be referred to when the BB is not won and the number of difference games is "10" to "19". It is a table. The special zone A to C announcement game number lottery table (No. 3) shown in FIG. 187C is a lottery to be referred to when the BB is not won and the number of difference games is "20" to "29". It is a table.

The special zone A to C middle announcement game number lottery table (No. 4) shown in FIG. 188A is a lottery to be referred to when the BB is not won and the number of difference games is "30" to "49". It is a table. The special zone A to C notification game number lottery table (No. 5) shown in FIG. 188B is a lottery to be referred to when the BB is not won and the number of difference games is "50" to "99". It is a table. The special zone A to C middle announcement game number lottery table (No. 6) shown in FIG. 188C is a lottery to be referred to when the BB is not won and the difference game number is "100" to "149". It's a table.

The special zone A to C announcement game number lottery table (No. 7) shown in FIG. 189A is a lottery to be referred to when the BB is not won and the difference game number is "150" to "199". It's a table. The special zone A to C notification game number lottery table (No. 8) shown in FIG. 189B is a lottery to be referred to when the BB is not won and the number of difference games is "200" to "299". It is a table. The special zone A to C announcement game number lottery table (No. 9) shown in FIG. 189C is a lottery table that is referred to when the BB is not won and the number of difference games is "300" or more. ..

The special zone A to C announcement game number lottery table (No. 10) shown in FIG. 190A is a lottery table referred to when the number of games is BB and the number of difference games is "0" to "9". Is. The special zone A to C middle announcement game number lottery table (No. 11) shown in FIG. 190B is a lottery table referred to when the BB is won and the number of difference games is "10" to "19". Is. The special zone A to C middle announcement game number lottery table (No. 12) shown in FIG. 190C is a lottery table referred to when the BB is won and the number of difference games is "20" to "29". Is.

The special zone A to C middle announcement game number lottery table (No. 13) shown in FIG. 191A is a lottery table referred to when the number of games is BB and the number of difference games is “30” to “49”. Is. The special zone A to C middle announcement game number lottery table (No. 14) shown in FIG. 191B is a lottery table referred to when the BB is won and the number of difference games is “50” to “99”. Is. The special zone A to C announcement game number lottery table (No. 15) shown in FIG. 191C is a lottery table referred to when the BB is won and the number of difference games is "100" to "149". Is.

The special zone A to C middle announcement game number lottery table (No. 16) shown in FIG. 192A is a lottery table referred to when the BB is won and the number of difference games is "150" to "199". Is. The special zone A to C announcement game number lottery table (No. 17) shown in FIG. 192B is a lottery table referred to when the BB is won and the number of difference games is "200" to "299". Is. The special zone A to C announcement game number lottery table (No. 18) shown in FIG. 192C is a lottery table that is referred to when the BB is won and the number of difference games is “300” or more.

In each of the above-mentioned game situations, the lottery table for the number of notification games in the special zones A to C is the type of the number of notification games that can be selected for each type of the sub lottery flag A (lottery result: 0 games (non-winning), 10 The correspondence between the game, 20 games, 30 games, 50 games, 100 games, and 300 games) and the lottery value set for each lottery result is defined.

As described above, in the present embodiment, a lottery table is provided when the number of difference games is "0" to "9", and the lottery value is always set so that the lottery result is non-winning in the lottery table. Is set. However, in the Pachislot 1 of the present embodiment, as a general rule, the number of notification games is determined within the range of the number of difference games (value less than the number of difference games), and the content of the specialized effect is also executed within the range of the number of difference games. It is configured to be. Therefore, the notification game number lottery table (see FIGS. 187A and 190A), which can be referred to even when the number of difference games is "0", is not actually used.

Further, in the lottery for the number of notification games in the special zones A to C, as shown in FIGS. 187 to 192, when the sub lottery flag A is other than "middle check" (the number of difference games is "0" to "9". ”), The number of notification games for each game, 10 games or more, is always determined. On the other hand, when the sub lottery flag A is "middle check", the lottery result is always set to be non-winning. However, in the present embodiment, when the sub lottery flag A is "middle check", the SBB (BB3) is always duplicated (the winning numbers "23" in FIGS. 29 and 30 and the winning numbers "23". See "76"). That is, in the special zones A to C, each game and some kind of privilege (additional notification effect, BB role duplication winning) will always be given. The present invention is not limited to this, and a configuration in which a “middle check” is not provided may be adopted, and in the specialized zones A to C, each game and an additional notification effect may be generated.

(6) Lottery table for the number of 3rd game announcement games in the special zone G FIG. 193 shows a lottery table for the number of 3rd game announcement games in the special zone G. The third game announcement game number lottery table in the special zone G shown in FIG. 193 is a lottery table referred to in the announcement game number lottery executed in the game of the third game from the start of the special zone G production.

The third game announcement game number lottery table (No. 1) in the special zone G shown in FIG. 193A is a lottery table referred to when the BB is not won. The third game announcement game number lottery table (No. 2) in the special zone G shown in FIG. 193B is a lottery table referred to at the time of winning the BB. Further, the third game announcement game number lottery table (No. 3) in the special zone G shown in FIG. 193C is a lottery table that is referred to when the character song flag is on.

The 3rd game announcement game number lottery table in the special zone G shows the types of announcement games that can be selected for each type of difference game number of ART (lottery result: 0 games (non-winning), +100 games, +200 games, (+300 games) and the lottery value set for each lottery result are defined.

In the present embodiment, as the type of the number of difference games of ART defined in the lottery table for the number of 3rd game announcement games in the specialized zone G, the value of the number of difference games-2 of ART is 0 to 100 games. Four types of games, 101-200 games, 201-310 games, and 311 games or more, are provided.

[Structure of game number precursor scenario lottery table and game number precursor scenario map]
(1) Game Number Precursor Scenario Lottery Table FIG. 194 shows an example of the game number precursor scenario lottery table. In the present embodiment, when the value of the display ART counter is "7" or less in the normal ART normal state (when the BB is not activated and when the specialized effect is not activated), or when the state is in the stage C, the ART is performed. Number of middle-announced games When a lottery is won (when it is decided to execute an additional notification effect of ART), a lottery (number of games) for determining the content of the precursor effect of the additional announcement effect (number of games precursor scenario map) Precursor scenario lottery) is performed. The game number precursor scenario lottery table shown in FIG. 194 is an example of a lottery table referred to in the game number precursor scenario lottery.

The game number precursor scenario lottery table shown in FIG. 194 is a lottery table referred to in the game number precursor scenario lottery executed when the value of the notification game number counter is “10” to “19”. The notification game number counter is a counter in which the number of notification games is set, and is provided in the sub RAM 103.

The game number precursor scenario lottery table is set for each type of sub-lottery flag B, the selectable number of games precursor scenario map type (lottery result: MAP numbers "0" to "28"), and each lottery result. Define the correspondence with the lottery value. In the game number precursor scenario lottery using the game number precursor scenario lottery table shown in FIG. 194, the game number precursor scenario with the MAP number "1" is always determined regardless of the type of the sub lottery flag B.

Further, in order to simplify the explanation, here, the game number precursor scenario lottery table when the value of the game number counter is "10" to "19" is shown as an example. However, in the pachi-slot machine 1 of the present embodiment, the number of games precursor scenario lottery is appropriately applied to various other game situations (for example, when the value of the notification game number counter is a value other than "10" to "19"). There is a table. In each game number precursor scenario lottery table in those other game situations, the value of the defined lottery value changes according to the game situation, but the structure of the lottery table is the same as the structure shown in FIG. 194.

(2) Number of games precursor scenario map In Fig. 195, the number of games precursor scenario map of MAP numbers "0" to "28" (29 types) specified in the game number precursor scenario lottery table (additional notification effect occurs from the precursor effect). The flow of production up to) is shown.

By the game number precursor scenario lottery, for example, when the game number precursor scenario with the MAP number "4" is selected, a series of effects are performed over a period of four games. Specifically, first, in the unit game (first game) that won the lottery for the number of notification games during ART (the execution of the additional notification production was decided), the chance suggestion production (“chance (book)” in FIG. ) Is performed. Next, in the unit game of the second game and the third game, a precursor effect (“precursor (G)” in FIG. 195) is performed. Then, in the unit game of the fourth game, an additional notification effect of the number of ART games (“notification (G)” in FIG. 195) is performed. It should be noted that the control from the precursor effect to the occurrence of the additional notification effect based on the game number precursor scenario is managed by the precursor counter described later.

[Structure of ART end precursor scenario lottery table and ART end precursor scenario map]
(1) ART end precursor scenario lottery table FIG. 196 shows an example of an ART end precursor scenario lottery table. In the present embodiment, when the lottery for the number of notification games just before the end of ART is won (when the execution of the additional notification effect of ART is decided) in the normal state of ART, the content of the precursor effect of the additional notification effect (ART end). A lottery (ART end precursor scenario lottery) is performed to determine the precursor scenario map). The ART end precursor scenario lottery table shown in FIG. 196 is an example of the lottery table referred to in this ART end precursor scenario lottery.

The ART end precursor scenario lottery table shown in FIG. 196 is a lottery table referred to in the ART end precursor scenario lottery executed when the value of the notification game number counter is “10” to “19”.

The ART end precursor scenario lottery table is a selectable ART end precursor scenario map type (lottery result: MAP number "0" to "5") for each type of display ART counter value ("0" to "5"). ) And the lottery value set for each lottery result are specified. In the ART end precursor scenario lottery using the ART end precursor scenario lottery table shown in FIG. 196, the ART end precursor scenario with the MAP number "1" is always determined regardless of the value of the display ART counter.

Further, in order to simplify the explanation, here, an ART end precursor scenario lottery table in the case where the value of the notification game number counter is "10" to "19" is shown as an example. However, in the pachi-slot machine 1 of the present embodiment, the ART end precursor scenario lottery is appropriately performed for various other game situations (for example, when the value of the notification game number counter is a value other than "10" to "19"). There is a table. In each ART end precursor scenario lottery table in those other game situations, the value of the specified lottery value changes according to the game situation, but the structure of the lottery table is the same as the structure shown in FIG. 196.

(2) ART end precursor scenario map FIG. 197 shows an ART end precursor scenario map of MAP numbers “0” to “5” (6 types) defined in the ART end precursor scenario lottery table. As described above, in the ART end precursor scenario lottery of the present embodiment, the ART end precursor scenario of the MAP number "1" is always determined. Therefore, in the ART end precursor scenario map shown in FIG. 197, the MAP Only the ART end precursor scenario of number "1" is specified.

In the ART end precursor scenario map of MAP number "1", an additional notification effect of ART ("notification (G)" in FIG. 197) is specified in the first game. That is, when the lottery for the number of notification games just before the end of ART is won, the additional notification effect of ART is performed in the winning game.

[Structure of specialization precursor scenario lottery table and specialization precursor scenario map]
(1) Specialization precursor scenario lottery table FIGS. 198 and 199 show an example of a specialization precursor scenario lottery table. In the present embodiment, when the lottery for the number of specialized notification games is won (when it is decided to execute the ART additional notification effect) in the state of the specialized effect, the content of the precursor effect of the additional notification effect ( A lottery (specialized precursor scenario lottery) is performed to determine the precursor scenario map). The specialization precursor scenario lottery table shown in FIGS. 198 and 199 is an example of a lottery table referred to in this specialization precursor scenario lottery.

The special precursor scenario lottery table shown in FIG. 198 is a lottery referred to in the special precursor scenario lottery executed when the special effect zone A is in the special effect state and the game number release flag is off. It's a table. Further, the special precursor scenario lottery table shown in FIG. 199 is executed when the special effect zone A is in the special effect state and the value of the notification game number counter is "10" to "19". It is a lottery table referred to in the sign of change scenario lottery.

The specialization precursor scenario lottery table includes the types of ART end precursor scenario maps that can be selected for each type of value of the specialization game counter on the main side (lottery result: MAP numbers "0" to "107"). The correspondence with the lottery value set for the lottery result is specified. In the present embodiment, the types of the values of the special game number counter on the main side defined in the specialization precursor scenario lottery table are "0" to "5", "6" to "7", and " Six types of "8" to "9", "10", "11" to "12", and "13" or more are provided.

Here, in order to simplify the explanation, the game situation is the special production state of the special zone A and the game number release flag is off, and the specialization of the special zone A. An example of a special precursor scenario lottery table in the case of the production state and the value of the notification game number counter being “10” to “19” is shown. However, in the pachislot machine 1 of the present embodiment, a special precursor scenario is appropriately applied to various other game situations (for example, when the value of the notification game number counter is a value other than "10" to "19"). A lottery table is provided. In each specialized precursor scenario lottery table in those other game situations, the value of the specified lottery value changes according to the game situation, but the structure of the lottery table is the same as the structure shown in FIGS. 198 and 199. become.

(2) Specialization precursor scenario map FIG. 200 shows a special precursor scenario map of MAP numbers “0” to “107” (108 types) defined in the specialization precursor scenario lottery table.

By the special precursor scenario lottery, for example, when the special precursor scenario of MAP number "5" is selected, a series of effects are performed over a period of 5 games. Specifically, first, in the unit game (first game) that won the lottery for the number of notification games in the special zones A to C (the execution of the additional notification production was decided), the chance suggestion production (“1st game”) in FIG. Chance (book) ") will be held. Next, in the unit game of the second to fourth games, a precursor effect (“precursor (G)” in FIG. 200) is performed. Then, in the unit game of the fifth game, an additional notification effect of ART (“notification (G)” in FIG. 200) is performed. It should be noted that the control from the precursor effect to the additional notification effect based on this specialized precursor scenario is also managed by the precursor counter described later.

[Navi lottery table]
FIGS. 201 and 202 show an example of a navigation lottery table. In the present embodiment, in the unit game in the ART state, when the start command transmitted from the main side does not include any information of the instruction monitor numbers "1" to "9", "!" Navigation is performed. A lottery (navigation lottery) is performed to determine whether or not. The navigation lottery table shown in FIGS. 201 and 202 is a lottery table referred to in this navigation lottery. In the "!" Navigation, the area directly above each reel in the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 11 in which the numbers ("1", "2", "3") indicating the pressing order are displayed in the normal batting order navigation. Instead of numbers, a "!" Symbol is displayed.

The navigation lottery table (No. 1) shown in FIG. 201A is a lottery table referred to in the navigation lottery executed when the lottery for the number of notification games during ART is not won. The navigation lottery table (No. 2) shown in FIG. 201B is a lottery table referred to in the navigation lottery executed when the lottery for the number of notification games during ART is won. The navigation lottery table (No. 3) shown in FIG. 201C is a lottery table referred to in the navigation lottery executed when the special type lottery during ART is not won. The navigation lottery table (No. 4) shown in FIG. 201D is a lottery table referred to in the navigation lottery executed when the ART subflag is on and the BB is won. The navigation lottery table (No. 5) shown in FIG. 201E is a lottery table referred to in the navigation lottery executed when the effect state is in the precursor.

The navigation lottery table (No. 6) shown in FIG. 202A is a lottery table referred to in the navigation lottery executed in the unit game (see FIG. 195) that becomes the “development 1G” or “development 2G” in the precursory scenario. is there. The navigation lottery table (No. 7) shown in FIG. 202B is a lottery table referred to in the navigation lottery executed when the special effect is in operation. The navigation lottery table (No. 8) shown in FIG. 202C is a lottery table referred to in the navigation lottery executed when the ART subflag is on and the BB is in operation. Further, the navigation lottery table (No. 9) shown in FIG. 202D is a lottery table referred to in the navigation lottery executed when the ball ejection state on the main side is in the ART preparation state.

The navigation lottery table shows the correspondence between the lottery result (no navigation (non-winning) / "!" Navi (winning)) and the lottery value set for each lottery result for each type of sub-lottery flag A. Prescribe.

<Explanation of operation of main control circuit>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 203 to 252, the contents of various processes executed by the main CPU 93 of the main control circuit 91 by using the program will be described.

[Main pachislot operation processing controlled by the main CPU]
First, the procedure of the main operation processing (processing after the power is turned on) of the pachi-slot machine 1 performed under the control of the main CPU 93 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. 203 (hereinafter referred to as the main flow).

First, when the power is turned on to the pachi-slot machine 1, the main CPU 93 performs an initialization process at the time of turning on the power (S1). In this process, various initialization processes at the time of setting change, determination process of whether or not backup is performed normally, and the like are performed. The details of the initialization process at the time of turning on the power will be described later with reference to FIG. 204 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs an initialization process at the end of one game (S2). In this initialization process, the data in the designated storage area in the main RAM 95 is cleared. The designated storage area referred to here is, for example, a storage area such as an internal winning combination storage area and a display combination storage area that requires data to be erased for each unit game (1 game).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs medal reception / start check processing (S3). In this process, the input of the medal sensor (not shown) and the start switch 79 are checked. The details of the medal reception / start check process will be described later with reference to FIG. 207 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs an acquisition process of a random number value for the internal winning combination lottery (S4). In this process, the main CPU 93 extracts a random number value (0 to 65535) for the internal winning combination lottery, and stores the extracted random number value in a random number value storage area (not shown) provided in the main RAM 95.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs an effect random value acquisition process (S5). In this process, the main CPU 93 acquires, for example, various effect random values used in various lottery processes relating to the presence / absence of operation of the AT (ART) function and the operation contents and the operation contents. Specifically, the main CPU 93 acquires a random number value for lottery processing related to ART (AT) (lottery value for production: 0 to 127) and the like.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs an internal winning combination lottery process (S6). In this process, the internal winning combination is determined by lottery based on the random value for the internal winning combination lottery extracted in S4. The details of the internal winning combination lottery process will be described later with reference to FIG. 208 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process when the lever is turned on (S7). In this process, various lottery processes regarding the presence / absence of the ART (AT) function and the operation contents are performed based on the various effect random values extracted in S5 and the internal winning combination determined in S6. The details of the lottery process when the lever is turned on will be described later with reference to FIG. 209 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs an instruction monitor set process (S8). In this process, the main CPU 93 performs a set process of an instruction monitor number (a numerical value indicating a navigation type) to be displayed (notified) by an instruction display unit (not shown) based on, for example, a game state, an internal winning combination, and the like. The details of the instruction monitor set processing will be described later with reference to FIG. 235 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs the reel stop initial setting process (S9). The details of the reel stop initial setting process will be described later with reference to FIG. 236 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a start command generation / storage process (S10). In this process, the main CPU 93 generates start command data to be transmitted to the sub control circuit 101, and stores the command data in a communication data storage area provided in the main RAM 95. The start command stored in the communication data storage area is transmitted from the main control circuit 91 to the sub control circuit 101 by the communication data transmission process in the interrupt process described later with reference to FIG. 252. In addition, in the start command data, for example, in addition to parameters such as the main game state, the payout game state, and the main lottery flag (internal winning combination), various lottery results such as whether or not the ART (AT) function is activated and the operation contents are included. Information is included.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a reel rotation start process (S11). In this process, the main CPU 93 performs a game weight digestion process, a request process for starting rotation of all reels, and the like.

In the weight digestion process in S11, if the predetermined weight time (for example, 4.1 seconds) has not elapsed since the start of the previous game (unit game), the main CPU 93 elapses the predetermined weight time. Wait until. Next, the main CPU 93 performs normal acceleration processing on the three reels.

Specifically, after the predetermined weight time is exhausted, the main CPU 93 requests the start of rotation of all reels. Then, when the start of rotation of all reels is requested, three stepping motors (not shown) are driven by an interrupt process (see FIG. 252 described later) executed at a constant cycle (1.1172 msec). Controlled, the rotation of the left reel 3L, the middle reel 3C and the right reel 3R is started. At this time, each reel is accelerated and controlled until its rotation speed reaches a constant speed, and then the constant speed is maintained.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a pull-in priority storage process (S12). In this process, the main CPU 93 acquires the attraction priority data and stores it in the attraction priority data storage area. The details of the pull-in priority storage process will be described later with reference to FIG. 237 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a reel stop control process (S13). In this process, the rotation of the corresponding reel is stopped based on the timing at which the left stop button 19L, the middle stop button 19C, and the right stop button 19R are pressed and the internal winning combination. The details of the reel stop control process will be described later with reference to FIG. 240 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a winning search process (S14). In this process, the main CPU 93 uses the symbol combination displayed on the effective line (winning determination line) after all the left reel 3L, middle reel 3C, and right reel 3R are stopped, and the symbol combination table (see FIGS. 16 to 19). And collate with. Then, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the display combination is displayed on the effective line, and stores the determination result in the display combination storage area.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process after the third stop (S15). In this process, the main CPU 93 performs various lottery processes of various parameters required in the next game and thereafter according to the ball ejection state, the game situation, and the like. The details of the lottery process after the third stop will be described later with reference to FIG. 242 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a medal payout process (S16). In this process, the hopper device 51 is driven, the number of credits is updated, and medals are paid out based on the number of payouts of the display combination determined in S14. At this time, in the present embodiment, the number of medals to be paid out differs depending on the display combination, but as shown in the symbol combination table (see FIGS. 16 to 19), the maximum number of medals to be paid out (upper limit of payout) is 9. Become.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs the RT state control process (S17). In this process, the main CPU 93 performs RT state transition control based on the display combination determined in S14. The details of the RT state control process will be described later with reference to FIG. 245 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a ball ejection state control process (S18). In this process, the main CPU 93 controls the transition of the ball ejection state as needed. The details of the ball ejection state control process will be described later with reference to FIGS. 246 and 247 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a display command generation / storage process (S19). In this process, the main CPU 93 generates data for display commands to be transmitted to the sub-control circuit 101, and stores the command data in a communication data storage area provided in the main RAM 95. The display command stored in the communication data storage area is transmitted from the main control circuit 91 to the sub control circuit 101 by the communication data transmission process in the interrupt process described later with reference to FIG. 252. By this process, the sub-control circuit 101 can recognize the symbol combination displayed along the effective line, and can determine the execution timing and the like of various effects.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a payout end command generation / storage process (S20). In this process, the main CPU 93 generates data for a payout end command to be transmitted to the sub-control circuit 101, and stores the command data in a communication data storage area provided in the main RAM 95. The payout end command stored in the communication data storage area is transmitted from the main control circuit 91 to the sub control circuit 101 by the communication data transmission process in the interrupt process described later with reference to FIG. 252. The payout end command includes a parameter for specifying that the medal payout process has been completed.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a bonus end check process (S21). In this process, whether or not the main CPU 93 terminates the operation of the bonus game by referring to various counters (not shown) for managing the end timing of the bonus (BB or MB) game provided in the main RAM 95. Check. The details of the bonus end check process will be described later with reference to FIG. 249 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a bonus operation check process (S22). In this process, the main CPU 93 checks whether or not to start the operation of the bonus (BB or MB) game and whether or not to replay the game. The details of the bonus operation check process will be described later with reference to FIG. 250 described later. Then, when the bonus operation check process is completed, the main CPU 93 returns the process to S2 and repeats the processes after S2.

[Initialization process when power is turned on]
Next, with reference to FIG. 204, the initialization process at the time of power-on performed in S1 in the main flow (see FIG. 203) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the setting key type switch 56 is in the ON state (S31).

In S31, when the main CPU 93 determines that the setting key type switch 56 is not in the ON state (when the determination in S31 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs a power failure recovery process (S32). The details of the power failure recovery process will be described later with reference to FIG. 205 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the power failure has occurred for 2 hours or more (S33).

In S33, when the main CPU 93 determines that the power failure has occurred for 2 hours or more (when the determination in S33 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S35 described later. On the other hand, in S33, when the main CPU 93 determines that the power failure has not occurred for 2 hours or more (when the determination in S33 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the initialization process at the time of turning on the power and performs the process. Move to S2 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

Here, returning to the processing of S31 again, when the main CPU 93 determines in S31 that the setting key type switch 56 is in the ON state (when the determination in S31 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the setting change processing. (S34). The details of the setting change processing will be described later with reference to FIG. 206 described later.

After the processing of S34 or when the determination of YES in S33, the main CPU 93 performs the initialization command generation and storage processing (S35). In this process, the main CPU 93 generates data for an initialization command (setting change command) to be transmitted to the sub-control circuit 101, and stores the command data in a communication data storage area provided in the main RAM 95. The initialization command stored in the communication data storage area is transmitted from the main control circuit 91 to the sub control circuit 101 by the communication data transmission process in the interrupt process described later with reference to FIG. 252. The initialization command data includes, for example, information such as a set value, an RT state, and various parameters determined when the setting is changed. Then, after the processing of S35, the main CPU 93 ends the initialization processing at the time of turning on the power, and shifts the processing to S2 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

In the present embodiment, as described above, an example of monitoring whether or not a power failure has occurred for 2 hours or more will be described on the main side, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the power failure is 2 hours. The sub side may monitor whether or not the above has occurred.

[Power failure recovery processing]
Next, with reference to FIG. 205, the power failure recovery process performed in S32 during the initialization process (see FIG. 204) at the time of turning on the power will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the backup is normal (S41). In this determination process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the backup is normal by performing error detection using the checksum value.

In S41, when the main CPU 93 determines that the backup is normal (when the determination in S41 is YES), the main CPU 93 returns the set value to the state before the power failure based on the backup data (S42). Then, after the process of S42, the main CPU 93 ends the power failure recovery process, and shifts the process to S33 of the initialization process (see FIG. 204) at the time of turning on the power.

On the other hand, in S41, when the main CPU 93 determines that the backup is not normal (when the determination in S41 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs power-on error processing (S43). In this process, the main CPU 93 notifies that the backup is not normal by displaying an error or the like.

[Setting change processing]
Next, with reference to FIG. 206, the setting change process performed in S34 during the initialization process (see FIG. 204) at the time of turning on the power will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a set process of the main game state (S51). In this process, the main CPU 93 sets the RT0 state to the main game state. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the normal flag to the ON state (S52). By this process, the normal state is set to the ball ejection state managed on the main side.

Next, the main CPU 93 sets “1” (initial value) in the cycle count counter (S53). The cycle count counter is a counter for counting the number of cycles of a game in a normal state continuously executed after the end of ART or after the power is restored, and is provided in the main RAM 95. In addition, the value of the cycle count counter is periodically updated in the range of 1 to 5, and is updated (+1 addition) when ART non-winning (battle defeat) is confirmed in the game in the CZ state. At this time, if the value of the cycle count counter after the update exceeds "5", the value of the cycle count counter is returned (reset) to "1" (initial value). Further, even when the ART winning is confirmed in the game in the CZ state, the value of the cycle count counter is returned (reset) to "1" (initial value).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs the first cycle game number lottery process (when the setting is changed) of the normal game (S54). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the first game number lottery table at the time of setting change shown in FIG. 72, and determines the number of initial cycle games based on the set values (settings 1 to 6). Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result (number of initial cycle games) of S54 in the cycle game number counter (S55). The cycle game number counter is a counter for counting the number of remaining cycle games of the normal game in the current cycle, and is provided in the main RAM 95.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs the first cycle game number addition value acquisition process (S56). In this process, the main CPU 93 acquires any of the random number values "0" to "7", and uses the acquired random number value as the added value of the number of games in the first cycle. Next, the main CPU 93 adds the added value of the number of initial cycle games acquired in the process of S56 to the value of the cycle game number counter (S57). By this process, the game period (the number of initial cycle games) in the normal state of the first cycle started after the setting is changed is determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a card rank lottery process (when the setting is changed) (S58). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the card rank lottery table at the time of setting change (Nos. 1 to 3) shown in FIGS. 73A to 73C, and based on the set values (settings 1 to 6), the attack type card and the defense type card. And each card rank (“0”, “1” or “3”) of the reward card is determined. By this process, the initial rank is determined for each of the offensive card, the defensive card, and the reward card of the normal game that is started after the setting is changed. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the card rank (lottery result) of each card determined in the lottery process of S58 (S59).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs the stage lottery process in the first cycle (first cycle) (S60). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the stage lottery table (No. 6: after the setting is changed) shown in FIG. 89F, and based on the set values (settings 1 to 6), the stage (stage A) in the first cycle in the normal state. , B, C or special stage). Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result of S60 in the stage of the first cycle (S61).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs the stage lottery process in the second cycle (next cycle) (S62). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the stage lottery table (No. 6: after the setting is changed) shown in FIG. 89F, and based on the set values (settings 1 to 6), the stage (stage A) in the second cycle in the normal state. , B, C or special stage). Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result of S62 in the stage of the second cycle (S63).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs the enemy character lottery process in the first cycle (first cycle) (S64). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the enemy character lottery table (No. 6: after the setting is changed) shown in FIG. 91C, and based on the set values (settings 1 to 6), in the game in the CZ state in the first cycle. Determine the type of enemy character (one of enemy characters A to F) to play against the main character. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result of S64 to the enemy character in the first cycle (S65).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs the enemy character lottery process in the second cycle (next cycle) (S66). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the enemy character lottery table (No. 6: after the setting is changed) shown in FIG. 91C, and based on the set values (settings 1 to 6), in the game in the CZ state in the second cycle. Determine the type of enemy character (one of enemy characters A to F) to play against the main character. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result of S66 in the enemy character in the second cycle (S67).

Then, after the processing of S67, the main CPU 93 ends the processing at the time of setting change, and shifts the processing to S35 of the initialization processing at the time of turning on the power (see FIG. 204).

[Medal reception / start check processing]
Next, with reference to FIG. 207, the medal acceptance / start check process performed in S3 in the main flow (see FIG. 203) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not there is an automatic input request (S71). The presence or absence of this automatic closing request is performed by determining whether or not the automatic closing counter is "0". That is, when the automatic closing counter is "0", the main CPU 93 determines that there is no automatic closing request, and when the automatic closing counter is "1" or more, it determines that there is an automatic closing request.

The automatic input counter is data for identifying whether or not the display combination related to the replay is established in the previous game. When the display combination related to the re-game is established, the number of medals inserted in the previous game is automatically inserted into the automatic insertion counter.

When the main CPU 93 determines in S71 that there is an automatic closing request (when the determination in S71 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs an automatic closing process (S72). In this process, the value of the automatic input counter is copied to the input number counter, and then the value of the automatic input counter is cleared. After that, the main CPU 93 performs the process of S79 described later.

On the other hand, in S71, when the main CPU 93 determines that there is no automatic insertion request (when the determination in S71 is NO), the main CPU 93 permits the medal acceptance (S73). In this process, the solenoid of the selector 66 (see FIG. 5) is driven, and medals inserted from the medal insertion slot 20 are accepted. The accepted medals are counted and then guided to the hopper device 51.

Next, the main CPU 93 sets the maximum value of the number of inserted medals according to the gaming state (S74). Specifically, the main CPU 93 sets the maximum value of the number of inserted medals to "3".

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the medal acceptance is permitted (S75). When it is determined in S75 that the main CPU 93 is not permitted to accept medals (when the determination in S75 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S79 described later.

On the other hand, when it is determined in S75 that the main CPU 93 is permitted to accept medals (when the determination in S75 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a medal insertion check process (S76). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not a medal has been inserted, and adds "1" to the inserted number counter when the medal is inserted.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a medal insertion command generation / storage process (S77). In this process, the main CPU 93 generates data of a medal insertion command to be transmitted to the sub control circuit 101, and stores the command data in a communication data storage area provided in the main RAM 95. The medal insertion command stored in the communication data storage area is transmitted from the main control circuit 91 to the sub control circuit 101 by the communication data transmission process in the interrupt process described later with reference to FIG. 252. The medal insertion command includes parameters for specifying the number of inserted medals and the like.

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the number of input sheets is the number of sheets that can start the game (S78). In S78, when the main CPU 93 determines that the number of input sheets is not the number of sheets that can start the game (when the determination in S78 is NO), the main CPU 93 returns the process to S75 and repeats the processes after S75. On the other hand, in S78, when the main CPU 93 determines that the number of input sheets is the number of sheets that can start the game (when the determination in S78 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S79 described later. In this embodiment, the number of games that can be started is "3".

After the processing of S72, when the determination in S75 is NO or the determination in S78 is YES, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the start switch 79 is ON (S79). When the main CPU 93 determines in S79 that the start switch 79 is not on (when the determination in S79 is NO), the main CPU 93 returns the process to S75 and repeats the processes after S75.

On the other hand, in S79, when the main CPU 93 determines that the start switch 79 is ON (when the determination in S79 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a medal acceptance prohibition process (S80). By this process, the solenoid of the selector 66 (see FIG. 5) is not driven, and the inserted medal is ejected from the medal payout outlet 32. When this process is completed, the main CPU 93 ends the medal acceptance / start check process and shifts the process to S4 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

[Internal lottery processing]
Next, with reference to FIG. 208, the internal lottery process performed in S6 in the main flow (see FIG. 203) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 sets an internal lottery table according to the main game state (S91). That is, the main CPU 93 grasps the current main game state with reference to the game state flag storage area (see FIG. 100), and based on the internal lottery table determination table (see FIG. 22), the type of the internal lottery table and the number of lottery times. To determine. The number of lottery indicates the number of times for each winning number specified by the internal lottery table to subtract the lottery value and determine whether or not a digit has occurred.

Next, the main CPU 93 acquires the random number value stored in the random number value storage area (S92). Then, the main CPU 93 sets "1" as the initial value of the winning number.

Next, the main CPU 93 refers to the internal lottery table to acquire the lottery value corresponding to the winning number, and subtracts the lottery value from the random number value (S93).

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the calculation result in S93 is less than 0 (negative value) (S94).

In S94, when the main CPU 93 determines that the calculation result is not less than 0 (when the determination in S94 is NO), the main CPU 93 updates the random number value and the winning number (S95). Specifically, the main CPU 93 sets the value of the calculation result as a random value and adds 1 to the winning number.

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not all the winning numbers have been checked (S96). When it is determined in S96 that the main CPU 93 has not checked all the winning numbers (when the determination in S96 is NO), the main CPU 93 returns the process to S93 and repeats the processes after S93.

On the other hand, in S96, when it is determined that the main CPU 93 has checked all the winning numbers (when the determination in S96 is YES), the main CPU 93 sets "0" as the data pointer (S97). In this process, the main CPU 93 sets "0" in each of the small winning combination / replay data pointer and the bonus data pointer.

Here, returning to the processing of S94 again, when the main CPU 93 determines in S94 that the calculation result is less than 0 (negative value) (when the determination in S94 is YES), the main CPU 93 is the current winner. Acquire the small win / replay data pointer and the bonus data pointer according to the numbers (S98).

Then, after the processing of S97 or S98, the main CPU 93 refers to the symbol combination determination table (see FIGS. 43 to 48) and acquires the internal winning combination based on the small combination / replay data pointer and the bonus data pointer. (S99).

Next, the main CPU 93 stores the acquired internal winning combination in the internal winning combination storage area (S100).

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the data stored in the carry-over combination storage area is "00000000000" (S101). In S101, when the main CPU 93 determines that the data stored in the carry-over combination storage area is not "00000000000" (when the determination in S101 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S104 described later.

On the other hand, in S101, when the main CPU 93 determines that the data stored in the carry-over combination storage area is "00000000000" (when the determination in S101 is YES), the main CPU 93 uses the symbol combination determination table (FIGS. 43 to 43). Refer to FIG. 48) to acquire the internal winning combination based on the bonus data pointer (S102).

Next, the main CPU 93 stores the acquired internal winning combination in the carrying-over combination storage area (S103).

After the processing of S103 or when the determination in S101 is NO, the main CPU 93 updates the internal winning combination storage area based on the internal winning combination stored in the carry-over combination storage area (S104).

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the MB is in operation (S105). When the main CPU 93 determines in S105 that the MB is not in operation (NO in S105), the main CPU 93 ends the internal lottery process and shifts the process to S7 in the main flow (see FIG. 203).

On the other hand, in S105, when the main CPU 93 determines that the MB is in operation (when the determination in S105 is YES), the main CPU 93 sets all the bits corresponding to the small winning combination in the internal winning combination storage area to the ON state. (S106). After that, the main CPU 93 ends the internal lottery process, and shifts the process to S7 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

[Lottery processing when lever is on]
Next, with reference to FIG. 209, the lottery process at the time of lever-on performed in S7 in the main flow (see FIG. 203) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a main lottery flag generation process (S111). In this process, the main CPU 93 sets the main lottery flag corresponding to the internal winning combination to the on state, and sets the other main lottery flags to the off state. For example, when the internal winning combination related to the abbreviation "F_bell 1" is won, the main CPU 93 sets only the main lottery flag "F_batting order bell" to the ON state (see FIGS. 58 and 59).

Next, the main CPU 93 refers to the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101) to determine whether or not the ball ejection state is the normal state (S112).

In S112, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is the normal state (when the determination in S112 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the normal intermediate processing (S113). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the normal state. The details of the normal processing will be described later with reference to FIG. 210 described later. Then, after the processing of S113, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing when the lever is turned on, and shifts the processing to S8 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

On the other hand, in S112, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is not the normal state (when the ball ejection state is NO determination), the main CPU 93 refers to the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101) and ejects. It is determined whether or not the ball state is the state at the time of introducing CZ (S114).

In S114, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is the state at the time of introducing CZ (when the determination in S114 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the processing at the time of introducing CZ (S115). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the state when the CZ is introduced. The details of the CZ introduction processing will be described later with reference to FIG. 215 described later. Then, after the processing of S115, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing when the lever is turned on, and shifts the processing to S8 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

On the other hand, in S114, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is not the CZ introduction state (NO determination in S114), the main CPU 93 refers to the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101). , It is determined whether or not the ball ejection state is in the CZ middle state (S116).

In S116, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is in the CZ middle state (when the determination in S116 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the CZ middle process (S117). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the CZ middle state. The details of the processing during CZ will be described later with reference to FIG. 217 described later. Then, after the processing of S117, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing when the lever is turned on, and shifts the processing to S8 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

On the other hand, in S116, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is not in the CZ middle state (when the ball ejection state is NO determination), the main CPU 93 refers to the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101). It is determined whether or not the ball ejection state is in the ART preparation state (S118).

In S118, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is in the ART preparation state (YES in S118), the main CPU 93 performs the ART preparation process (S119). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the ART preparation state. The details of the ART preparation process will be described later with reference to FIG. 221 described later. Then, after the processing of S119, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on, and shifts the processing to S8 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

On the other hand, in S118, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is not in the ART preparation state (NO determination in S118), the main CPU 93 refers to the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101). , It is determined whether or not the ball ejection state is an additional specialized state (S120).

In S120, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is the addition specialization state (when the determination in S120 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the addition specialization processing (S121). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the additional specialized state. The details of the process during addition specialization will be described later with reference to FIG. 224 described later. Then, after the processing of S121, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing when the lever is turned on, and shifts the processing to S8 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

On the other hand, in S120, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is not an additional specialized state (when the determination in S120 is NO), the main CPU 93 refers to the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101). , It is determined whether or not the ball ejection state is the ART state (S122).

In S122, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is the ART state (when the determination in S122 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the processing during ART (S123). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the ART state. The details of the processing during ART will be described later with reference to FIG. 228 described later. Then, after the processing of S123, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing when the lever is turned on, and shifts the processing to S8 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

On the other hand, in S122, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is not the ART state (when the ball ejection state is NO determination), the main CPU 93 refers to the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101) and ejects. It is determined whether or not the ball state is in the ART fall waiting state (S124).

In S124, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is the ART fall waiting state (when the determination in S124 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the ART fall waiting process (S125). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the ART fall waiting state. The details of the ART fall waiting process will be described later with reference to FIG. 232 described later. Then, after the processing of S125, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing when the lever is turned on, and shifts the processing to S8 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

On the other hand, in S124, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is not the ART fall waiting state (NO determination in S124), the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process when the lever is turned on, and performs the process in the main flow (FIG. 203). (See), move to S8.

[Normal processing]
Next, with reference to FIG. 210, the normal processing performed in S113 during the lever-on lottery processing (see FIG. 209) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an NBB (BB1 or BB2) winning game (S131). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an NBB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S131, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is the NBB winning game (when the determination in S131 is YES), the main CPU 93 normally performs the NBB winning lottery process (S132). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed at the time of winning the NBB in the normal state. The details of the lottery process at the time of winning the normal NBB will be described later with reference to FIG. 211 described later. Then, after the processing of S132, the main CPU 93 ends the normal middle processing, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S131, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the NBB winning game (when the determination in S131 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the NBB state (S133). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the NBB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S133, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the NBB state (when the determination in S133 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process during normal NBB (S134). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the NBB state in the normal state. The details of the lottery process during normal NBB will be described later with reference to FIG. 212 described later. Then, after the processing of S134, the main CPU 93 ends the normal middle processing, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S133, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the NBB state (when the determination in S133 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the SBB (BB3) state. Determine (S135). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the SBB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S135, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the SBB state (when the determination in S135 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process during BB (S136). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the SBB state in the normal state. The details of the lottery process during BB will be described later with reference to FIG. 213 described later. Then, after the processing of S136, the main CPU 93 ends the normal middle processing, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S135, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the SBB state (when the determination in S135 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an MB winning game (S137). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an MB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S137, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is the MB winning game (when the determination in S137 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a general lottery process (S138). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the MB winning game in the normal state. The details of the general lottery process will be described later with reference to FIG. 214 described later. Then, after the processing of S138, the main CPU 93 ends the normal middle processing, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S137, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the MB winning game (when the determination in S137 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the MB state (S139). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the MB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S139, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the MB state (when the determination in S139 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a general lottery process (S140). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the MB state in the normal state. In the general middle lottery process performed in the process of S140, the same lottery process as the general middle lottery process of S138 performed when the current game is determined to be the MB winning game is performed. The details of the general lottery process will be described later with reference to FIG. 214 described later. Then, after the processing of S140, the main CPU 93 ends the normal middle processing, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S139, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the MB state (when the determination in S139 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the BB internal state. (S141). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the BB internal middle state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S141, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the BB internal middle state (when the determination in S141 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs a general lottery process (S142). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the no-BB internal medium state in the normal state. In the general middle lottery process performed in the process of S142, the general middle lottery process of S138 performed when the current game is determined to be the MB winning game, and the determination that the current game is a game in the MB state. A lottery process similar to the general middle lottery process of S140 performed at the time of this is performed. The details of the general lottery process will be described later with reference to FIG. 214 described later. Then, after the processing of S142, the main CPU 93 ends the normal middle processing, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S141, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the BB internal medium state (when the determination in S141 is YES), the main CPU 93 ends the normal processing and the lottery process when the lever is turned on (when the lever is turned on). (See FIG. 209) also ends.

[Normal NBB winning lottery processing]
Next, with reference to FIG. 211, a lottery process at the time of winning the normal NBB performed in S132 during the normal process (see FIG. 210) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a card promotion lottery process (S151). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the card promotion lottery table (see FIGS. 64 and 65), the game status (stage type, lottery state), set values (settings 1 to 6), and the main lottery flag (internal winning combination). ) To determine whether or not the card rank has been promoted (winning / non-winning).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a card promotion attribute lottery process (S152). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the card promotion attribute lottery table (see FIGS. 67A to 67D), and has an attribute (settings 1 to 6) for promoting the card rank based on the game status (stage type) and set values (settings 1 to 6). Determine the offensive, defensive, or reward system).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a card promotion number lottery process (S153). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the card promotion count lottery table (see FIGS. 68 and 69), the promotion form (normal promotion or non-stay promotion), the set value (settings 1 to 6), and the main lottery flag (internal). The number of card rank ups (1, 2, 3, 5 or 9) is determined based on the winning combination).

When the attributes of the rank-up card determined in S152 are the same as the attributes of the current stage (for example, when the attack card is ranked up in stage A), the main CPU 93 is shown in FIG. 68. The number of card promotion numbers is determined by referring to the card promotion number lottery table (Part 1: Normal promotion) shown in. On the other hand, when the attribute of the rank-up card determined in S152 is different from the attribute of the current stage (for example, when the defensive card is ranked up in stage A), the main CPU 93 is shown in FIG. Number of card promotion The number of card rank ups is determined by referring to the lottery table (Part 2: Non-stay promotion).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a card rank update process (S154). In this process, the main CPU 93 reflects the lottery result of the card rank promotion lottery performed in S151 to S153 in the card rank.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs an enemy character promotion lottery process (S155). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the enemy character promotion lottery table (see FIG. 92) at the time of NBB winning, and determines the winning or non-winning of the enemy character promotion lottery based on the set values (settings 1 to 6).

Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result of S155 to the enemy character (S156). If the currently set enemy character is one of the enemy characters A to E and the lottery result of S155 is won, the main CPU 93 sets the enemy character F to the enemy character. Further, when the currently set enemy character is the enemy character F and the lottery result of S155 is won, the main CPU 93 sets the enemy character G, which is confirmed to win the ART, as the enemy character. On the other hand, if the lottery result of S155 is non-winning, the main CPU 93 does not update the enemy character.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery state transition lottery process (S157). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the lottery state transition lottery table (see FIGS. 70A and 70B), and is based on the current lottery state, set values (settings 1 to 6), and main lottery flag (internal winning combination). Determine the low or high accuracy lottery state. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result (high accuracy or low accuracy) of S157 as the lottery state (S158).

Next, the main CPU 93 sets the value of the instruction generation counter to "2" (S159). The instruction generation counter is a counter provided for determining the timing of executing the notification of the BB role (red 7 navigation, blue navigation or BAR navigation) using the instruction display unit (not shown) at the time of winning the BB. .. The value of the instruction generation counter is decremented by 1 each time one game is digested after winning the BB, and when the value of the instruction generation counter becomes "0", the instruction display unit notifies the BB combination. Therefore, as in the present embodiment, when NBB (BB1 or BB2) wins and the value of the instruction generation counter is set to "2" in the normal state, two games are digested after winning the BB. Then, the notification of the BB role (red 7 navigation or blue 7 navigation) by the instruction display unit is executed.

Then, after the process of S159, the main CPU 93 ends the normal middle NBB winning lottery process, and also ends the normal middle process (see FIG. 210).

[Normal NBB lottery processing]
Next, with reference to FIG. 212, a lottery process during normal NBB performed in S134 during normal process (see FIG. 210) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a card promotion lottery process (S161). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the card promotion lottery table (see FIG. 66), and based on the set value (settings 1 to 6) and the main lottery flag (internal winning combination), whether or not the card rank is promoted (winning). / Non-winning) is decided.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a card promotion attribute lottery process (S162). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the card promotion attribute lottery table (see FIG. 67E), and the attribute (attack system, defense system, or reward system) that promotes the card rank based on the set value (settings 1 to 6). To determine.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a card promotion number lottery process (S163). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the card promotion count lottery table (see FIGS. 68 and 69), the promotion form (normal promotion or non-stay promotion), the set value (settings 1 to 6), and the main lottery flag (internal). The number of card rank ups (1, 2, 3, 5 or 9) is determined based on the winning combination).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a card rank update process (S164). In this process, the main CPU 93 reflects the lottery result of the card rank promotion lottery performed in S161 to S163 in the card rank. Then, after the process of S164, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process during the normal NBB, and also ends the normal process (see FIG. 210).

[Lottery processing during BB]
Next, with reference to FIG. 213, the BB lottery process performed in S136 during the normal process (see FIG. 210) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process by adding the number of ART games in the special BB (S171). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the lottery table for adding the number of ART games in the special BB (see FIGS. 84 and 85), and is based on the set value (settings 1 to 6) and the main lottery flag (internal winning combination). The number of ART additional games (0G, + 10G, + 20G, + 30G, + 50G, + 100G, + 200G or + 300G) is determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 adds the lottery result (the number of ART added games) of S171 to the ART game number counter (S172). The ART game number counter is a counter for counting the number of remaining ART games, and is provided in the main RAM 95. Then, after the process of S172, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process during BB, and also ends the normal process (see FIG. 210).

[General lottery processing]
Next, with reference to FIG. 214, the general middle lottery processing performed in S138 (MB winning game), S140 (in MB) or S142 (inside BB) during the normal middle processing (see FIG. 210) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a card promotion lottery process (S181). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the card promotion lottery table (see FIGS. 64 and 65), the game status (stage type, lottery state), set values (settings 1 to 6), and the main lottery flag (internal winning combination). ) To determine whether or not the card rank has been promoted (winning / non-winning).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a card promotion attribute lottery process (S182). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the card promotion attribute lottery table (see FIGS. 67A to 67D), and has an attribute (settings 1 to 6) for promoting the card rank based on the game status (stage type) and set values (settings 1 to 6). Determine the offensive, defensive, or reward system).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a card promotion number lottery process (S183). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the card promotion count lottery table (see FIGS. 68 and 69), the promotion form (normal promotion or non-stay promotion), the set value (settings 1 to 6), and the main lottery flag (internal). The number of card rank ups (1, 2, 3, 5 or 9) is determined based on the winning combination).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a card rank update process (S184). In this process, the main CPU 93 reflects the lottery result of the card rank promotion lottery performed in S181 to S183 in the card rank.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery state transition lottery process (S185). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the lottery state transition lottery table (see FIGS. 70A and 70B), and is based on the current lottery state, set values (settings 1 to 6), and main lottery flag (internal winning combination). Determine the low or high accuracy lottery state. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result (high accuracy or low accuracy) of S185 as the lottery state (S186).

Next, the main CPU 93 subtracts 1 from the value of the periodic game number counter (S187). Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the value of the periodic game number counter is "0" (S188).

In S188, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the periodic game number counter is not "0" (when the determination in S188 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the general middle lottery process and the normal middle process (FIG. 210). See) also ends. On the other hand, in S188, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the periodic game number counter is "0" (when the determination in S188 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the MB is operating (MB operation or not). S189).

When the main CPU 93 determines in S189 that the MB is not in operation (when the determination in S189 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the general middle lottery process and also ends the normal middle process (see FIG. 210).

On the other hand, in S189, when the main CPU 93 determines that the MB is in operation (when the determination in S189 is YES), the main CPU 93 adds "1" to the value of the periodic game number counter (S190). Then, after the processing of S190, the main CPU 93 ends the general middle lottery processing and also ends the normal middle processing (see FIG. 210).

[Processing at the time of CZ introduction]
Next, with reference to FIG. 215, the CZ introduction processing performed in S115 during the lever-on lottery processing (see FIG. 209) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an NBB (BB1 or BB2) winning game (S201). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an NBB (BB1 or BB2) winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S201, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is an NBB winning game (when the determination in S201 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process at the time of introducing CZ (S202). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed at the time of winning the NBB in the state at the time of introducing the CZ. The details of the lottery process at the time of introducing CZ will be described later with reference to FIG. 216 described later. Then, after the processing of S202, the main CPU 93 ends the processing at the time of introducing CZ, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S201, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the NBB winning game (when the determination in S201 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the NBB state (S203). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the NBB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S203, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the NBB state (when the determination in S203 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the BB lottery process described with reference to FIG. 213 (S204). Then, after the processing of S204, the main CPU 93 ends the processing at the time of introducing CZ, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S203, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the NBB state (when the determination in S203 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the SBB (BB3) state. Determine (S205). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the SBB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S205, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the SBB state (when the determination in S205 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the BB lottery process described with reference to FIG. 213 (S206). Then, after the processing of S206, the main CPU 93 ends the processing at the time of introducing CZ, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S205, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the SBB state (when the determination in S205 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an MB winning game (S207). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an MB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S207, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is the MB winning game (when the determination in S207 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process at the time of introducing CZ (S208). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed at the time of winning the MB in the state at the time of introducing the CZ. In the CZ introduction lottery process performed in the process of S208, the same lottery process as the CZ introduction time lottery process of S202 performed when the current game is determined to be the NBB winning game is performed. The details of the lottery process at the time of introducing CZ will be described later with reference to FIG. 216 described later. Then, after the processing of S208, the main CPU 93 ends the processing at the time of introducing CZ, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S207, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the MB winning game (when the determination in S207 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the BB internal state. (S209). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the BB internal middle state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S209, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the BB internal state (NO determination in S209), the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process at the time of introducing CZ (S210). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the no-BB internal medium state in the state when the CZ is introduced. In the CZ introduction lottery process performed in the process of S210, the CZ introduction time lottery process of S202 performed when the current game is determined to be the NBB winning game, and the current game is the MB winning game. A lottery process similar to the lottery process at the time of introducing CZ of S208, which is performed when the determination is made, is performed. The details of the lottery process at the time of introducing CZ will be described later with reference to FIG. 216 described later. Then, after the processing of S210, the main CPU 93 ends the processing at the time of introducing CZ, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S209, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the BB internal medium state (when the determination in S209 is YES), the main CPU 93 ends the CZ introduction processing and the lever-on lottery processing. (See FIG. 209) also ends.

[Lottery processing when introducing CZ]
Next, with reference to FIG. 216, the lottery process at the time of CZ introduction performed in S202 (at the time of winning the NBB), S208 (at the time of winning the MB) or S210 (inside the inside of the BB) during the processing at the time of CZ introduction (see FIG. 215). explain.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the value of the cycle count counter is larger than "1" (S211).

When the main CPU 93 determines in S211 that the value of the cycle count counter is not larger than "1" (when the determination in S211 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S216 described later. On the other hand, in S211 when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the cycle count counter is larger than "1" (when the determination in S221 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the ranks of all the cards are "0". (S212).

In S212, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ranks of all the cards are not "0" (when the determination in S212 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S216 described later. On the other hand, in S212, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ranks of all the cards are "0" (when the determination in S212 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the battle victory rewriting lottery process (S213). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the common lottery table (see FIG. 62E) having a winning probability of 55%, and determines the winning / non-winning of the battle victory rewriting lottery based on the set values (settings 1 to 6).

In this embodiment, an example in which a battle victory rewrite lottery is performed when the card ranks of all the cards are "0" when CZ is introduced in a cycle other than the first cycle (after setting change and immediately after the end of ART). As described above, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, even if the card ranks of all the cards are "9" or "10" at the time of introducing CZ, the battle victory rewriting lottery may be performed.

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the lottery of S213 has been won (S214). In S214, when the main CPU 93 determines that the lottery of S213 has not been won (when the determination in S214 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S216 described later.

On the other hand, in S214, when the main CPU 93 determines that the lottery process of S213 has been won (when the determination in S214 is YES), the main CPU 93 sets the win rewrite flag to the ON state (S215). By this process, even if ART non-winning is confirmed (battle defeat) in the game in the CZ state, the result of ART non-winning confirmation (battle defeat) at the end of the CZ state becomes the result of ART winning confirmation (battle victory). Can be rewritten.

After the processing of S215, or when S211, S212, or S214 is determined to be NO, the main CPU 93 sets the initial life values (see FIG. 14) of the main character and the enemy character in the current cycle (S216). Next, the main CPU 93 performs a CZ-specified number of games shortening lottery process (S217). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the CZ specified number of games shortening lottery table (see FIGS. 74 to 78), and the card rank, set value (settings 1 to 6) and main lottery flag of the reward card at the time of introducing CZ. Based on (internal winning combination), the number of shortened games (0 games, 5 games, 10 games, 20 games, 30 games or 50 games) of the CZ specified number of games is determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 subtracts the lottery result (number of shortened games) of S217 from the initial value "70" of the number of CZ specified games, and sets the subtracted value to the number of CZ specified games (S218). Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an NBB winning game (S219).

In S219, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the NBB winning game (when the determination in S219 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process at the time of introducing CZ and processes at the time of introducing CZ (see FIG. 215). Also ends.

On the other hand, in S219, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is the NBB winning game (when the determination in S219 is YES), the main CPU 93 sets the value of the instruction generation counter to "1" (S220). That is, in the present embodiment, when the NBB (BB1 or BB2) is won in the state when the CZ is introduced, when one game is digested after the BB is won, the instruction display unit notifies the BB role (Red 7 Navi or Blue 7 Navi) is executed. Then, after the processing of S220, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing at the time of introducing CZ, and also ends the processing at the time of introducing CZ (see FIG. 215).

[Processing during CZ]
Next, with reference to FIG. 217, the CZ processing performed in S117 during the lever-on lottery processing (see FIG. 209) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the NBB state (S231). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the NBB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S231, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the NBB state (when the determination in S231 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the BB lottery process described with reference to FIG. 213 (S232). Then, after the processing of S232, the main CPU 93 ends the processing during CZ, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S231, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the NBB state (when the determination in S231 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the SBB (BB3) state. Determine (S233). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the SB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S233, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the SBB state (when the determination in S233 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the BB lottery process described with reference to FIG. 213 (S234). Then, after the processing of S234, the main CPU 93 ends the processing during CZ, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S233, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the SBB state (when the determination in S233 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an MB winning game (S235). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an MB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S235, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is an MB winning game (when the determination in S235 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process during CZ (S236). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed at the time of winning the MB in the CZ middle state. The details of the lottery process during CZ will be described later with reference to FIG. 218 described later. Then, after the processing of S236, the main CPU 93 ends the processing during CZ, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S235, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the MB winning game (when the determination in S235 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the MB state (S237). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the MB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S237, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the MB state (when the determination in S237 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process during the MB in CZ (S238). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed during the MB operation in the CZ state. The details of the lottery process in the MB in the CZ will be described later with reference to FIG. 220 described later. Then, after the processing of S238, the main CPU 93 ends the processing during CZ, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S237, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the MB state (when the determination in S237 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the BB internal state. (S239). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the BB internal middle state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S239, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the BB internal medium state (when the determination in S239 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process during CZ (S240). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the no-BB internal medium state in the CZ medium state. In the CZ medium lottery process performed in the process of S240, the same lottery process as the CZ medium lottery process of S236 performed when the current game is determined to be the MB winning game is performed. The details of the lottery process during CZ will be described later with reference to FIG. 218 described later. Then, after the processing of S240, the main CPU 93 ends the processing during CZ and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S239, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the BB internal medium state (when the determination in S239 is YES), the main CPU 93 ends the CZ processing and the lever-on lottery processing (when the lever is turned on). (See FIG. 209) also ends.

[Lottery processing during CZ]
Next, with reference to FIG. 218, the lottery process during CZ performed in S236 (at the time of winning MB) or S240 (inside BB) during the process during CZ (see FIG. 217) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a battle offensive and defensive lottery process (S251). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines the subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character and the increase / decrease value of the life value of the main character. The details of the battle offense and defense lottery process will be described later with reference to FIG. 219 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a card skill activation lottery process (S252). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the common lottery table of the winning probability corresponding to the skill effect activation probability defined by the skill effect of each card, and based on the set value (settings 1 to 6), each card. Determine the winning / non-winning of the activation of the skill effect of. For example, when the card rank of the attacking card is "2", the skill effect is activated with a 50% probability (see FIG. 11), so that the main CPU 93 is a common lottery with a winning probability of 50% shown in FIG. 62D. Refer to the table and determine whether or not the skill effect of the attacking card is activated (winning / non-winning) based on the set values (settings 1 to 6).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery result reflection process of the battle offensive and defensive lottery process and the card skill activation lottery process (S253). In this process, for example, the life value of the main character is based on the results of the battle offense and defense lottery process and the card skill activation lottery process (subtraction value or addition value of the life value of the main character, subtraction value of the life value of the enemy character, etc.). Update (subtraction, addition or maintenance) processing, or update (subtraction or maintenance) processing of the life value of the enemy character is performed.

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the battle victory has been confirmed based on the result of the reflection process in S253 (S254). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the life value of the enemy character is "0" or less. In this embodiment, even if the life value of the main character and the life value of the enemy character are simultaneously "0" or less, the judgment process of S254 refers to the life value of the enemy character and the main character. Does not refer to the life value of (The reference process of the life value of the main character is performed in the process of S256 described later). Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the life value of the main character and the life value of the enemy character are simultaneously "0" or less, the result of the determination process of S254 is a battle victory (ART winning).

In S254, when the main CPU 93 determines that the battle victory has been confirmed (when the determination in S254 is YES), the main CPU 93 sets the victory confirmation flag (ART winning confirmation flag) to the ON state (S255). By this process, the game in the ART preparing state is started from the next game. Then, after the processing of S255, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing during CZ and also ends the processing during CZ (see FIG. 217).

On the other hand, in S254, when the main CPU 93 determines that the battle victory has not been confirmed (when the determination in S254 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the battle defeat has been confirmed (S256). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the life value of the main character is "0" or less.

In S256, when the main CPU 93 determines that the battle defeat is confirmed (when the determination in S256 is YES), the main CPU 93 sets the defeat confirmation flag (ART non-winning confirmation flag) to the ON state (S257). Then, after the processing of S257, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing during CZ and also ends the processing during CZ (see FIG. 217).

On the other hand, in S256, when the main CPU 93 determines that the battle defeat is not confirmed (when the determination in S256 is NO), the main CPU 93 subtracts 1 from the CZ specified number of games (S258). Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the number of CZ specified games is "0" (S259).

When the main CPU 93 determines in S259 that the number of CZ specified games is not "0" (when the determination in S259 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process during CZ and processes during CZ (see FIG. 217). Also ends.

On the other hand, in S259, when the main CPU 93 determines that the number of CZ specified games is "0" (when the determination in S259 is YES), the main CPU 93 sets the victory confirmation flag (ART winning confirmation flag) to the ON state. (S260). By this process, the game in the ART preparing state is started from the next game. Then, after the processing of S260, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing during CZ and also ends the processing during CZ (see FIG. 217).

[Battle offense and defense lottery processing]
Next, with reference to FIG. 219, the battle offensive and defensive lottery process performed in S251 during the CZ middle lottery process (see FIG. 218) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the main lottery flag is "replay" (S261).

In S261, when the main CPU 93 determines that the main lottery flag is "replay" (when the determination in S261 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the third battle offensive and defensive lottery process (S262). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the third battle offense and defense lottery table (see FIG. 82), and draws "no offense and defense" or "hero character_life +100" based on the set values (settings 1 to 6). To determine as. Then, after the processing of S262, the main CPU 93 ends the battle offensive / defensive lottery process, and shifts the process to S252 of the CZ middle lottery process (see FIG. 218).

On the other hand, in S261, when the main CPU 93 determines that the main lottery flag is not "replay" (when S261 is NO determination), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the main lottery flag is "missing" ( S263).

In S263, when the main CPU 93 determines that the main lottery flag is "missing" (YES in S263), the main CPU 93 performs the second battle offensive and defensive lottery process (S264). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the second battle offensive and defensive lottery table (see FIGS. 81A to 81F), and sets the set enemy character types (enemy characters A to F) and set values (settings 1 to 6). Based on this, "no offense and defense" or "hero character_life-100" is determined as the lottery result. Then, after the processing of S264, the main CPU 93 ends the battle offensive and defensive lottery processing, and shifts the processing to S252 of the CZ middle lottery processing (see FIG. 218).

On the other hand, in S263, when the main CPU 93 determines that the main lottery flag is not "missing" (NO in S263), the main CPU 93 performs the first battle offensive and defensive lottery process (S265). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the first battle offensive and defensive lottery table (see FIGS. 79 and 80), and based on the main lottery flag (internal winning combination) and the set value (settings 1 to 6), "no offense and defense". , "Protagonist character_Life-100", "Protagonist character_Life-200", "Protagonist character_Life-300", "Protagonist character_Life-500", "Protagonist character_Life-700", "Protagonist character" _Life-1000 "or" Winning confirmed "is decided as the lottery result. Then, after the processing of S265, the main CPU 93 ends the battle offensive and defensive lottery processing, and shifts the processing to S252 of the CZ middle lottery processing (see FIG. 218).

[Lottery processing during MB during CZ]
Next, with reference to FIG. 220, the lottery process in MB in CZ performed in S238 (in MB) in the process in CZ (see FIG. 217) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a point acquisition lottery process during MB (S271). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the middle MB middle point lottery table in CZ (see FIG. 83), and 0 points and 1 point based on the main lottery flag (internal winning combination) and set values (settings 1 to 6). 2, 2 points, 3 points or 5 points are determined as the lottery result.

Next, the main CPU 93 adds the lottery result (acquisition point) of S271 to the value of the point counter in MB (S272). The MB medium point counter is a counter for counting the total points acquired by the MB medium point acquisition lottery process during the game period during the CZ state and during the MB operation, and is provided in the main RAM 95.

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is the final game of MB (S273). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the total number of medals to be paid out during the MB period exceeds 45 when medals are paid out in the game (the bonus end number counter is "0" in the current game. If the total number of medals paid out during the MB period in the game exceeds 45, it is determined that the current game is the final game of the MB.

In S273, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the final game of MB (when the determination in S273 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process during CZ and also performs the process during CZ (see FIG. 217). finish.

On the other hand, in S273, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is the final game of the MB (when the determination in S273 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a damage point calculation process (S274). In this process, the main CPU 93 adds "100" to the total number of points acquired during the MB period (value of the point counter in MB), and calculates the accumulated value as damage points given to the enemy character.

Next, the main CPU 93 updates the life value of the enemy character (S275). Specifically, the main CPU 93 subtracts the damage points calculated in S274 from the life value of the enemy character. Then, after the processing of S275, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing during CZ and also ends the processing during CZ (see FIG. 217).

[Processing during ART preparation]
Next, with reference to FIG. 221, the ART preparation process performed in S119 during the lever-on lottery process (see FIG. 209) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an NBB (NBB1 or NBB2) winning game (S281). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an NBB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S281, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is the NBB winning game (when the determination in S281 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the NBB winning lottery process during ART preparation (S282). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed at the time of winning the NBB while the ART is being prepared. The details of the lottery process at the time of winning the NBB during ART preparation will be described later with reference to FIG. 222 described later. Then, after the processing of S282, the main CPU 93 ends the ART preparation processing, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S281, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the NBB winning game (when the determination in S281 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the NBB state (S283). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the NBB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S283, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the NBB state (when the determination in S283 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the BB lottery process described with reference to FIG. 213 (S284). Then, after the process of S284, the main CPU 93 ends the ART preparation process and also ends the lever-on lottery process (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S283, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the NBB state (when the determination in S283 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an SBB (NBB3) winning game. (S285). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an SBB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S285, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is the SBB winning game (when the determination in S285 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the lottery process during ART preparation (S286). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed at the time of winning the SBB while the ART is being prepared. The details of the lottery process during ART preparation will be described later with reference to FIG. 223 described later. Then, after the processing of S286, the main CPU 93 ends the ART preparation processing, and also ends the lever-on lottery processing (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S285, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the SBB winning game (when the determination in S285 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the SBB (BB3) state. (S287). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the SBB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S287, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the SBB state (when the determination in S287 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the BB lottery process described with reference to FIG. 213 (S288). Then, after the processing of S288, the main CPU 93 ends the ART preparation processing, and also ends the lever-on lottery processing (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S287, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the SBB state (when the determination in S287 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an MB winning game (S289). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an MB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S289, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is an MB winning game (when the determination in S289 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs an ART preparation lottery process (S290). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed at the time of winning the MB while the ART is being prepared. In the ART preparation lottery process performed in the process of S290, the same lottery process as the ART preparation lottery process of S286 performed when the current game is determined to be the SBB winning game is performed. The details of the lottery process during preparation for ART will be described later with reference to FIG. 223 described later. Then, after the processing of S290, the main CPU 93 ends the ART preparation processing, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S289, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the MB winning game (when the determination in S289 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the MB state (S291). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the MB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S291, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the MB state (when the determination in S291 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs an ART preparing lottery process (S292). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed during the MB operation while the ART is being prepared. In the ART preparatory lottery process performed in the process of S292, the ART preparatory lottery process of S286 performed when the current game is determined to be the SBB winning game, and the current game is the MB winning game. A lottery process similar to the ART preparatory lottery process of S290 performed when the determination is made is performed. The details of the lottery process during preparation for ART will be described later with reference to FIG. 223 described later. Then, after the processing of S292, the main CPU 93 ends the ART preparation processing, and also ends the lever-on lottery processing (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S291, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the MB state (when the determination in S291 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the BB internal state. (S293). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the BB internal middle state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S293, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the BB internal state (NO determination in S293), the main CPU 93 performs an ART preparation lottery process (S294). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the no-BB internal medium state while the ART is being prepared. In the ART preparing lottery process performed in the process of S294, it is determined that the ART preparing lottery process of S286 performed when the current game is determined to be the SBB winning game and the current game is the MB winning game. The lottery process similar to the ART preparatory lottery process of S290 performed at that time and the ART preparatory lottery process of S292 performed when it is determined that the current game is a game in the MB state is performed. The details of the lottery process during preparation for ART will be described later with reference to FIG. 223 described later. Then, after the processing of S294, the main CPU 93 ends the ART preparation processing, and also ends the lever-on lottery processing (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S293, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the BB internal medium state (when the determination in S293 is YES), the main CPU 93 ends the ART preparation process and the lottery process when the lever is turned on. (See FIG. 209) also ends.

[NBB in preparation for ART lottery processing at the time of winning]
Next, with reference to FIG. 222, the lottery process at the time of winning the ART preparation NBB performed in S282 during the ART preparation process (see FIG. 221) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process by adding the number of ART games at the time of winning the NBB (S301). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the NBB winning ART game number lottery table (see FIG. 88A), and based on the set values (settings 1 to 6), the ART additional games number (0G, + 10G, + 20G, + 30G, + 50G, + 100G, + 200G or + 300G) is determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 adds the lottery result of S301 (the number of games added to ART) to the value of the ART game number counter (S302).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process by adding the number of specialized games (S303). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the lottery table for adding the number of specialized games (see FIGS. 93 to 98), and is based on the lottery state, the main lottery flag (internal winning combination), and the set value (settings 1 to 6). , The number of special games added The winning / non-winning of the lottery is determined, and at the time of winning, the type of addition (combination of the number of special games added and the final game loop rate of specialization) is also determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a process of reflecting the lottery result of the lottery process for adding the number of specialized games (S304). In this process, the main CPU 93 adds the acquired number of specialized additional games to the value of the specialized game number counter, and updates the specialized final game loop rate. At this time, when the value of the special game number counter exceeds the upper limit value (“255” in this embodiment), the main CPU 93 sets the value of the special game number counter to “255”. The specialized game number counter is a counter for counting the number of remaining specialized games in the additional specialized state, and is provided in the main RAM 95. At this time, when the value of the special game number counter exceeds the upper limit value (“255” in this embodiment), the main CPU 93 sets the value of the special game number counter to “255”.

Further, in the update process of the specialized final game loop rate, the main CPU 93 makes the specialized final game loop rate obtained by the lottery by adding the number of specialized games of S303 larger than the currently set specialized final game loop rate. For example, the process of overwriting the latter specialized final game loop rate with the former specialized final game loop rate is performed. On the other hand, if the former specialized final game loop rate is equal to or less than the latter specialized final game loop rate, or if the special drive flag is on, the specialized final game loop rate is not updated. .. If the lottery result of the special game number addition lottery process is non-winning, the special game number counter and the special final game loop rate are not updated in the process of S304.

Next, the main CPU 93 sets the value of the instruction generation counter to "1" (S305). That is, in the present embodiment, when the NBB (BB1 or BB2) is won while the ART is being prepared, when one game is digested after the BB is won, the instruction display unit notifies the BB role (Red 7 Navi or Blue 7 Navi) is executed. Then, after the process of S305, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process at the time of winning the NBB during ART preparation, and also ends the ART preparation process (see FIG. 221).

[Lottery processing during ART preparation]
Next, with reference to FIG. 223, it is performed in S286 (at the time of SBB winning), S290 (at the time of MB winning), S292 (in MB) or S294 (inside BB) during the ART preparation process (see FIG. 221). The lottery process during ART preparation will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process by adding the number of specialized games (S311). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the lottery table for adding the number of specialized games (see FIGS. 93 to 98), and is based on the lottery state, the main lottery flag (internal winning combination), and the set value (settings 1 to 6). , The number of special games added The winning / non-winning of the lottery is determined, and at the time of winning, the type of addition (combination of the number of special games added and the final game loop rate of specialization) is also determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a process of reflecting the lottery result of the lottery process for adding the number of specialized games (S312). In this process, the main CPU 93 adds the acquired number of specialized additional games to the value of the specialized game number counter, and updates the specialized final game loop rate. At this time, when the value of the special game number counter exceeds the upper limit value (“255” in this embodiment), the main CPU 93 sets the value of the special game number counter to “255”.

Further, in the update process of the specialized final game loop rate, the main CPU 93 makes the specialized final game loop rate obtained by the lottery by adding the number of specialized games of S311 larger than the currently set specialized final game loop rate. For example, the process of overwriting the latter specialized final game loop rate with the former specialized final game loop rate is performed. On the other hand, if the former specialized final game loop rate is equal to or less than the latter specialized final game loop rate, or if the special drive flag is on, the specialized final game loop rate is not updated. .. If the lottery result of the special game number addition lottery process is non-winning, the special game number counter and the special final game loop rate are not updated in the process of S312.

Further, when the current game is the SBB winning game, in the processing of S312, the main CPU 93 adds "10" to the value of the special game number counter regardless of the lottery for adding the special game number of S311. Set the specialized final game loop rate to 80% and set the special drive flag to on.

Then, after the processing of S312, the main CPU 93 ends the ART preparing lottery process and also the ART preparing process (see FIG. 221).

[Additional specialization processing]
Next, with reference to FIG. 224, the addition specialization processing performed in S121 during the lever-on lottery processing (see FIG. 209) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an NBB (NBB1 or NBB2) winning game (S321). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an NBB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S321, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is an NBB winning game (when the determination in S321 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs an additional specializing NBB winning lottery process (S322). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed at the time of winning the NBB in the additional specialized state. The details of the lottery process at the time of winning the NBB during the addition specialization will be described later with reference to FIG. 225 described later. Then, after the processing of S322, the main CPU 93 ends the addition specializing processing, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S321, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the NBB winning game (when the determination in S321 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the NBB state (S323). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the NBB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S323, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the NBB state (when the determination in S323 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the BB lottery process described with reference to FIG. 213 (S324). Then, after the processing of S324, the main CPU 93 ends the addition specializing processing, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S323, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the NBB state (when the determination in S323 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an SBB (NBB3) winning game. (S325). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an SBB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S325, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is the SBB winning game (when the determination in S325 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the addition specializing SBB winning lottery process (S326). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed at the time of winning the SBB in the additional specialized state. The details of the lottery process at the time of winning the SBB during the addition specialization will be described later with reference to FIG. 226 described later. Then, after the process of S326, the main CPU 93 ends the process during addition specialization, and also ends the lottery process at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S325, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the SBB winning game (when the determination in S325 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the SBB (BB3) state. (S327). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the SBB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S327, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the SBB state (when the determination in S327 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the BB lottery process described with reference to FIG. 213 (S328). Then, after the processing of S328, the main CPU 93 ends the addition specializing processing, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S327, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the SBB state (when the determination in S327 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an MB winning game (S329). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an MB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S329, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is an MB winning game (when the determination in S329 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs an additional specialization middle lottery process (S330). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed at the time of winning the MB in the additional specialized state. The details of the lottery process during the addition specialization will be described later with reference to FIG. 227 described later. Then, after the processing of S330, the main CPU 93 ends the addition specializing processing, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S329, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the MB winning game (when the determination in S329 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the MB state (S331). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the MB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S331, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the MB state (when the determination in S331 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process during addition specialization (S332). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed during the MB operation in the additional specialized state. In the additional specialization intermediate lottery process performed in the process of S332, the same lottery process as the additional specialization intermediate lottery process performed when the current game is determined to be the MB winning game is performed. The details of the lottery process during the addition specialization will be described later with reference to FIG. 227 described later. Then, after the processing of S332, the main CPU 93 ends the addition specializing processing, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S331, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the MB state (when the determination in S331 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the BB internal state. (S333). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the BB internal middle state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S333, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the BB internal medium state (when the determination in S333 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs an additional specialization middle lottery process (S334). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the no-BB internal medium state in the additional specialized state. In addition, in the addition specialization middle lottery processing performed in the processing of S334, the addition specialization middle lottery processing of S330 performed when it is determined that the current game is the MB winning game, and the game in which the current game is in the MB state. A lottery process similar to the additional specialization middle lottery process of S332, which is performed when it is determined to be, is performed. The details of the lottery process during the addition specialization will be described later with reference to FIG. 227 described later. Then, after the processing of S334, the main CPU 93 ends the addition specializing processing, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S333, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the BB internal medium state (when the determination in S333 is YES), the main CPU 93 ends the addition specializing processing and draws when the lever is turned on. The process (see FIG. 209) also ends.

[NBB specializing in additions, lottery processing at the time of winning]
Next, with reference to FIG. 225, the lottery process at the time of winning the additional specialization NBB performed in S322 during the additional specialization intermediate process (see FIG. 224) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process by adding the number of ART games at the time of winning the NBB (S341). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the NBB winning ART game number lottery table (see FIG. 88B), and based on the set values (settings 1 to 6), the ART additional games number (0G, + 10G, + 20G, + 30G, + 50G, + 100G, + 200G or + 300G) is determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 adds the lottery result of S341 (the number of games added to ART) to the value of the ART game number counter (S342).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process by adding the number of ART games being specialized (S343). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the special lottery table for adding the number of ART games (see FIGS. 86 and 87), and based on the main lottery flag (internal winning combination) and the set value (settings 1 to 6). The number of ART additional games (0G, + 10G, + 20G, + 30G, + 50G, + 100G, + 200G or + 300G) is determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 adds the lottery result of S343 (the number of games added to ART) to the value of the ART game number counter (S344).

Next, the main CPU 93 sets the value of the instruction generation counter to "3" (S345). That is, in the present embodiment, when the NBB (BB1 or BB2) is won in the additional specialization state, when 3 games are digested after the BB winning, the instruction display unit notifies the BB role (red 7 navigation or Blue 7 Navi) is executed. Then, after the processing of S345, the main CPU 93 ends the addition specializing NBB winning lottery processing, and also ends the addition specializing processing (see FIG. 224).

[Specializing in addition SBB lottery processing at the time of winning]
Next, with reference to FIG. 226, the lottery process at the time of winning the additional specialization SBB performed in S326 during the additional specialization intermediate process (see FIG. 224) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process by adding the number of ART games being specialized (S351). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the special lottery table for adding the number of ART games (see FIGS. 86 and 87), and based on the main lottery flag (internal winning combination) and the set value (settings 1 to 6). The number of ART additional games (0G, + 10G, + 20G, + 30G, + 50G, + 100G, + 200G or + 300G) is determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 adds the lottery result of S351 (the number of games added to ART) to the value of the ART game number counter (S352). Then, after the processing of S352, the main CPU 93 ends the addition specialization intermediate processing (see FIG. 224) as well as the addition specialization intermediate processing at the time of winning the SBB.

[Lottery processing during addition specialization]
Next, with reference to FIG. 227, the extra specialization intermediate lottery processing performed in S330 (at the time of MB winning), S332 (in MB) or S334 (inside BB) during the additional specialization intermediate processing (see FIG. 224). Will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process by adding the number of ART games being specialized (S361). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the special lottery table for adding the number of ART games (see FIGS. 86 and 87), and based on the main lottery flag (internal winning combination) and the set value (settings 1 to 6). The number of ART additional games (0G, + 10G, + 20G, + 30G, + 50G, + 100G, + 200G or + 300G) is determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 adds the lottery result of S361 (the number of games added to ART) to the value of the ART game number counter (S362).

Next, the main CPU 93 subtracts 1 from the value of the specialized game number counter (S363). Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the value of the specialized game number counter is "0" (S364).

In S364, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the specialized game number counter is not "0" (when the determination in S364 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process during the addition specialization and also specializes in the addition. The intermediate processing (see FIG. 224) is also completed.

On the other hand, in S364, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the specialized game number counter is "0" (when the determination in S364 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the MB is operating. (S365). When the main CPU 93 determines in S365 that the MB is in operation (when the determination in S365 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S368 described later.

On the other hand, in S365, when the main CPU 93 determines that the MB is not in operation (when the determination in S365 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the specialized final game loop lottery process (S366). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the common lottery table of the winning probability corresponding to the currently set specialized final game loop rate, and based on the set value (settings 1 to 6), the game in the additional specialized state. Determine the winning / non-winning of continuation. For example, when the currently set specialized final game loop rate is 75%, the main CPU 93 refers to the common lottery table having a winning probability of 75% shown in FIG. 63C, and continues the game in the additional specialized state. Determine the winning / non-winning of.

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the special final game loop lottery of S366 has been won (S367). In S367, when it is determined that the main CPU 93 has not won the specialization final game loop lottery (when the determination in S367 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the addition specialization in-lottery processing and the addition specialization in progress processing. (See FIG. 224) also ends.

On the other hand, in S367, when the main CPU 93 determines that the special final game loop lottery has been won (when the determination in S367 is YES), or when the determination in S365 is YES, the main CPU 93 is the special game number counter. "1" is added to the value (S368). By this process, the ball ejection state of the next game is maintained in the additional specialized state. Then, after the processing of S368, the main CPU 93 ends the addition specialization intermediate lottery process, and also ends the addition specialization intermediate process (see FIG. 224).

[Processing during ART]
Next, with reference to FIG. 228, the ART processing performed in S123 during the lever-on lottery processing (see FIG. 209) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an NBB (NBB1 or NBB2) winning game (S371). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an NBB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S371, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is the NBB winning game (when the determination in S371 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the NBB winning lottery process during ART (S372). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed at the time of winning the NBB in the ART state. The details of the lottery process at the time of winning the NBB during ART will be described later with reference to FIG. 229 described later. Then, after the processing of S372, the main CPU 93 ends the processing during ART, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S371, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the NBB winning game (when the determination in S371 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the NBB state (S373). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the NBB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S373, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the NBB state (when the determination in S373 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the BB lottery process described with reference to FIG. 213 (S374). Then, after the processing of S374, the main CPU 93 ends the processing during ART, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S373, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the NBB state (when the determination in S373 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an SBB (NBB3) winning game. (S375). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an SBB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S375, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is the SBB winning game (when the determination in S375 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the SBB winning lottery process (S376). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed at the time of winning the SBB in the ART state. The details of the lottery process at the time of winning the SBB will be described later with reference to FIG. 230 described later. Then, after the processing of S376, the main CPU 93 ends the processing during ART, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S375, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the SBB winning game (when the determination in S375 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the SBB (BB3) state. (S377). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the SBB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S377, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the SBB state (when the determination in S377 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the BB lottery process described with reference to FIG. 213 (S378). Then, after the processing of S378, the main CPU 93 ends the processing during ART, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S377, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the SBB state (when the determination in S377 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an MB winning game (S379). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an MB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S379, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is an MB winning game (when the determination in S379 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process during ART (S380). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed at the time of winning the MB in the ART state. The details of the lottery process during ART will be described later with reference to FIG. 231 described later. Then, after the processing of S380, the main CPU 93 ends the processing during ART, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S379, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the MB winning game (when the determination in S379 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the MB state (S381). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the MB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S381, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the MB state (when the determination in S381 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process during ART (S382). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed during the MB operation in the ART state. In the ART lottery process performed in the process of S382, the same lottery process as the ART lottery process of S380 performed when the current game is determined to be the MB winning game is performed. The details of the lottery process during ART will be described later with reference to FIG. 231 described later. Then, after the processing of S382, the main CPU 93 ends the processing during ART, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S381, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the MB state (when the determination in S381 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the BB internal state. (S383). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the BB internal middle state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S383, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the BB internal state (NO determination in S383), the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process during ART (S384). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the no-BB internal medium state in the ART state. In the ART lottery process performed in the process of S384, the ART middle lottery process of S380 performed when the current game is determined to be the MB winning game, and the current game is the game in the MB state. A lottery process similar to the lottery process during ART of S382 performed when the determination is made is performed. The details of the lottery process during ART will be described later with reference to FIG. 231 described later. Then, after the processing of S384, the main CPU 93 ends the processing during ART, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S383, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the BB internal medium state (when the determination in S383 is YES), the main CPU 93 ends the ART processing and the lever-on lottery processing (when the lever is turned on). (See FIG. 209) also ends.

[NBB during ART lottery processing at the time of winning]
Next, with reference to FIG. 229, the lottery process at the time of winning the NBB during ART performed in S372 during the process during ART (see FIG. 228) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process by adding the number of ART games at the time of winning the NBB (S391). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the NBB winning ART game number lottery table (see FIG. 88A), and based on the set values (settings 1 to 6), the ART additional games number (0G, + 10G, + 20G, + 30G, + 50G, + 100G, + 200G or + 300G) is determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 adds the lottery result of S391 (the number of games added to ART) to the value of the ART game number counter (S392).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process by adding the number of specialized games (S393). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the lottery table for adding the number of specialized games (see FIGS. 93 to 98), and is based on the lottery state, the main lottery flag (internal winning combination), and the set value (settings 1 to 6). , The number of special games added The winning / non-winning of the lottery is determined, and at the time of winning, the type of addition (combination of the number of special games added and the final game loop rate of specialization) is also determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a process of reflecting the lottery result of the lottery process for adding the number of specialized games (S394). In this process, the main CPU 93 adds the acquired number of specialized additional games to the value of the specialized game number counter, and updates the specialized final game loop rate. At this time, when the value of the special game number counter exceeds the upper limit value (“255” in this embodiment), the main CPU 93 sets the value of the special game number counter to “255”.

Further, in the update process of the specialized final game loop rate, the main CPU 93 makes the specialized final game loop rate obtained by the lottery by adding the number of specialized games in S393 larger than the currently set specialized final game loop rate. For example, the process of overwriting the latter specialized final game loop rate with the former specialized final game loop rate is performed. On the other hand, if the former specialized final game loop rate is equal to or less than the latter specialized final game loop rate, or if the special drive flag is on, the specialized final game loop rate is not updated. .. If the lottery result of the special game number addition lottery process is non-winning, the special game number counter and the special final game loop rate are not updated in the process of S394.

Next, the main CPU 93 sets the value of the instruction generation counter to "3" (S395). That is, in the present embodiment, when the NBB (BB1 or BB2) is won in the ART state, when 3 games are digested after the BB is won, the instruction display unit notifies the BB role (red 7 navigation or blue 7). Navi) is executed. Then, after the processing of S395, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing at the time of winning the NBB during ART, and also ends the processing during ART (see FIG. 228).

[Lottery processing at the time of SBB winning]
Next, with reference to FIG. 230, the SBB winning lottery process performed in S376 during the ART process (see FIG. 228) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process by adding the number of specialized games (S401). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the lottery table for adding the number of specialized games (see FIGS. 93 to 98), and is based on the lottery state, the main lottery flag (internal winning combination), and the set value (settings 1 to 6). , The number of special games added The winning / non-winning of the lottery is determined, and at the time of winning, the type of addition (combination of the number of special games added and the final game loop rate of specialization) is also determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a process of reflecting the lottery result of the lottery process for adding the number of specialized games (S402). In this process, the main CPU 93 adds the acquired number of specialized additional games to the value of the specialized game number counter, and updates the specialized final game loop rate. At this time, when the value of the special game number counter exceeds the upper limit value (“255” in this embodiment), the main CPU 93 sets the value of the special game number counter to “255”. Further, in the present embodiment, when the current game is the SBB winning game, "10" is added to the value of the special game number counter, 80% is set to the special final game loop rate, and the special drive flag is set. Is set to the on state. If the lottery result of the special game number addition lottery process is non-winning, the special game number counter and the special final game loop rate are not updated in the processing of S402.

Then, after the processing of S402, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing at the time of winning the SBB, and also ends the processing during ART (see FIG. 228).

[Lottery processing during ART]
Next, with reference to FIG. 231, the lottery process during ART performed in S380 (at the time of winning MB), S382 (in MB) or S384 (inside BB) during the process during ART (see FIG. 228) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process by adding the number of specialized games (S411). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the lottery table for adding the number of specialized games (see FIGS. 93 to 98), and is based on the lottery state, the main lottery flag (internal winning combination), and the set value (settings 1 to 6). , The number of special games added The winning / non-winning of the lottery is determined, and at the time of winning, the type of addition (combination of the number of special games added and the final game loop rate of specialization) is also determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the lottery for adding the number of specialized games in S411 has been won (S412). In S412, when the main CPU 93 determines that the lottery for adding the number of specialized games has not been won (when the determination in S412 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S415 described later.

On the other hand, in S412, when the main CPU 93 determines that the lottery for adding the number of specialized games has been won (when the determination in S412 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines the lottery result as the number of specialized games counter and the specialized final game loop. It is reflected in the rate (S413). In this process, the main CPU 93 adds the added value (the number of additional games) of the number of specialized games obtained by lottery to the value of the number of specialized games counter. At this time, when the value of the special game number counter exceeds the upper limit value (“255” in this embodiment), the main CPU 93 sets the value of the special game number counter to “255”.

Further, in this process, the main CPU 93 compares the specialized final game loop rate obtained by lottery with the currently set specialized final game loop rate, and has a larger value of the specialized final game loop rate. Is set as the specialized final game loop rate after updating. At this time, when the special drive flag is set to the ON state, the main CPU 93 does not update (overwrite) the special final game loop rate.

Next, the main CPU 93 sets the additional specialization flag to the ON state (S414). By this process, the game in the additional specialized state is started from the next game.

After the processing of S414 or when the determination of S412 is NO, the main CPU 93 performs the lottery state transition lottery processing (S415). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the lottery state transition lottery table (see FIGS. 71A and 71B), and is based on the current lottery state, set values (settings 1 to 6), and main lottery flag (internal winning combination). Determine the low or high accuracy lottery state. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result (high accuracy or low accuracy) of S415 as the lottery state (S416).

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game when the MB is won, the MB is operating, or when the additional specialization is entered (S417). When it is determined in S417 that the main CPU 93 satisfies the determination condition of S417 (when the determination in S417 is YES), the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process during ART and also performs the process during ART (see FIG. 228). finish.

On the other hand, in S417, when the main CPU 93 determines that the determination condition of S417 is not satisfied (NO determination in S417), the main CPU 93 subtracts 1 from the value of the ART game number counter (S418). Then, after the processing of S418, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing during ART, and also ends the processing during ART (see FIG. 228).

[Processing waiting for ART fall]
Next, with reference to FIG. 232, the ART fall waiting process performed in S125 during the lever-on lottery process (see FIG. 209) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an NBB (NBB1 or NBB2) winning game (S421). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an NBB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S421, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is the NBB winning game (when the determination in S421 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the NBB winning lottery process while waiting for the ART to fall (S422). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed at the time of winning the NBB in the ART fall waiting state. The details of the lottery process at the time of winning the NBB while waiting for the ART to fall will be described later with reference to FIG. 233 described later. Then, after the processing of S422, the main CPU 93 ends the processing while waiting for the ART to fall, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S421, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the NBB winning game (when the determination in S421 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the NBB state (S423). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the NBB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S423, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the NBB state (when the determination in S423 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the BB lottery process described with reference to FIG. 213 (S424). Then, after the processing of S424, the main CPU 93 ends the processing while waiting for the ART to fall, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S423, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the NBB state (when the determination in S423 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an SBB (NBB3) winning game. (S425). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an SBB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S425, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is the SBB winning game (when the determination in S425 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the SBB winning lottery process described with reference to FIG. 230 (S426). Then, after the process of S426, the main CPU 93 ends the process of waiting for the ART to fall, and also ends the lottery process at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S425, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the SBB winning game (when the determination in S425 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the SBB (BB3) state. (S427). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the SBB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S427, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the SBB state (when the determination in S427 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the BB lottery process described with reference to FIG. 213 (S428). Then, after the processing of S428, the main CPU 93 ends the processing while waiting for the ART to fall, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S427, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the SBB state (when the determination in S427 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an MB winning game (S429). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is an MB winning game based on the internal winning combination.

In S429, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is the MB winning game (when the determination in S429 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the lottery process while waiting for the ART to fall (S430). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed at the time of winning the MB in the ART fall waiting state. The details of the lottery process while waiting for the ART to fall will be described later with reference to FIG. 234 described later. Then, after the processing of S430, the main CPU 93 ends the processing while waiting for the ART to fall, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S429, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the MB winning game (when the determination in S429 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the MB state (S431). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the MB state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S431, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the MB state (when the determination in S431 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs an ART fall waiting lottery process (S432). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed during the MB operation in the ART fall waiting state. In the ART fall waiting lottery process performed in the process of S432, the same lottery process as the ART fall waiting lottery process of S430 performed when it is determined that the current game is the MB winning game is performed. The details of the lottery process while waiting for the ART to fall will be described later with reference to FIG. 234 described later. Then, after the processing of S432, the main CPU 93 ends the processing while waiting for the ART to fall, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S431, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the MB state (when the determination in S431 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the BB internal state. (S433). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the BB internal middle state with reference to the game state flag storage area.

In S433, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not a game in the BB internal state (NO determination in S433), the main CPU 93 performs an ART fall waiting lottery process (S434). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed in the game in the no-BB internal medium state in the ART fall waiting state. In the ART fall waiting lottery process performed in the process of S434, the ART fall waiting lottery process of S430 performed when the current game is determined to be the MB winning game, and the current game in the MB state. A lottery process similar to the lottery process waiting for the ART to fall of S432, which is performed when it is determined to be a game, is performed. The details of the lottery process while waiting for the ART to fall will be described later with reference to FIG. 234 described later. Then, after the processing of S434, the main CPU 93 ends the processing while waiting for the ART to fall, and also ends the lottery processing at the time of lever-on (see FIG. 209).

On the other hand, in S433, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is a game in the BB internal state (YES in S433), the main CPU 93 ends the ART fall waiting process and draws when the lever is on. The process (see FIG. 209) is also completed.

[Waiting for ART fall NBB lottery processing at the time of winning]
Next, with reference to FIG. 233, the lottery process at the time of winning the ART fall waiting NBB performed in S422 during the ART fall waiting process (see FIG. 232) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process by adding the number of specialized games (S441). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the lottery table for adding the number of specialized games (see FIGS. 93 to 98), and is based on the lottery state, the main lottery flag (internal winning combination), and the set value (settings 1 to 6). , The number of special games added The winning / non-winning of the lottery is determined, and at the time of winning, the type of addition (combination of the number of special games added and the final game loop rate of specialization) is also determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a process of reflecting the lottery result of the lottery process for adding the number of specialized games (S442). In this process, the main CPU 93 adds the acquired number of specialized additional games to the value of the specialized game number counter, and updates the specialized final game loop rate. At this time, when the value of the special game number counter exceeds the upper limit value (“255” in this embodiment), the main CPU 93 sets the value of the special game number counter to “255”.

Further, in the update processing of the specialized final game loop rate, the main CPU 93 makes the specialized final game loop rate obtained by the lottery by adding the number of specialized games of S441 larger than the currently set specialized final game loop rate. For example, the process of overwriting the latter specialized final game loop rate with the former specialized final game loop rate is performed. On the other hand, if the former specialized final game loop rate is equal to or less than the latter specialized final game loop rate, or if the special drive flag is on, the specialized final game loop rate is not updated. .. If the lottery result of the special game number addition lottery process is non-winning, the special game number counter and the special final game loop rate are not updated in the process of S442.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery state transition lottery process (S443). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the lottery state transition lottery table (see FIGS. 71A and 71B), and is based on the current lottery state, set values (settings 1 to 6), and main lottery flag (internal winning combination). Determine the low or high accuracy lottery state. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result (high accuracy or low accuracy) of S443 as the lottery state (S444).

Next, the main CPU 93 sets the value of the instruction generation counter to "1" (S445). That is, in the present embodiment, when the NBB (BB1 or BB2) is won in the ART fall waiting state, after the BB is won, When one game is digested, the instruction display unit notifies the BB role (red 7 navigation or blue 7 navigation). Then, after the process of S445, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process at the time of winning the ART fall waiting NBB, and also ends the ART fall waiting process (see FIG. 232).

[Lottery processing while waiting for ART to fall]
Next, with reference to FIG. 234, the lottery process during ART fall waiting performed in S430 (at the time of winning MB), S432 (in MB) or S434 (inside BB) during ART falling waiting process (see FIG. 232). Will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process by adding the number of specialized games (S451). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the lottery table for adding the number of specialized games (see FIGS. 93 to 98), and is based on the lottery state, the main lottery flag (internal winning combination), and the set value (settings 1 to 6). , The number of special games added The winning / non-winning of the lottery is determined, and at the time of winning, the type of addition (combination of the number of special games added and the final game loop rate of specialization) is also determined.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a process of reflecting the lottery result (the number of specialized additional games) of the lottery process for adding the number of specialized games (S452). In this process, the main CPU 93 adds the acquired number of specialized additional games to the value of the specialized game number counter, and updates the specialized final game loop rate. At this time, when the value of the special game number counter exceeds the upper limit value (“255” in this embodiment), the main CPU 93 sets the value of the special game number counter to “255”.

Further, in the update process of the specialized final game loop rate, the main CPU 93 makes the specialized final game loop rate obtained by the lottery by adding the number of specialized games of S451 larger than the currently set specialized final game loop rate. For example, the process of overwriting the latter specialized final game loop rate with the former specialized final game loop rate is performed. On the other hand, if the former specialized final game loop rate is equal to or less than the latter specialized final game loop rate, or if the special drive flag is on, the specialized final game loop rate is not updated. .. If the lottery result of the special game number addition lottery process is non-winning, the special game number counter and the special final game loop rate are not updated in the process of S452.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a lottery state transition lottery process (S453). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the lottery state transition lottery table (see FIGS. 71A and 71B), and is based on the current lottery state, set values (settings 1 to 6), and main lottery flag (internal winning combination). Determine the low or high accuracy lottery state. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result (high accuracy or low accuracy) of S453 as the lottery state (S454). Then, after the processing of S454, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process waiting for the ART fall, and also ends the process waiting for the ART fall (see FIG. 232).

[Instruction monitor set processing]
Next, the instruction monitor set processing performed in S8 in the main flow (see FIG. 203) will be described with reference to FIG. 235.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the main game state is between the BB flags (BB internal medium state) (S461). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the game state flag storage area and determines whether or not the main game state is between the BB flags (inside the BB state).

In S461, when the main CPU 93 determines that the main game state is not between the BB flags (when the determination in S461 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S465 described later. On the other hand, in S461, when the main CPU 93 determines that the main game state is between the BB flags (when the determination in S461 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the value of the instruction generation counter is "0". Determine (S462).

In S462, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the instruction generation counter is "0" (when the determination in S462 is YES), the main CPU 93 notifies the BB role being carried over (red 7 navigation, blue 7 navigation). Or, display set processing of the instruction monitor number (“7”, “8” or “9”) corresponding to (BAR navigation) is performed (S463). By this process, the instruction display unit notifies the BB combination. Then, after the processing of S463, the main CPU 93 performs the processing of S465 described later.

On the other hand, in S462, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the instruction generation counter is not "0" (when the determination in S462 is NO), the main CPU 93 subtracts 1 from the value of the instruction generation counter (S464).

After the processing of S464 or S463, or when the determination in S461 is NO, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the hit order navigation has occurred (S465). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the batting order navigation has occurred, based on the ball ejection state, the internal winning combination, and the like. For example, in the ART state, when the internal winning combination (for example, abbreviations "F_left bell 1", "F_middle bell 1", "F_right bell 1", etc.) related to the striking order bell is won, the main CPU 93 It is determined that the hit order navigation has occurred.

In S465, when the main CPU 93 determines that the batting order navigation has not occurred (when the determination in S465 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the instruction monitor set process and shifts the process to S9 in the main flow (see FIG. 203). ..

On the other hand, in S465, when the main CPU 93 determines that the batting order navigation has occurred (when the determination in S465 is YES), the main CPU 93 has the instruction monitor numbers ("1" to "6" corresponding to the type of the internal winning combination. ”) (S466). By this process, the instruction display unit notifies the batting order of the stop buttons (the order of the reel stop operations). Then, after the processing of S466, the main CPU 93 ends the instruction monitor set processing, and shifts the processing to S9 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

[Reel stop initial setting process]
Next, the reel stop initial setting process performed in S9 in the main flow (see FIG. 203) will be described with reference to FIG. 236.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the main gaming state is the BB state (any of the BB1 to BB3 states) (S471).

In S471, when the main CPU 93 determines that the main gaming state is the BB state (when the determination in S471 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S473 described later. On the other hand, in S471, when the main CPU 93 determines that the main game state is not the BB state (when the determination in S471 is NO), the main CPU 93 sets the value of the small winning combination / replay data pointer as the rotation stop number. (S472).

After the processing of S472 or when the determination in S471 is YES, the main CPU 93 refers to the reel stop initial setting table (not shown), and based on the acquired rotation stop number, various information corresponding to the rotation stop number. (S473). In this process, the number of the stop table of the reels used during the first stop to the third stop and the information necessary for the control change process (when the reels are stopped in a specific order and the reels are stopped at a specific position). Information for reselecting the stop table) and the like are acquired again.

The reel stop initial setting table defines the correspondence between the reel stop number and various information such as the pull-in priority table selection data and the pull-in priority table number, which will be described later. Further, the stop table is a table that directly or indirectly defines information on the number of sliding pieces with respect to the pressed position of the stop button. In this stop table, the number of sliding pieces is used so that the reel stops at the stop position intended by the designer so as not to give a disadvantage to the player and to cause a false winning by using the specified information. Is stipulated.

Next, the main CPU 93 stores the rotating identifier "0FFH (11111111B)" in the symbol code storage area (see FIG. 104) (S474).

Next, the main CPU 93 stores "3" in the stop button non-operation counter provided in the main RAM 95 (S475). After that, the main CPU 93 ends the reel stop initial setting process, and shifts the process to S10 of the main flow (see FIG. 203). The stop button non-operation counter is a counter for managing the number of stop buttons for which a stop operation has not been detected.

[Pull-in priority storage process]
Next, with reference to FIG. 237, the pull-in priority storage process performed in S12 in the main flow (see FIG. 203) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 stores the value of the stop button non-operation counter as the number of searches in the main RAM 95 (S481). Next, the main CPU 93 performs a search target reel determination process (S482). In this process, the main CPU 93 selects, for example, a predetermined reel from the rotating reels, and determines the selected reel as the search target reel.

For example, in the process of S482, when all (three) reels are rotated, the left reel 3L is first determined as the search target reel. After that, various processes up to S491, which will be described later, are performed on the left reel 3L, and when returning to S482 again, the middle reel 3C is next determined as the search target reel. Then, various processes up to S491 described later are performed on the middle reel 3C, and when returning to S482 again, the right reel 3R is next determined as the search target reel.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a pull-in priority table selection process (S483). In this process, the pull-in priority table is selected based on the internal winning combination (data pointer) and the operation stop button. The details of the pull-in priority table selection process will be described later with reference to FIG. 238 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 sets "0" as the position data of the search symbol and sets "20" as the number of symbol checks (S484). Then, the main CPU 93 performs a symbol code storage process (S485). In this process, the symbol code corresponding to the position data of the current search symbol located on the effective line of the search target reel is stored in the symbol code storage area. At this time, the symbol codes for the number of valid lines are stored. The details of the symbol code storage process will be described later with reference to FIG. 239 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 updates the display combination storage area (see FIG. 99) based on the symbol code acquired in S485 and the data of the symbol code storage area (see FIG. 104) (S486). At this point, regardless of whether or not the internal winning combination is won, a displayable symbol combination (displayable combination) is stored in the display combination storage area based on the stopped symbol.

In this embodiment, the information of the symbol code storage area (the symbol code and the corresponding displayable combination) is updated for each reel to be stopped. At this time, the displayable winning combination may be acquired from the data that defines the correspondence between the stopped reel symbol and the corresponding displayable winning combination, or the stopped reel symbol. And the symbol combination table (see FIGS. 16 to 19) may be collated and acquired. When the former method is used, the correspondence between the symbol and the displayable combination changes for each reel.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a pull-in priority data acquisition process (S487). In this process, the main CPU 93 gives priority to the combination in which the bit is "1" in the display combination storage area (see FIG. 99) and the bit is "1" in the internal winning combination storage area. Refer to the ranking table (not shown) to acquire the pull-in priority data.

The attraction priority table is a table that defines the correspondence between the attraction priority data for each storage area type in each attraction priority table number and the predetermined priority. The pull-in priority table is used to search for a more appropriate number of slip pieces in addition to the number of slip pieces obtained based on the stop table. The priority order is data that defines the order in which the symbols are preferentially stopped and displayed (pulled in) among the types of symbol combinations related to winning. Normally, the order of priority is set in the order of replay, small win, and bonus from the highest.

Further, in the case of a symbol position that would result in an erroneous winning when stopped, "prohibition of use (000H)" is acquired as the attraction priority data in S487. Further, if the symbol position is not internally won but does not result in an erroneous winning even if it is stopped, "stop possible (001H)" is acquired as the pull-in priority data in S487.

Next, the main CPU 93 stores the acquired attraction priority data in the attraction priority data storage area (not shown) corresponding to the search target reel (S488). At this time, the pull-in priority data is stored in the pull-in priority data storage area so that the value of each priority and the bit of the storage area correspond to each other.

The pull-in priority data storage area is provided with a priority data storage area for each type of reel. In each attraction priority data storage area, the attraction priority data determined according to each symbol position "0" to "19" of the corresponding reel is stored. In the present embodiment, by referring to the pull-in priority data storage area, it is searched whether or not a more appropriate number of sliding pieces exists in addition to the number of sliding pieces determined based on the stop table.

Further, the content of the priority pull-in data stored in the pull-in priority data storage area differs depending on the type of the pull-in priority table number in the pull-in priority table referred to when determining the pull-in priority data. Further, the pull-in priority data indicates that the larger the value, the higher the priority.

By referring to the pull-in priority data, it is possible to relatively evaluate the priority among the symbols arranged on the peripheral surface of the reel. That is, the symbol whose highest value is determined as the attraction priority data is the symbol having the highest priority. Therefore, it can be said that the draw-in priority data indicates the order between the symbols arranged on the peripheral surface of the reel. If there are a plurality of symbols having the same value of the pull-in priority data, one symbol is determined according to the priority order defined by the priority order table.

Next, the main CPU 93 adds "1" to the position data of the search symbol and subtracts "1" from the number of symbol checks (S489). Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the number of symbol checks is "0" (S490).

In S490, when the main CPU 93 determines that the number of symbol checks is not "0" (when the determination in S490 is NO), the main CPU 93 returns the process to S485 and repeats the processes after S485. On the other hand, in S490, when the main CPU 93 determines that the number of symbol checks is "0" (when the determination in S490 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the search has been performed for the number of searches (S491).

When it is determined in S491 that the main CPU 93 has not searched for the number of searches (when the determination in S491 is NO), the main CPU 93 returns the process to S482 and repeats the processes after S482. On the other hand, in S491, when it is determined that the main CPU 93 has searched for the number of searches (when the determination in S491 is YES), the main CPU 93 ends the attraction priority storage process and performs the process in S13 of the main flow (see FIG. 203). Move to.

[Pull-in priority table selection process]
Next, with reference to FIG. 238, the attraction priority table selection process performed in S483 in the flowchart of the attraction priority storage process (see FIG. 237) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the pull-in priority table selection data is set (S501).

In S501, when the main CPU 93 determines that the attraction priority table selection data is set (when the determination in S501 is YES), the main CPU 93 has a pressing order storage area (see FIG. 103) and an operation stop button storage area. (See FIG. 102), the attraction priority table number corresponding to the attraction priority table selection data is set from the attraction priority table selection table (not shown) (S502). Then, after the processing of S502, the main CPU 93 ends the attraction priority table selection process, and shifts the process to S484 of the attraction priority storage process (see FIG. 237).

The attraction priority table selection table defines the correspondence between the combination of the attraction priority selection number and the pressing order of the stop button and the attraction priority table number in each combination. Further, the attraction priority table number is data for acquiring information regarding the priority of the display combination defined in the above-mentioned attraction priority table (not shown).

On the other hand, in S501, when the main CPU 93 determines that the attraction priority table selection data is not set (when the determination in S501 is NO), the main CPU 93 sets the attraction priority table corresponding to the attraction priority table number. Set (S503). Then, after the processing of S503, the main CPU 93 ends the attraction priority table selection process, and shifts the process to S484 of the attraction priority storage process (see FIG. 237).

[Design code storage process]
Next, with reference to FIG. 239, the symbol code storage process performed in S485 in the flowchart of the attraction priority storage process (see FIG. 237) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 sets valid line data (S511). In the present embodiment, the effective line is provided with one line (cross-up line) as described above. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the check symbol position data of the search target reel based on the search symbol position and the effective line data (S512). For example, when the search target reel is the left reel 3L, since it is desired to acquire the information of the lower stage of the search target reel, the check symbol position data indicating the lower stage is set.

Next, the main CPU 93 acquires the symbol code of the check symbol position data (S513). Then, the main CPU 93 stores the acquired symbol code in the symbol code storage area, ends the symbol code storage process, and shifts the process to S486 of the pull-in priority storage process (see FIG. 237).

[Reel stop control process]
Next, the reel stop control process performed in S13 in the main flow (see FIG. 203) will be described with reference to FIG. 240.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not a valid stop button has been pressed (S521). When the main CPU 93 determines in S521 that the valid stop button has not been pressed (when the determination in S521 is NO), the main CPU 93 repeats the process of S521 and executes the operation of pressing the valid stop button. Wait until.

On the other hand, in S521, when the main CPU 93 determines that a valid stop button has been pressed (when the determination in S521 is YES), the main CPU 93 has a pressing order storage area (see FIG. 103) and an operation stop button storage area (FIG. 103). 102) is updated (S522). Next, the main CPU 93 subtracts "1" from the value of the stop button non-operation counter (S523).

Next, the main CPU 93 determines the search target reel from the operation stop button (S524). Then, the main CPU 93 stores the stop start position in the main RAM 95 based on the symbol counter (S525).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a sliding piece number determination process (S526). In this process, the main CPU 93 acquires the number of slip pieces determination data based on the type of the stop button at the time of the first stop, various stop tables, and the like.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs the priority pull-in control process (S527). In this process, the pull-in priority data is compared according to each symbol position in the range of the maximum number of sliding pieces "4" ("1" in one or more reels in MB) from the stop start position, which is the most appropriate. The number of sliding pieces is determined. The details of the priority pull-in control process will be described later with reference to FIG. 241 described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a reel stop command generation / storage process (S528). In this process, the main CPU 93 generates data for a reel stop command to be transmitted to the sub control circuit 101, and stores the command data in a communication data storage area provided in the main RAM 95. The reel stop command stored in the communication data storage area is transmitted from the main control circuit 91 to the sub control circuit 101 by the communication data transmission process in the interrupt process described later with reference to FIG. 252. The reel stop command transmitted in this process includes information such as the type of reel to be stopped, the number of slip pieces thereof, and the ON edge / OFF edge of the stop switch.

Next, the main CPU 93 determines the scheduled stop position based on the stop start position and the number of sliding pieces determination data acquired in S526, and stores the determined stop schedule position in the main RAM 95 (S529). In this process, the main CPU 93 adds the number of sliding pieces to the stop start position, and sets the result as the stop scheduled position.

Next, the main CPU 93 sets the scheduled stop position determined in S529 as the search symbol position (S530). Next, the main CPU 93 performs the symbol code acquisition process described with reference to FIG. 239 (S531). After that, the main CPU 93 updates the symbol code storage area (see FIG. 104) using the acquired symbol code (S532).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a control change process (S533). Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the stop button non-operation counter is "0" (S534). In S534, when the main CPU 93 determines that the inactive counter is not "0" (when the determination in S534 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the pull-in priority storage process described with reference to FIG. 237 (S535). ). After that, the main CPU 93 returns the process to S521 and repeats the processes after S521.

On the other hand, in S534, when the main CPU 93 determines that the inactive counter is "0" (when the determination in S534 is YES), the main CPU 93 ends the reel stop control process and performs the process in the main flow (FIG. 203). (See) in S14.

[Priority pull-in control processing]
Next, the priority pull-in control process performed in S527 in the flowchart of the reel stop control process (see FIG. 240) will be described with reference to FIG. 241.

First, the main CPU 93 sets the pull-in priority data storage area corresponding to the operation stop button (S541). Next, the main CPU 93 acquires the data of the stop start position (S542).

Next, the main CPU 93 sets a priority table corresponding to the slip piece number determination data (S543).

The priority order table includes data for determining the number of sliding pieces obtained based on the stop table and a range of numerical values predetermined as the number of sliding pieces ("0" to "4" when the maximum number of sliding pieces is 4). ”) Priority is specified in the order of application (hereinafter referred to as“ priority order ”). That is, in the priority order table, the order of the number of slip pieces to be preferentially applied is determined for each slip piece number determination data. In this embodiment, each numerical value is searched (checked) sequentially from the lower priority order "5" in the priority order table, and the numerical value corresponding to the priority order "1" is preferentially applied as the number of slip pieces. To do so. Then, in the processing of S543, for example, when the number of slip pieces determination data is "4", the priority data defined in the address in the priority order table corresponding to the number of slide pieces determination data "4" is obtained. Set.

After the processing of S543, the main CPU 93 sets the initial value of the priority order and the number of checks (S544). Specifically, the main CPU 93 sets "1" as the initial value of the priority order. Further, when the MB is not operating, the main CPU 93 sets "5" as the number of checks. By this process, the priority order is checked (searched) 5 times in the range of 0 to 4 frames. When the maximum number of sliding frames is set to "1" during MB operation, the main CPU 93 sets "2" as the number of checks. By this process, the priority order is checked (searched) twice in the range of 0 to 1 frame. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the number of sliding pieces determination data as the number of sliding pieces (S545).

Next, the main CPU 93 extracts the stop search position based on the stop start position and the priority order (S546). Next, the main CPU 93 acquires the pull-in priority data of the stop search position (S547).

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the value of the attraction priority data acquired in S547 is equal to or greater than the value of the attraction priority data acquired earlier (S548). In S548, when the main CPU 93 determines that the attraction priority data acquired in S547 is not equal to or higher than the attraction priority data acquired earlier (when the determination in S548 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S550 described later. ..

On the other hand, in S548, when the main CPU 93 determines that the attraction priority data acquired in S547 is equal to or greater than the attraction priority data acquired earlier (when the determination in S548 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines the number of slip pieces. Update (S549).

After the processing of S549 or when the determination in S548 is NO, the main CPU 93 subtracts 1 from the value in the priority order and the number of checks (S550).

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the number of checks is "0" (S551). In S551, when the main CPU 93 determines that the number of checks is not "0" (when the determination in S551 is NO), the main CPU 93 returns the process to S546 and repeats the processes after S546.

On the other hand, in S551, when the main CPU 93 determines that the number of checks is "0" (when the determination in S551 is YES), the main CPU 93 sets the finally updated number of sliding pieces (S552). Then, after the processing of S552, the main CPU 93 ends the priority pull-in control processing, and shifts the processing to S528 of the reel stop control processing (see FIG. 240).

[Lottery processing after the third stop]
Next, with reference to FIG. 242, the third post-stop lottery process performed in S15 in the main flow (see FIG. 203) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the ball ejection state is in the CZ middle state (S561). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101) to determine whether or not the ball ejection state is in the CZ middle state.

In S561, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is in the CZ middle state (when the determination in S561 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the main game state is in the negative BB internal medium state. (S562). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the game state flag storage area (see FIG. 100) to determine whether or not the main game state is the non-BB internal middle state.

In S562, when the main CPU 93 determines that the main game state is not in the negative BB internal state (when the determination in S562 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process after the third stop, and performs the process in the main flow (FIG. Move to S16 (see 203).

On the other hand, in S562, when the main CPU 93 determines that the main game state is the negative BB internal medium state (when the determination in S562 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process after the third stop in CZ (S563). .. In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed after the third stop in the CZ middle state. The details of the lottery process after the third stop in CZ will be described later with reference to FIG. 243 described later. Then, after the processing of S563, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing after the third stop, and shifts the processing to S16 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

Here, returning to the process of S561 again, when the main CPU 93 determines in S561 that the ball ejection state is not in the CZ middle state (when the ball ejection state is NO determination), the main CPU 93 waits for the ball ejection state to fall in ART. It is determined whether or not it is in a state (S564). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101) and determines whether or not the ball ejection state is the ART fall waiting state.

In S564, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is not in the ART fall waiting state (when the determination in S564 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process after the third stop, and performs the process in the main flow (FIG. 203). (See), move to S16.

On the other hand, in S564, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is in the ART fall waiting state (when the determination in S564 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the main game state is the negative BB internal medium state. Is determined (S565).

In S565, when the main CPU 93 determines that the main game state is not the negative BB internal medium state (when the determination in S565 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process after the third stop, and performs the process in the main flow (FIG. Move to S16 of (see 203).

On the other hand, in S565, when the main CPU 93 determines that the main game state is the negative BB internal medium state (when the determination in S565 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs a lottery process after the third stop while waiting for the ART to fall (when the main game state is determined to be YES) S566). In this process, the main CPU 93 executes various lottery processes performed after the third stop in the ART fall waiting state. The details of the lottery process after the third stop while waiting for the ART to fall will be described later with reference to FIG. 244 described later. Then, after the processing of S566, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery processing after the third stop, and shifts the processing to S16 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

[Lottery processing after the third stop during CZ]
Next, with reference to FIG. 243, the third post-stop lottery process in CZ performed in S563 in the flowchart of the third post-stop lottery process (see FIG. 242) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the ART non-winning (battle defeat) is confirmed (S571). That is, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the defeat confirmation flag (ART non-winning confirmation flag) is turned on in the current game.

When the main CPU 93 determines in S571 that the ART non-winning is not confirmed (when the determination in S571 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process after the third stop in CZ and the lottery process after the third stop (FIG. 242) also ends.

On the other hand, in S571, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ART non-winning is confirmed (when the determination in S571 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the stage lottery process in the normal state of the next cycle (S572). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the stage lottery table (see FIGS. 89A to 89F), and based on the current game situation and set values (settings 1 to 6), the stage in the normal state (stage A) in the next cycle. ~ C or special stage) is determined. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result (any of stages A to C and the special stage) in the stage of the next cycle (S573).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs an enemy character lottery process for determining an enemy character to play against the main character in the game in the CZ middle state in the next cycle (S574). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the enemy character lottery table (see FIGS. 90 and 91), and based on the current cycle count counter value and set value (settings 1 to 6), the type of enemy character in the next cycle. Determine (enemy characters A to F). For example, when the value of the current cycle count counter is "1", the main CPU 93 refers to the enemy character lottery table for the third cycle shown in FIG. 90C, and the enemy in the third cycle (next cycle). Determine the character type (enemy characters A to F). Further, for example, when the value of the current cycle count counter is "5", the main CPU 93 refers to the enemy character lottery table for the second cycle shown in FIG. 90B, and the second cycle (next cycle). Determine the type of enemy character (enemy characters A to F).

Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result (any of the enemy characters A to F) to the enemy characters in the next cycle (S575). Then, after the process of S575, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process after the third stop in CZ, and also ends the lottery process after the third stop (see FIG. 242).

[Lottery processing after the 3rd stop while waiting for ART to fall]
Next, with reference to FIG. 244, the lottery process after the third stop while waiting for the ART to fall, which is performed in S566 in the flowchart of the lottery process after the third stop (see FIG. 242), will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the RT state has changed from the RT3 state to the RT1 state (S581). That is, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the ball ejection state has fallen from the ART state to the normal state in the current game.

In S581, when the main CPU 93 determines that the RT state has not changed from the RT3 state to the RT1 state (when the determination in S581 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process after the third stop while waiting for the ART to fall. At the same time, the lottery process (see FIG. 242) after the third stop is also completed.

On the other hand, in S581, when the main CPU 93 determines that the RT state has changed from the RT3 state to the RT1 state (when the determination in S581 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the stage lottery process in the normal state of the first cycle (when the RT state is determined to be YES). S582). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the stage lottery table shown in FIG. 89E and determines the stage (stages A to C or special stage) in the normal state of the first cycle based on the set values (settings 1 to 6). To do. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result (either stage A to C or a special stage) in the stage of the first cycle (S583).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs the stage lottery process in the normal state of the second cycle (S584). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the stage lottery table shown in FIG. 89E and determines the stage (stages A to C or special stage) in the normal state of the second cycle based on the set values (settings 1 to 6). To do. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result (any of stages A to C and the special stage) in the stage of the second cycle (S585).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs an enemy character lottery process for determining an enemy character to play against the main character in the game in the CZ middle state in the first cycle (S586). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the enemy character lottery table for the first cycle shown in FIG. 90A, and based on the set values (settings 1 to 6), the type of the enemy character in the first cycle (enemy characters A to F). To decide. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result (any of the enemy characters A to F) in the enemy character in the first cycle (S587).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs an enemy character lottery process for determining an enemy character to play against the main character in the game in the CZ middle state in the second cycle (S588). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the enemy character lottery table for the second cycle shown in FIG. 90B, and based on the set values (settings 1 to 6), the types of the enemy characters in the second cycle (enemy characters A to F). To determine. Next, the main CPU 93 sets the lottery result (any of the enemy characters A to F) in the enemy character in the second cycle (S589). Then, after the process of S589, the main CPU 93 ends the lottery process after the third stop while waiting for the ART to fall, and also ends the lottery process after the third stop (see FIG. 242).

[RT state control processing]
Next, the RT state control process performed in S17 in the main flow (see FIG. 203) will be described with reference to FIG. 245.

First, the main CPU 93 refers to the RT transition table (see FIG. 21) and checks the transition conditions (RT state end condition and activation condition) of the RT state that can be established in the current (transition source) RT state (S591). ).

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the transition condition of the RT state is satisfied (S592). In S592, when the main CPU 93 determines that the transition condition of the RT state is not satisfied (when the determination in S592 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the RT state control process and performs the process in the main flow (see FIG. 203). ) Move to S18.

On the other hand, in S592, when the main CPU 93 determines that the transition condition of the RT state is satisfied (when the determination of YES in S592), the main CPU 93 refers to the RT transition table (see FIG. 21) and the transition condition. Based on the above, the RT state flag of the migration destination is set to a predetermined bit of the game state flag storage area (see FIG. 100), and the game state flag storage area is updated (S593). Then, after the processing of S593, the main CPU 93 ends the RT state control processing and shifts the processing to S18 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

[Ball out state control process]
Next, with reference to FIGS. 246 and 247, the ball ejection state control process performed in S18 in the main flow (see FIG. 203) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the ball ejection state is the normal state (S601). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101) to determine whether or not the ball ejection state is the normal state.

In S601, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is not the normal state (when the determination in S601 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S606 described later. On the other hand, in S601, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is the normal state (when the determination in S601 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the value of the periodic game number counter is "0". Determine (S602).

In S602, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the periodic game number counter is not "0" (when the determination in S602 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control process and performs the process in the main flow (FIG. Move to S19 of (see 203). On the other hand, in S602, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the periodic game number counter is "0" (when the determination in S602 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the bonus is operating (when the bonus operation is in progress). S603). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the game state flag storage area (see FIG. 100) and determines whether or not the bonus operation is in progress.

When the main CPU 93 determines in S603 that the bonus operation is not in progress (when the determination in S603 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S605 described later. On the other hand, in S603, when the main CPU 93 determines that the bonus is operating (when the determination in S603 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the current game is the game at the end of the bonus (S604). .. In this process, when medals are paid out in the game, the main CPU 93 sets the total number of medals paid out during the bonus period to a predetermined number (305 for BB, 45 for MB). It is determined whether or not it exceeds (whether or not the bonus end number counter is less than "0" in the current game).

In S604, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is not the game at the end of the bonus (when the determination in S604 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control process and performs the process in the main flow (see FIG. 203). ) Move to S19.

On the other hand, in S604, when the main CPU 93 determines that the current game is the game at the end of the bonus (when S604 determines NO), or when S603 determines NO, the main CPU 93 normally turns off the flag. Is set to, and the CZ introduction flag is set to the ON state (S605). By this process, the ball ejection state shifts from the normal state to the CZ introduction state, and the game in the CZ introduction state is performed in the next game. Then, after the processing of S605, the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control processing, and shifts the processing to S19 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

Here, returning to the process of S601 again, when S601 is NO determination, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the ball ejection state is the state at the time of CZ introduction (S606). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101) to determine whether or not the ball ejection state is the CZ introduction state.

In S606, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is the state at the time of introducing CZ (when the determination in S606 is YES), the main CPU 93 sets the flag at the time of introducing CZ to the off state and turns on the flag during CZ. Set to the state (S607). By this process, the ball ejection state shifts from the CZ introductory state to the CZ in-progress state, and the game in the CZ in-progress state is started from the next game. Then, after the processing of S607, the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control processing, and shifts the processing to S19 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

On the other hand, in S606, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is not the CZ introduction state (NO determination in S606), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the ball ejection state is in the CZ middle state. (S608). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101) to determine whether or not the ball ejection state is in the CZ middle state.

In S608, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is in the CZ middle state (when the determination in S608 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the ball ejection state control process at the end of CZ (S609). The details of the ball ejection state control process at the end of CZ will be described later with reference to FIG. 248 described later. Then, after the processing of S609, the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control processing, and shifts the processing to S19 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

On the other hand, in S608, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is not in the CZ in-progress state (when the S608 is NO determination), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the ball ejection state is in the ART preparation state. (S610). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101) to determine whether or not the ball ejection state is in the ART preparation state.

In S610, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is in the ART preparation state (when the determination in S610 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the RT state has shifted to the RT3 state (S611). ). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the game state flag storage area (see FIG. 100) to determine whether or not the RT state has shifted to the RT3 state.

In S611, when the main CPU 93 determines that the RT state has not shifted to the RT3 state (when the determination in S611 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control process and performs the process in the main flow (FIG. 203). (See) to S19.

On the other hand, in S611, when the main CPU 93 determines that the RT state has shifted to the RT3 state (when the determination in S611 is YES), the main CPU 93 sets the ART preparation flag to the off state, and adds the ART preparation flag and the addition. The specialization flag is set to the on state (S612). By this process, the payout state shifts from the ART preparing state to the additional specialized state, the game in the ART state is started from the next game, and the game in the additional specialized state at the start of ART is started. In addition, in the game in the additional specialized state at the start of ART, the initial number of ART games during the ART game period is determined. The game period (specialization period) and loop rate (continuation rate) of the additional specialization state are the rank of the reward card acquired in the game period of the normal state and the special feature implemented during the ART preparation period. It is decided according to the result of the lottery with the number of games added. Then, after the processing of S612, the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control processing, and shifts the processing to S19 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

Here, returning to the process of S610 again, when the main CPU 93 determines in S610 that the ball ejection state is not in the ART preparation state (when the S610 is NO determination), the main CPU 93 is in the ART state. It is determined whether or not it is (S613). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101) to determine whether or not the ball ejection state is the ART state.

In S613, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is not the ART state (when the determination in S613 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S621 described later. On the other hand, in S613, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is the ART state (when the determination in S613 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the ball ejection state is an additional specialized state. (S614). In this process, the main CPU 93 refers to the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101) to determine whether or not the ball ejection state is an additional specialized state.

In S614, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is not the additional specialized state (when the determination in S614 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S617 described later. On the other hand, in S614, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is the additional specialized state (when the determination in S614 is YES), is the value of the specialized game number counter "0" in the main CPU 93? Whether or not it is determined (S615).

In S615, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the special game number counter is not "0" (when the determination in S615 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control process and performs the process in the main flow (when the ball ejection state control process is completed). Move to S19 of (see FIG. 203). On the other hand, in S615, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the special game number counter is "0" (when the determination in S615 is YES), the main CPU 93 sets the additional specialization flag to the off state (when the determination is YES). S616). By this process, the game period of the additional specialized state ends, and the payout state shifts from the additional specialized state to the ART state.

After the processing of S616 or when the determination in S614 is NO, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the value of the ART game number counter is "0" (S617).

In S617, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the ART game number counter is not "0" (when the determination in S617 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control process and performs the process in the main flow (FIG. Move to S19 of (see 203). On the other hand, in S617, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the ART game number counter is "0" (when the determination in S617 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the bonus operation is in progress (when the determination is YES). S618).

When the main CPU 93 determines in S618 that the bonus operation is not in progress (when the determination in S618 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S620 described later. On the other hand, in S618, when the main CPU 93 determines that the bonus is in operation (when the determination in S618 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not it is the end of the bonus (S619).

When the main CPU 93 determines in S619 that it is not the end of the bonus (when the determination in S619 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control process and shifts the process to S19 in the main flow (see FIG. 203). ..

On the other hand, in S619, when the main CPU 93 determines that it is the end of the bonus (when the determination in S619 is YES) or when the determination in S618 is NO, the main CPU 93 sets the ART in-progress flag to the off state. The ART fall waiting flag is set to the ON state (S620). By this process, the ball ejection state shifts from the ART state to the ART fall waiting state, and the game in the ART fall waiting state is started from the next game. Then, after the processing of S620, the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control processing, and shifts the processing to S19 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

Here, returning to the process of S613 again, when the determination in S613 is NO, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the RT state has shifted to the RT1 state (S621).

In S621, when the main CPU 93 determines that the RT state has not shifted to the RT1 state (when the determination in S621 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control process and performs the process in the main flow (FIG. 203). (See) to S19.

On the other hand, in S621, when the main CPU 93 determines that the RT state has shifted to the RT1 state (when the determination in S621 is YES), the main CPU 93 sets the ART fall waiting flag to the off state and sets the normal flag to the on state. Set (S622). By this process, the ball ejection state shifts from the ART fall waiting state to the normal state, and the game in the normal state of the first cycle is started from the next game.

Next, the main CPU 93 initializes the rank of each card (S623). Specifically, the main CPU 93 sets each rank of the offensive card, the defensive card, and the reward card to "0" (rareity "R"). The present invention is not limited to this, and the initial value of each card rank is determined to be a predetermined rank by lottery from a plurality of types of ranks (for example, "0", "1", "2", etc.). It may be. Then, after the processing of S623, the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control processing, and shifts the processing to S19 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

[Ball output state control process at the end of CZ]
Next, with reference to FIG. 248, the ball ejection state control process at the end of CZ performed in S609 in the flowchart of the ball ejection state control process (see FIGS. 246 and 247) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the ART winning has been confirmed (S631). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the ART winning has been confirmed based on the on / off state of the winning confirmation flag, and if the winning confirmation flag is on, it is determined that the ART winning has been confirmed. To do.

In S631, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ART winning has been confirmed (when the determination in S631 is YES), the main CPU 93 sets the CZ middle flag to the off state and sets the ART preparation flag to the on state (when the ART winning flag is determined to be YES). S632). By this process, the ball ejection state shifts from the CZ middle state to the ART preparation state, and the game in the ART preparation state is started from the next game.

Next, the main CPU 93 sets the value of the special game number counter and the special final game loop rate based on the card ranks of the reward cards acquired by the time of introducing CZ (S633). For example, if the card rank of the reward card acquired by the time of introduction of CZ is "3", "7" is set in the value of the special game number counter, and the special final game loop rate is 50. % Is set.

Next, the main CPU 93 sets the value of the cycle count counter to "1" (S634). Then, after the processing of S634, the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control process at the end of CZ, and also terminates the ball ejection state control process (see FIGS. 246 and 247).

On the other hand, in S631, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ART winning has not been determined (when the determination in S631 is NO), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the ART non-winning has been determined (S635). In this process, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the ART non-winning has been confirmed based on the on / off state of the defeat confirmation flag, and if the defeat confirmation flag is on, the ART non-winning has been confirmed. Is determined.

In S635, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ART non-winning has not been determined (when the determination in S635 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control process at the end of CZ and the ball ejection state control process. (See FIGS. 246 and 247) also ends.

On the other hand, in S635, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ART non-winning has been confirmed (when the determination in S635 is YES), the main CPU 93 turns off the CZ middle flag in the ball ejection state flag storage area (see FIG. 101). Set to the state and set the normal flag to the on state (S636). By this process, the ball ejection state shifts from the CZ middle state to the normal state, and the game in the normal state of the next cycle is started in the next game.

Next, the main CPU 93 adds "1" to the value of the cycle count counter (S637). Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the value of the cycle count counter is larger than "5" (S638).

In S638, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the cycle count counter is not larger than "5" (when the determination in S638 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S640 described later. On the other hand, in S638, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the cycle count counter is larger than "5" (when the determination in S638 is YES), the main CPU 93 sets the value of the cycle counter to "1" ( S639).

After the processing of S639 or when the determination in S638 is NO, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the win rewrite flag is in the ON state (S640).

In S640, when the main CPU 93 determines that the win rewrite flag is not in the ON state (when the determination in S640 is NO), the main CPU 93 initializes the rank of each card (S641). Specifically, the main CPU 93 sets each rank of the offensive card, the defensive card, and the reward card to "0" (rareity "R"). The present invention is not limited to this, and the initial value of each card rank is determined to be a predetermined rank by lottery from a plurality of types of ranks (for example, "0", "1", "2", etc.). It may be. Then, after the processing of S641, the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control process at the end of CZ, and also terminates the ball ejection state control process (see FIGS. 246 and 247).

On the other hand, in S640, when the main CPU 93 determines that the win rewrite flag is on (when the determination in S640 is YES), the main CPU 93 sets the normal flag to the off state and turns the ART preparing flag on. (S642). By this process, the non-winning confirmation of ART is rewritten to the winning confirmation of ART. As a result, the ball ejection state shifts to the ART preparing state, and the game in the ART preparing state is started from the next game.

Next, the main CPU 93 sets the value of the special game number counter and the special final game loop rate based on the card ranks of the reward cards acquired by the time of introducing CZ (S643). Next, the main CPU 93 sets the value of the cycle count counter to "1" (S644). Then, after the processing of S644, the main CPU 93 ends the ball ejection state control process at the end of CZ, and also terminates the ball ejection state control process (see FIGS. 246 and 247).

[Bonus end check process]
Next, the bonus end check process performed in S21 in the main flow (see FIG. 203) will be described with reference to FIG. 249.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the bonus (BB or MB) is operating by referring to the game state flag storage area (see FIG. 101) (S651). When the main CPU 93 determines in S651 that the bonus is not operating (when the determination in S651 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the bonus end check process and shifts the process to S22 in the main flow (see FIG. 203). ..

On the other hand, in S651, when the main CPU 93 determines that the bonus is in operation (when the determination in S651 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the value of the bonus end number counter is less than "0". (S652).

In S652, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the bonus end number counter is not less than "0" (when the determination in S652 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S661 described later.

On the other hand, in S652, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the bonus end number counter is less than "0" (when the determination in S652 is YES), the main CPU 93 performs the bonus end command generation and storage process (S653). .. In this process, the main CPU 93 generates data of a bonus end command to be transmitted to the sub control circuit 101, and stores the command data in a communication data storage area provided in the main RAM 95. The bonus end command stored in the communication data storage area is transmitted from the main control circuit 91 to the sub control circuit 101 by the communication data transmission process in the interrupt process described later with reference to FIG. 252. The bonus end command includes information indicating that the bonus game has ended.

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not it is at the end of BB (S654). In S654, when the main CPU 93 determines that it is not the end of BB (when the determination in S654 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S659 described later. On the other hand, in S654, when the main CPU 93 determines that it is the end of BB (when the determination in S654 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the ball ejection state is in the CZ middle state (S655).

In S655, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is not in the CZ middle state (when the determination in S655 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S657 described later. On the other hand, in S655, when the main CPU 93 determines that the ball ejection state is in the CZ in-progress state (when the S655 is YES determination), the main CPU 93 sets the CZ in-progress flag to the off state and sets the ART preparing flag. Set to the on state (S656). That is, when the BB wins in the CZ middle state, after the BB digestion, the ball ejection state shifts from the CZ middle state to the ART preparing state (when the BB wins in the CZ middle state, the ART transition changes. Determine).

After the processing of S656 or when the determination in S655 is NO, the main CPU 93 sets the lock time (500.59 ms) at the end of the BB corresponding to the game lock performed at the end of the BB in the lock timer (S657). By this process, the game lock at the end of BB is started. The lock timer subtraction process (count process) is performed by the timer update process during the interrupt process of FIG. 252, which will be described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the BB end lock time has elapsed (S658).

In S658, when the main CPU 93 determines that the lock time for BB end has not elapsed (when the determination in S658 is NO), the main CPU 93 repeats the process of S658, and the lock time for BB end elapses. Wait until.

On the other hand, in S658, when the main CPU 93 determines that the lock time for the end of BB has elapsed (when the determination in S658 is YES), or when the determination in S654 is NO, the main CPU 93 performs the processing at the end of the bonus. (S659). In this process, the main CPU 93 clears the bonus end number counter and sets the game state flag corresponding to the operating bonus (BB or MB) to the off state. If the value of the BB bonus end number counter is less than "0", it means that the number of medals paid out exceeds the predetermined number (305) during the BB state, and the MB bonus end number counter If the value is less than "0", it means that the number of medals paid out exceeds a specific number (45) during the MB state.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs an initialization process at the end of the bonus (S660). Then, after the processing of S660, the main CPU 93 ends the bonus end check processing, and shifts the processing to S22 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

Here, returning to the process of S652 again, when the determination in S652 is NO, the main CPU 93 updates each value of the winning number counter and the playable number counter (S661). The value of the winning count counter is subtracted by "1" when a small winning combination (a winning combination with a medal payout) is displayed, and the playable count counter value is one game (unit game) regardless of the stop symbol. Is subtracted by "1".

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the value of the winning number counter or the playable number counter is “0” (S662). In S662, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the winning count counter or the value of the playable counter is not "0" (when the determination in S662 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the bonus end check process. , The process is transferred to S22 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

On the other hand, in S662, when the main CPU 93 determines that the value of the winning count counter or the value of the playable count counter is "0" (when the determination in S662 is YES), the main CPU 93 is the RB or CB. Processing at the end is performed (S663). Specifically, processing such as setting the RB state flag or the CB state flag to the off state, clearing the values of the winning count counter and the game play counter is performed. After that, the main CPU 93 ends the bonus end check process, and shifts the process to S22 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

[Bonus operation check process]
Next, the bonus operation check process performed in S22 in the main flow (see FIG. 203) will be described with reference to FIG. 250.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the bonus (BB or MB) is in operation (S671). In S671, when the main CPU 93 determines that the bonus is not operating (when the determination in S671 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S674 described later.

On the other hand, in S671, when the main CPU 93 determines that the bonus is operating (when the determination in S671 is YES), the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the RB or CB is operating (S672). In S672, when the main CPU 93 determines that the RB or CB is operating (when the determination in S672 is YES), the main CPU 93 ends the bonus operation check process and performs the process in the main flow (see FIG. 203). Move to S2.

On the other hand, in S672, when the main CPU 93 determines that the RB or CB is not operating (when the determination in S672 is NO), the main CPU 93 of the RB or CB is based on the bonus operating table (see FIG. 20). Perform on-time processing (S673). In this process, the main CPU 93 appropriately sets a value corresponding to the bonus type in the winning number counter and the playable number counter with reference to the bonus operating table (see FIG. 20). Then, after the processing of S673, the main CPU 93 ends the bonus operation check processing, and shifts the processing to S2 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

Here, returning to the process of S671 again, when S671 is determined to be NO, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the bonus game has been won (S674). In the present embodiment, when the symbol combination (see FIG. 16) related to the BB combination or the MB combination is stopped and displayed on the effective line, the bonus game is won. When the main CPU 93 determines in S674 that the bonus game is not won (when the determination in S674 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S679 described later.

On the other hand, in S674, when the main CPU 93 determines that the bonus game has been won (when the determination in S674 is YES), the main CPU 93 selects the winning bonus game based on the bonus operating table (see FIG. 20). The corresponding bonus operation time processing is performed (S675). In this process, the main CPU 93 sets "1" to the corresponding bit in the game state flag storage area (see FIG. 100) with reference to the bonus operation time table (see FIG. 20), and sets the bonus end number counter. Set the numerical value to a predetermined value (“305” at the time of BB winning, “45” at the time of MB winning). Further, in this process, the RB operating process described in S673 above is also performed.

Next, the main CPU 93 clears the value of the carry-over combination storage area (S676). Next, the main CPU 93 performs a bonus start command generation / storage process (S677). In this process, the main CPU 93 generates data of a bonus start command to be transmitted to the sub control circuit 101, and stores the command data in a communication data storage area provided in the main RAM 95. The bonus start command stored in the communication data storage area is transmitted from the main control circuit 91 to the sub control circuit 101 by the communication data transmission process in the interrupt process described later with reference to FIG. 252. The bonus start command includes information indicating that the bonus game has started.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a BB start lock process (S678). The details of the lock process at the start of BB will be described later with reference to FIG. 251 described later. Then, after the processing of S678, the main CPU 93 ends the bonus operation check processing, and shifts the processing to S2 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

Here, returning to the process of S674 again, when the determination in S674 is NO, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the winning combination related to the replay is a prize (S679). In S679, when the main CPU 93 determines that the winning combination related to the replay is not a prize (when the determination in S679 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the bonus operation check process and performs the process in the main flow (see FIG. 203). Move to S2.

On the other hand, in S679, when the main CPU 93 determines that the winning combination related to the replay is a prize (when the determination in S679 is YES), the main CPU 93 requests the automatic insertion of medals (S680). That is, the main CPU 93 copies the input number counter to the automatic input number counter. Then, after the processing of S680, the main CPU 93 ends the bonus operation check processing, and shifts the processing to S2 of the main flow (see FIG. 203).

[Lock processing at BB start]
Next, with reference to FIG. 251, the BB start lock process performed in S678 in the flowchart of the bonus operation check process (see FIG. 250) will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not it is the start of NBB (BB1 or BB2) (S691). When the main CPU 93 determines in S691 that it is not the start of NBB (when the determination in S691 is NO), the main CPU 93 performs the process of S694 described later.

On the other hand, when the main CPU 93 determines in S691 that it is the start of NBB (when the determination in S691 is YES), the main CPU 93 has a lock time for starting NBB (5501.09 ms) corresponding to the game lock performed at the time of winning the NBB. ) Is set in the lock timer (S692). By this process, the game lock at the time of NBB winning is started. The lock timer subtraction process (count process) is performed by the timer update process during the interrupt process of FIG. 252, which will be described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the NBB start lock time has elapsed (S693). In S693, when the main CPU 93 determines that the lock time for starting NBB has not elapsed (when the determination in S693 is NO), the main CPU 93 repeats the process of S693, and the value of the lock timer becomes "0". Wait until it becomes.

On the other hand, in S693, when the main CPU 93 determines that the lock time for starting NBB has elapsed (when the determination in S693 is YES), or when the determination in S691 is NO, the main CPU 93 is at the start of SBB (BB3). It is determined whether or not it is (S694). When the main CPU 93 determines in S694 that it is not at the start of SBB (when the determination in S694 is NO), the main CPU 93 ends the lock process at the start of BB and also ends the bonus operation check process (see FIG. 250). ..

On the other hand, when the main CPU 93 determines in S694 that it is at the start of SBB (when the determination in S694 is YES), the main CPU 93 has a lock time for starting SBB (770.86 ms) corresponding to the game lock performed at the time of winning the SBB. ) Is set in the lock timer (S695). By this process, the game lock at the time of SBB winning is started. The lock timer subtraction process (count process) is performed by the timer update process during the interrupt process of FIG. 252, which will be described later.

Next, the main CPU 93 determines whether or not the lock time for starting SBB has elapsed (S696). In S696, when the main CPU 93 determines that the lock time for starting SBB has not elapsed (when the determination in S696 is NO), the main CPU 93 repeats the process of S696, and the value of the lock timer becomes "0". Wait until it becomes.

On the other hand, in S696, when the main CPU 93 determines that the lock time for starting SBB has elapsed (when the determination in S696 is YES), the main CPU 93 ends the lock process at the start of BB and also performs a bonus operation check process (when the lock time for starting SBB is determined). (See FIG. 250) also ends.

[Interrupt processing controlled by the main CPU (1.1172 msec)]
Next, with reference to FIG. 252, an interrupt process that is periodically executed at 1.1172 msec intervals under the control of the main CPU 93 will be described.

First, the main CPU 93 saves the register (S701). Next, the main CPU 93 performs an input port check process (S702). In this process, signals input from various switches such as the stop switch of the stop switch board 80 are checked.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a timer update process (S703). In this process, the main CPU 93 performs a process of subtracting the value of the lock timer for each interrupt process, for example.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a reel control process (S704). In this process, the main CPU 93 starts rotating the left reel 3L, the middle reel 3C, and the right reel 3R when all the main reels are requested to start rotating, and then each main reel rotates at a constant speed. In addition, three stepping motors are driven and controlled. When the number of sliding pieces is determined, the main CPU 93 updates the symbol counter of the corresponding main reel by the number of sliding pieces. Then, the main CPU 93 waits for the updated symbol counter to match the value corresponding to the scheduled stop position (the symbol at the scheduled stop position reaches the area on the effective line of the reel display window 4), and then corresponds to the corresponding value. Drive and control the corresponding stepping motor so that the rotation of the main reel is decelerated and stopped. Further, in the present embodiment, in the processing of S704, in addition to the normal acceleration processing, constant speed processing and stop processing of the main reel, when the game lock is set, the main CPU 93 is set to the type of the game lock. It also controls the corresponding lock effect (reel effect).

Next, the main CPU 93 performs a communication data transmission process (S705). In this process, various commands are mainly transmitted to the sub-control circuit 101 as appropriate. In the present embodiment, if a command related to the game operation is not set in the interrupt process having a cycle of 1.1172 ms, a non-operation command is transmitted from the main control circuit 91 to the sub control circuit 101.

Next, the main CPU 93 performs the lamp 7-segment drive process (S706). In this process, the main CPU 93 drives and controls the information display 24 to display the number of payouts, the number of credits, and the like. Further, in this process, when the instruction display unit included in the information display 24 is used to display information related to navigation, the main CPU 93 drives and controls the instruction display unit to display information related to navigation (instruction monitor number). To do. Next, the main CPU 93 performs a register reset process (S707). Then, after that, the main CPU 93 ends the interrupt process.

<Explanation of operation of sub-control circuit>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 253 to 285, the contents of various processes (tasks) executed by the sub CPU 102 of the sub control circuit 101 using the program will be described.

[Main board communication task]
First, the main board communication task performed by the sub CPU 102 will be described with reference to FIG. 253.

First, the sub CPU 102 checks the reception of the command transmitted from the main control circuit 91 (S801). Next, when the sub CPU 102 receives the command, the sub CPU 102 extracts the type of the received command (S802).

Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the command type is normal (S803). In the present embodiment, the command type is associated with any of the plurality of types of codes, and when the game is operating normally, the command type is one of the plurality of types of codes. Therefore, in the process of S803, if the received command type code is any one of a plurality of types of codes, the sub CPU 102 determines that the command type is normal. On the other hand, when the command type code is other than the plurality of types of codes, the sub CPU 102 determines that some abnormality (including cheating) has occurred during the game, and determines that the command type is not a normal command type.

When the sub CPU 102 determines in S803 that the command type is not normal (when the determination in S803 is NO), the sub CPU 102 returns the process to S801 and repeats the processes after S801.

On the other hand, in S803, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the command type is normal (when the determination in S803 is YES), the sub CPU 102 stores a message in the message queue based on the received command (S804). .. The message queue is a mechanism for exchanging information between processes. Then, after the processing of S804, the sub CPU 102 returns the processing to S801 and repeats the processing after S801.

[Direction registration task]
Next, the effect registration task performed by the sub CPU 102 will be described with reference to FIG. 254.

First, the sub CPU 102 retrieves a message from the message queue (S811). Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not there is a message in the message queue (S812). In S812, when the sub CPU 102 determines that there is no message in the message queue (when the determination in S812 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S815 described later.

On the other hand, in S812, when the sub CPU 102 determines that there is a message in the message queue (when the determination in S812 is YES), the sub CPU 102 copies the game information from the message (S813). In this process, for example, various data such as information on the internal winning combination (main lottery flag) specified by the parameter, the type of reel whose rotation has stopped, the display combination, the game state flag, and the like are provided in the storage area 103. It is copied to (not shown).

Next, the sub CPU 102 performs the effect content determination process (S814). In this process, the sub CPU 102 determines the effect content, registers the effect data, and the like according to the type of the received command. The details of the effect content determination process will be described later with reference to FIGS. 255 and 256 described later.

Next, the sub CPU 102 registers the animation data (S815). Next, the sub CPU 102 registers the sound data (S816). Next, the sub CPU 102 registers the lamp data (S817). It should be noted that these registration processes are performed based on the effect data registered in the effect content determination process of S814. Then, after the processing of S817, the sub CPU 102 returns the processing to S811 and repeats the processing after S811.

[Production content determination process]
Next, with reference to FIGS. 255 and 256, the effect content determination process performed in S814 in the flowchart of the effect registration task (see FIG. 254) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the initialization command is received (S821).

When the sub CPU 102 determines in S821 that the initialization command is received (YES in S821), the sub CPU 102 performs the initialization command reception process (S822). In this process, the sub CPU 102 mainly performs a lottery process of various effect parameters necessary for the effect control performed in the game in the normal state started after the setting is changed. The details of the process at the time of receiving the initialization command will be described later with reference to FIG. 257 described later. Then, after the processing of S822, the sub CPU 102 ends the effect content determination process, and shifts the process to S815 of the effect registration task (see FIG. 254).

On the other hand, in S821, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is not the time when the initialization command is received (when the determination in S821 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not it is the time when the medal insertion command is received (S823).

In S823, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the medal insertion command has been received (YES in S823), the sub CPU 102 performs the medal insertion command reception processing (S824). In this process, the sub CPU 102 mainly performs a set (registration) process of the effect data at the time of canceling the demo display. The details of the process at the time of receiving the medal insertion command will be described later with reference to FIG. 258 described later. Then, after the processing of S824, the sub CPU 102 ends the effect content determination process, and shifts the process to S815 of the effect registration task (see FIG. 254).

On the other hand, in S823, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is not the time when the medal insertion command is received (when the determination in S823 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not it is the time when the start command is received (S825).

In S825, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the start command has been received (YES in S825), the sub CPU 102 performs the start command reception process (S826). In this process, the sub CPU 102 extracts various random values for the effect, determines the effect pattern number by lottery based on the information about the internal winning combination (main lottery flag), and the effect data corresponding to the effect pattern number. Is set (registered). Here, the effect pattern number is data that specifies the effect content to be executed this time. Further, the effect data is data for designating animation data, sound data, and lamp data. Therefore, when the effect data is registered, the corresponding animation data and the like are determined, and the effect such as displaying an image is executed. The details of the process at the time of receiving the start command will be described later with reference to FIG. 259 described later.

Then, after the processing of S826, the sub CPU 102 ends the effect content determination process, and shifts the process to S815 of the effect registration task (see FIG. 254).

On the other hand, in S825, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is not the time when the start command is received (when the determination in S825 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not it is the time when the reel stop command is received (S827).

When the sub CPU 102 determines in S827 that the reel stop command has been received (YES in S827), the sub CPU 102 performs the reel stop command reception processing (S828). In this process, the sub CPU 102 outputs the effect data at the time of reel stop based on the information included in the reel stop command, for example, the type of the stop reel (operation stop button), the stop start position, the number of sliding pieces, the effect number, and the like. Decide (register). Then, after the processing of S828, the sub CPU 102 ends the effect content determination process, and shifts the process to S815 of the effect registration task (see FIG. 254).

On the other hand, in S827, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is not the time when the reel stop command is received (when the determination in S827 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not it is the time when the display command is received (S829).

In S829, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the display command is received (YES in S829), the sub CPU 102 performs the display command reception process (S830). In this process, the transition control process of the sub-game state and the update process of the sub-management flag are mainly performed. The details of the processing at the time of receiving the display command will be described later with reference to FIG. 274 described later. Then, after the processing of S830, the sub CPU 102 ends the effect content determination process, and shifts the process to S815 of the effect registration task (see FIG. 254).

On the other hand, in S829, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is not the time when the display command is received (when the determination in S829 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not it is the time when the payout end command is received (S831).

In S831, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is the time when the payout end command is received (when the determination in S831 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process when the payout end command is received (S832). In this process, the sub CPU 102 performs a transition control process to the demo effect. The details of the processing at the time of receiving the payout end command will be described later with reference to FIG. 285 described later. Then, after the processing of S832, the sub CPU 102 ends the effect content determination process, and shifts the process to S815 of the effect registration task (see FIG. 254).

On the other hand, in S831, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is not the time when the payout end command is received (when the determination in S831 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not it is the time when the bonus start command is received (S833).

In S833, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is time to receive the bonus start command (when the determination in S833 is YES), the sub CPU 102 turns on various related flags for control corresponding to the bonus (BB or MB) to be started. Set to the state (S834). In this process, the sub CPU 102 is determined from, for example, various sub management flags indicating the bonus types such as the BB medium sub flag, the NBB sub flag, the SBB sub flag, the story BB flag, and the MB sub flag, depending on the bonus type to be started. Set the flag to on. Then, after the processing of S834, the sub CPU 102 ends the effect content determination process, and shifts the process to S815 of the effect registration task (see FIG. 254).

On the other hand, in S833, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is not the time when the bonus start command is received (when the determination in S833 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not it is the time when the bonus end command is received (S835).

In S835, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is not the time when the bonus end command is received (when the determination in S835 is NO), the sub CPU 102 ends the effect content determination process, and performs the process in S815 of the effect registration task (see FIG. 254). Move to.

On the other hand, in S835, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is the time when the bonus end command is received (when the determination in S835 is YES), the sub CPU 102 turns off various related sub flags for the end bonus (BB or MB) control. (S836). In this process, the sub CPU 102 determines, for example, a predetermined flag from various sub management flags indicating the bonus type such as the BB middle sub flag, the NBB sub flag, the SBB sub flag, the story BB flag, and the MB sub flag, depending on the bonus type to be terminated. Is set to the off state. Then, after the processing of S836, the sub CPU 102 ends the effect content determination process, and shifts the process to S815 of the effect registration task (see FIG. 254).

[Processing when initialization command is received]
Next, with reference to FIG. 257, the initialization command reception processing performed in S822 in the flowchart of the effect content determination processing (see FIGS. 255 and 256) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 clears various effect parameters before the power failure (S841). Next, the sub CPU 102 clears various modes (S842). Next, the sub CPU 102 clears various counters (S843).

Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the setting change occurrence flag to the ON state (S844). The setting change occurrence flag is a flag indicating that the current sub-game state is the game period in the normal state of the first cycle after the setting is changed or after the power is restored after 2 hours from the power failure, and is turned on during this game period. It is maintained in a state. The setting change occurrence flag is provided in the sub RAM 103.

Next, the sub CPU 102 normally sets the sub flag to the ON state (S845). By this process, the game in the normal state is started from the current game. Next, the sub CPU 102 sets "40" (initial value) in the sub cycle counter (S846). The sub-cycle counter is a counter for counting (managing) the number of remaining cycle games in the normal state on the sub side, and is provided in the sub RAM 103.

Next, the sub CPU 102 performs a display effect lottery process of the normal stage displayed on the liquid crystal display device 11 during the game period in the normal state (S847). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the normal stage display effect lottery table (see FIG. 135) and determines the effect of "stage A display", "stage B display", or "stage C display". Then, after the process of S847, the sub CPU 102 ends the process at the time of receiving the initialization command, and also ends the effect content determination process (see FIGS. 255 and 256).

[Processing when receiving medal insertion command]
Next, with reference to FIG. 258, the medal insertion command reception processing performed in S824 in the flowchart of the effect content determination processing (see FIGS. 255 and 256) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the demo display flag is on (S851). The demo display flag is a flag indicating whether or not an effect of displaying the demo screen on the liquid crystal display device 11 (demo display effect) is currently being executed, and is provided in the sub RAM 103. The demo display flag is set to the on state when the execution condition (transition condition to the demo screen) of the demo display effect is satisfied at the end of the medal payout processing operation, and then the medal insertion operation of the next game is detected. The on state is maintained until it is done.

When the sub CPU 102 determines in S851 that the demo display flag is not in the ON state (when the determination in S851 is NO), the sub CPU 102 ends the medal insertion command reception process and determines the effect content (FIGS. 255 and FIG. (See FIG. 256) also ends.

On the other hand, in S851, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the demo display flag is on (when the determination in S851 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the demo display flag to the off state and sets the effect flag when the demo is released. Set to the on state (S852). The demo release effect flag is a flag indicating whether or not the demo release effect is being executed, and is provided in the sub RAM 103.

Next, the sub CPU 102 sets (registers) the effect data of the effect when the demo is released (S853). By this process, the execution of the effect when the demo is released (the effect of turning over the card and displaying the number of remaining cycle games as "?") Is started. Then, after the processing of S853, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the time of receiving the medal insertion command, and also ends the effect content determination processing (see FIGS. 255 and 256).

[Processing when receiving start command]
Next, with reference to FIG. 259, the process at the time of receiving the start command performed in S826 in the flowchart of the effect content determination process (see FIGS. 255 and 256) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the effect at the time of demo release is being executed (S861).

In S861, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the effect at the time of demo release is not being executed (when the determination in S861 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S863 described later. On the other hand, in S861, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the demo release effect is being executed (YES in S861), the sub CPU 102 sets the demo release effect flag to the off state (S862). By this process, the effect at the time of canceling the demo ends, and the normal stage effect starts.

After the processing of S862, or when the determination of S861 is NO, the sub CPU 102 performs the sub lottery flag generation processing (S863). In this process, the sub CPU 102 generates the corresponding sub lottery flag A and the sub lottery flag B based on the main lottery flag included in the start command (see FIG. 107).

Next, the sub CPU 102 refers to the sub management flag and determines whether or not the sub game state is the normal state (S864).

In S864, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is the normal state (when the determination in S864 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the normal middle game start processing (S865). In this process, the sub CPU 102 mainly registers the effect data corresponding to the effect pattern to be executed at the start of the game in the normal state (at the start of the unit game). The details of the processing at the start of the normal game will be described later with reference to FIGS. 260 and 261 described later. Then, after the processing of S865, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the time of receiving the start command, and also ends the effect content determination processing (see FIGS. 255 and 256).

On the other hand, in S864, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the normal state (when the determination in S864 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub game state is the state at the time of introducing CZ (when the sub game state is determined to be NO). S866).

In S866, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is the CZ introduction state (YES in S866), the sub CPU 102 performs the CZ introduction game start process (S867). In this process, the sub CPU 102 mainly registers the effect data corresponding to the effect pattern to be executed at the start of the game in the state when the CZ is introduced. Then, after the processing of S867, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the time of receiving the start command, and also ends the effect content determination processing (see FIGS. 255 and 256).

On the other hand, in S866, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the state at the time of introducing CZ (when the determination in S866 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub game state is in the CZ in-progress state. (S868).

In S868, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is in the CZ middle state (when the determination in S868 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the CZ middle game start processing (S869). In this process, the sub CPU 102 mainly registers the effect data corresponding to the effect pattern to be executed at the start of the game in the CZ state. Then, after the processing of S869, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the time of receiving the start command, and also ends the effect content determination processing (see FIGS. 255 and 256).

On the other hand, in S868, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not in the CZ middle state (when the determination in S868 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub game state is in the ART preparation state. (S870).

In S870, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is in the ART preparation state (YES in S870), the sub CPU 102 performs the ART preparation game start processing (S871). In this process, the sub CPU 102 mainly registers the effect data corresponding to the effect pattern to be executed at the start of the game in the ART preparation state. Then, after the processing of S871, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the time of receiving the start command, and also ends the effect content determination processing (see FIGS. 255 and 256).

On the other hand, in S870, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not in the ART preparation state (NO determination in S870), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub game state is the ART state (when the sub game state is in the ART state). S872).

In S872, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the ART state (when the determination in S872 is NO), the sub CPU 102 ends the process at the time of receiving the start command and determines the effect content (FIGS. 255 and FIG. 256) also ends.

On the other hand, in S872, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is the ART state (when the determination in S872 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the game start processing during ART (S873). In this process, the sub CPU 102 mainly registers the effect data corresponding to the effect pattern executed at the start of the game in the ART state. The details of the processing at the start of the game during ART will be described later with reference to FIGS. 263 and 264 described later. Then, after the processing of S873, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the time of receiving the start command, and also ends the effect content determination processing (see FIGS. 255 and 256).

[Processing at the start of normal game]
Next, with reference to FIGS. 260 and 261 the normal middle game start processing performed in S865 in the flowchart of the start command reception processing flowchart (see FIG. 259) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is a BB winning game (S881). In this process, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is a BB winning game by referring to the parameters related to the presence or absence of the BB winning game included in the star command.

In S881, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is the BB winning game (when the determination in S881 is YES), the sub CPU 102 normally performs the BB winning effect processing (S882). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to, for example, the normal BB winning effect lottery table (not shown), and based on the sub lottery flag (internal winning combination), the sub CPU 102 executes the effect at the start of the BB winning game in the normal state. The effect pattern number of is determined, and the effect data table corresponding to the effect pattern number is specified. Although not shown, the configuration of the effect data table specified in this process is the same as the configuration of the effect data table described with reference to FIGS. 109 and 110. Then, after the processing of S882, the sub CPU 102 performs the processing of S892 described later.

On the other hand, in S881, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is not the BB winning game (when the determination in S881 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub game state is the BB internal middle state ( S883).

In S883, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub-game state is the BB internal middle state (when the determination in S883 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the normal middle BB internal middle effect processing (S884). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to, for example, the normal medium BB internal medium effect lottery table (not shown), and based on the sub lottery flag (internal winning combination), the game status, etc., at the start of the game in the BB internal medium state. The effect pattern number of the effect to be executed is determined, and the effect data table corresponding to the effect pattern number is specified. Although not shown, the configuration of the effect data table specified in this process is the same as the configuration of the effect data table described with reference to FIGS. 109 and 110. Then, after the processing of S884, the sub CPU 102 performs the processing of S892 described later.

On the other hand, in S883, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the BB internal middle state (when the determination in S883 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub game state is the BB state (when the sub game state is the BB state or not). S885).

In S885, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is the BB state (when the determination in S885 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the normal during BB effect processing (S885). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to, for example, the effect lottery table during the normal BB (see, for example, FIGS. 113 and 114), and is in a normal state based on the sub lottery flag (internal winning combination), the game situation, and the like. The effect pattern number of the effect to be executed at the start of the game during BB operation is determined, and the effect data table corresponding to the effect pattern number is specified. Although not shown, the configuration of the effect data table specified in this process is the same as the configuration of the effect data table described with reference to FIGS. 109 and 110. Then, after the processing of S885, the sub CPU 102 performs the processing of S892 described later.

On the other hand, in S885, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the BB state (when the determination in S885 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is a game at the time of card rank up. (S887). In this process, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is a game at the time of card rank up by referring to the parameters related to the presence or absence of card rank up included in the star command.

In S887, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is a game at the time of card rank up (when the determination in S887 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the card rank up effect processing (S888). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to, for example, the effect lottery table (not shown) at the time of card rank up during normal operation, and the card rank up is determined based on the sub lottery flag (internal winning combination), the game situation, and the like. The effect pattern number of the effect to be executed at the start of the game in the normal state is determined, and the effect data table corresponding to the effect pattern number is specified. Although not shown, the configuration of the effect data table specified in this process is the same as the configuration of the effect data table described with reference to FIGS. 109 and 110. By this process, among the three cards displayed on the liquid crystal display device 11, the display mode (card pattern, etc.) of the card for which the card rank up has been determined is the display of the card (acquired card) after the rank up. Updated to mode.

Next, the sub CPU 102 subtracts 1 from the value of the sub cycle counter (S889). In the present embodiment, in the normal state, when the game in the BB and in the BB is executed at the time of winning the BB, the subtraction process of the sub-period counter is not performed. Then, after the processing of S889, the sub CPU 102 performs the processing of S892 described later.

On the other hand, in S897, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is not the game at the time of card rank up (when the determination in S897 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the normal time effect processing (S890). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to, for example, the normal middle effect lottery table (see, for example, FIG. 108), and is in the normal state (at the time of BB win, inside) based on the sub lottery flag (internal winning combination), the game situation, and the like. , BB and in a normal state other than when the card is ranked up), the effect pattern number of the effect to be executed at the start of the game is determined, and the effect data table corresponding to the effect pattern number is specified. Next, the sub CPU 102 subtracts 1 from the value of the sub cycle counter (S891).

After the processing of S882, S884, S886, S888 or S891, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the production table can be directly specified by the production data table set by the processing of S882, S884, S886, S888 or S890. (S892). Specifically, the sub CPU 102 refers to the effect data table set by the processing of S882, S884, S886, S888 or S890, and refers to the effect parameter items "GrID" and "GrNo" associated with the effect pattern number. It is determined whether or not the effect is specified in. Then, if the effect is specified in the effect parameter items "GrID" and "GrNo", the sub CPU 102 determines that the effect table can be directly specified.

In S892, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the effect table can be directly specified (when the determination in S892 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S894 described later. On the other hand, in S892, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the effect table cannot be directly specified (when the determination in S892 is NO), the sub CPU 102 has the effect pattern number specified in the set effect data table. With reference to the values of the associated effect parameter items "inc" and "table", another effect data table corresponding to the values is registered (set) (S893).

After the processing of S893, or when the determination in S892 is YES, the sub CPU 102 refers to the set effect data table and sets the effect parameter item "ST" associated with the effect pattern number to a value of "1" or more. Is specified or not (S894).

In S894, when the sub CPU 102 determines that a value of "1" or more is not specified in the effect parameter item "ST" (when the determination in S894 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S897 described later.

On the other hand, in S894, when the sub CPU 102 determines that a value of "1" or more is specified in the effect parameter item "ST" (when the determination in S894 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the stage background transition lottery process. Do (S895). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the stage background transition lottery table (see FIGS. 127A and 127B) and based on the value of "ST", the current stage background type, and the lottery state (low or high accuracy). The presence or absence of background transition (winning / non-winning) is determined, and the stage background type (day, evening or night) of the transition destination is determined. Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the stage background data corresponding to the lottery result (stage background of the migration destination) in S895 (S896).

After the processing of S896, or when S894 is determined to be NO, the sub CPU 102 refers to the set effect data table, and "1" is defined in the effect parameter item "MOE" associated with the effect pattern number. It is determined whether or not it is (S897).

In S897, when the sub CPU 102 determines that "1" is not specified in the effect parameter item "MOE" (when the determination in S897 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S902 described later. On the other hand, in S897, when the sub CPU 102 determines that "1" is specified in the effect parameter item "MOE" (when the determination in S897 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the cut-in lottery execution condition (lottery condition). ) Is satisfied or not (S898).

In this embodiment, the execution conditions of the cut-in lottery are determined. Specifically, for example, "in the normal state and when the BB is not won", "in the normal state and when the BB is won", "in the ART state and when the game number precursor scenario is drawn", and "in the ART state". In addition, the execution conditions for the cut-in lottery are "at the time of winning the special precursor scenario lottery" and "at the time when the game state on the main side is preparing for ART and at the time of winning the BB". In the present embodiment, even if "1" is specified in the effect parameter item "MOE", the cut-in lottery is not performed unless the execution condition of the cut-in lottery is satisfied.

In S898, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the execution condition of the cut-in lottery is not satisfied (when the determination in S898 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S902 described later. On the other hand, in S898, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the execution condition of the cut-in lottery is satisfied (when the determination in S898 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the cut-in lottery process (S899). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the cut-in lottery table (see FIGS. 131A and 131B) and cuts based on the game situation (execution condition of the corresponding cut-in lottery) and the sub-lottery flag B (internal winning combination). The presence or absence of occurrence of in-effect (winning / non-winning) is determined, and the type of cut-in effect (cut-in A to H) is determined.

Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the cut-in lottery has been won (S900). In S900, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the cut-in lottery has not been won (when the determination in S900 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S902 described later. On the other hand, in S900, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the cut-in lottery has been won (when the determination in S900 is YES), the sub CPU 102 has the cut-in effect data corresponding to the lottery result (type of cut-in effect) in S899. Is set (S901). It should be noted that such additional effect data is set in a layer different from other effect data such as effect data for stage effect.

After the processing of S901, or when S897, S898 or S900 is NO determination, the sub CPU 102 refers to the set effect data table and sets "1" in the effect parameter item "LED" associated with the effect pattern number. It is determined whether or not a value equal to or greater than that is specified (S902).

In S902, when the sub CPU 102 determines that a value of "1" or more is not specified for the effect parameter item "LED" (when the determination in S902 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S907 described later. On the other hand, in S902, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the effect parameter item "LED" has a value of "1" or more (when the determination in S902 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the execution condition of the LED parameter lottery. It is determined whether or not (lottery condition) is satisfied (S903).

In this embodiment, the execution conditions for the LED parameter lottery are determined. Specifically, for example, "BB winning game", "card acquisition lottery winning", "battle winning" and the like are the execution conditions of the LED parameter lottery. In the present embodiment, even if a value of "1" or more is specified for the effect parameter item "LED", the LED parameter lottery is not performed unless the execution condition of the LED parameter lottery is satisfied.

In S903, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the execution condition of the LED parameter lottery is not satisfied (when the determination in S903 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S907 described later. On the other hand, in S903, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the execution condition of the LED parameter lottery is satisfied (when the determination in S903 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the LED parameter lottery process (S904). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the LED parameter lottery table (see, for example, FIG. 133), and based on the game status (execution condition of the corresponding LED parameter lottery) and the sub lottery flag A (internal winning combination), the LED It is determined whether or not a lighting effect (super hot lighting effect) is generated (winning / non-winning), and the type of LED lighting effect is determined.

Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the LED parameter lottery has been won (S905). In S905, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the LED parameter lottery has not been won (when the determination in S905 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S907 described later. On the other hand, in S905, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the LED parameter lottery has been won (when the determination in S905 is YES), the sub CPU 102 outputs the LED effect data corresponding to the lottery result (type of LED lighting effect) of S907. Set (S906).

After the processing of S906, or when S902, S903 or S905 is NO determination, the sub CPU 102 refers to the set effect data table and sets "0" in the effect parameter item "UI" associated with the effect pattern number. It is determined whether or not a value larger than "is specified" (S907).

In S907, when the sub CPU 102 determines that a value larger than "0" is not specified in the effect parameter item "UI" (when the determination in S907 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S909 described later. On the other hand, in S907, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the effect parameter item "UI" has a value larger than "0" (when the determination in S907 is YES), the sub CPU 102 determines that the effect parameter item "UI". The UI display effect data corresponding to the value of is set (S908). It should be noted that such UI display effect data is set in a layer different from other effect data such as the effect data for stage effect and the cut-in effect data described above.

After the processing of S908, or when the determination in S907 is NO, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the setting change occurrence flag is in the ON state (S909). In S909, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the setting change occurrence flag is not in the ON state (when the determination in S909 is NO), the sub CPU 102 ends the normal middle game start process and also receives the start command process (FIG. FIG. 259) also ends.

On the other hand, in S909, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the setting change occurrence flag is in the ON state (when the determination in S909 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the game start processing at the time of setting change (S910). In this process, the sub CPU 102 sets the effect data to be executed in the normal state of the first cycle after the setting is changed or after recovering from the power failure for 2 hours or more. The details of the game start processing at the time of setting change will be described later with reference to FIG. 262 described later. Then, after the processing of S910, the sub CPU 102 ends the normal middle game start processing, and also ends the start command reception processing (see FIG. 259).

[Processing at the start of the game when changing settings]
Next, with reference to FIG. 262, the process at the start of the game at the time of setting change performed in S910 in the flowchart of the process at the start of the game during normal operation (see FIGS. 260 and 261) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is a game at the time of card rank up (S921). In S921, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is not the game at the time of card rank up (when the determination in S921 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S926 described later.

On the other hand, in S921, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is a game at the time of card rank up (when the determination in S921 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs a card display lottery process (S922). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the card promotion display effect lottery table (see FIG. 136), and based on the sub lottery flag A (internal winning combination), whether or not the acquired card display effect is generated (winning /). Determine non-winning). Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the card display lottery has been won (S923).

In S923, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the card display lottery has been won (when the determination in S923 is YES), the sub CPU 102 maintains the effect data at the time of card rank up set in S888 (S924). That is, even in the normal state of the first cycle after the setting is changed or the power is restored after 2 hours of power interruption, if the card rank is increased and the card display lottery is won, the card display effect after the rank increase is performed. Will be. Then, after the processing of S924, the sub CPU 102 performs the processing of S926 described later.

On the other hand, in S923, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the card display lottery has not been won (when the determination in S923 is NO), the sub CPU 102 sets the effect data before the card rank up (S925). That is, even if the card rank is increased in the normal state of the first cycle after the setting is changed or the power is restored after 2 hours from the power interruption, if the card display lottery is not won, the card display effect after the rank increase is performed. I can't. Therefore, even if "0" is selected as the initial rank of the card in the normal state of the first cycle after the setting is changed or the power is restored after 2 hours of power interruption, and then the card rank is increased, the card is displayed. If the lottery is not won, the liquid crystal display device 11 continues the card display effect of the card rank "0".

After the processing of S924 or S925, or when the determination of S921 is NO, the sub CPU 102 sets the effect data for displaying the number of remaining cycle games as "?" (S926). Then, after the processing of S926, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the start of the game when the setting is changed, and also ends the processing at the start of the normal game (see FIGS. 260 and 261).

[Processing at the start of the game during ART]
Next, with reference to FIGS. 263 and 264, the process at the start of the game during ART performed in S873 in the flowchart of the process at the time of receiving the start command (see FIG. 259) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the additional notification effect of ART was performed in the previous game (S931). In this process, for example, when the previous game satisfies the following conditions (1) to (5), the sub CPU 102 determines that the additional notification effect has been performed in the previous game.
(1) The game in which the production of "Notification (G)" is selected in the precursor scenario (2) The game of "Development 1G" of the next game of the game in which the production of "Notification (Departure 1_G)" is selected in the precursor scenario (3) The game of "development 2G" of the game in which the production of "announcement (departure 2_G)" was selected in the precursor scenario (4) The number of games release flag was set to the on state during the specialized production. Game (5) A game in which the number of games release flag is set to the ON state during BB The number of games release flag is a determination flag indicating whether or not to execute an additional notification effect in the game or a subsequent game. , Is provided in the sub RAM 103.

In S931, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the additional notification effect has not been performed in the previous game (when the determination in S931 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S935 described later.

On the other hand, in S931, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the additional notification effect has been performed in the previous game (when the determination in S931 is YES), the sub CPU 102 adds the number of notification games to the value of the display ART counter (S932). ). The display ART counter is a counter for counting the number of remaining ART games displayed on the liquid crystal display device 11, and is provided in the sub RAM 103. Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the game number release flag to the off state (S933). Next, the sub CPU 102 sets (clears 0) the value of the notification game number counter to "0" (S934).

After the processing of S934 or when the determination in S931 is NO, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub-game state is the specialized effect state (S935). In this process, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is a game during the special production based on the on / off state of the special production sub flag. The special effect sub-flag is one of the sub-management flags, and is set to the on state when the sub-game state is the special effect state. Further, although not shown, in the present embodiment, separate specialized effect sub-flags (specialized effect A sub-flag to specialized effect H sub-flag) are provided for each type of specialized zone.

In S935, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub-game state is the special effect state (YES in S935), the sub CPU 102 performs the game start processing during the special effect (S936). In this process, the sub CPU 102 mainly registers the effect data corresponding to the effect pattern executed at the start of the game during the specialized effect. The details of the processing at the start of the game during the specialized production will be described later with reference to FIG. 265 described later. Then, after the processing of S936, the sub CPU 102 performs the processing of S943 described later.

On the other hand, in S935, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the specialized effect state (NO determination in S935), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub game state is the BB state (when the sub game state is the BB state). S937).

In S937, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is the BB state (when the determination in S937 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process at the start of the game during BB (S938). In this process, the sub CPU 102 sets the effect pattern number of the effect to be executed at the start of the game during the BB, which is executed in the middle of the game period in the ART state. The details of the processing at the start of the game during BB will be described later with reference to FIG. 267 described later. Then, after the processing of S938, the sub CPU 102 performs the processing of S943 described later.

On the other hand, in S937, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the BB state (when the determination in S937 is NO), the sub CPU 102 subtracts 1 from the value of the display ART counter (S939). In the Pachislot 1 of the present embodiment, as described above, the value of the display ART counter does not necessarily match the value of the ART game number counter included in the start command, that is, the number of remaining ART games actually remaining. , The value of the display ART counter is equal to or less than the value of the ART game number counter. The value of the ART game number counter managed on the main side is set in the internal ART counter on the sub side.

Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is a BB winning game (S940).

In S940, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is the BB winning game (when the determination in S940 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the BB winning game start processing (S941). In this process, the sub CPU 102 sets the effect pattern number of the effect to be executed at the start of the game won by the BB in the ART state. The details of the processing at the start of the game at the time of winning the BB will be described later with reference to FIGS. 268 and 269 described later. Then, after the processing of S941, the sub CPU 102 performs the processing of S943 described later.

On the other hand, in S940, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is not the BB winning game (when the determination in S940 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the ART normal middle game start processing (S942). In this process, the sub CPU 102 sets the effect pattern number of the effect to be executed at the start of the game in the ART normal state. The details of the ART normal game start processing will be described later with reference to FIGS. 270 to 272 described later.

After the processing of S936, S938, S941 or S942, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the effect table can be directly specified by the effect pattern number set by the process of S936, S938, S941 or S942 (S943). Specifically, the sub CPU 102 refers to the effect data table set by the processing of S936, S938, S941 or S942, and produces the effect in the effect parameter items "GrID" and "GrNo" associated with the effect pattern number. Determines if is specified. Then, when the effect is specified in the effect parameter items "GrID" and "GrNo", the sub CPU 102 determines that the effect table can be directly specified.

In S943, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the effect table can be directly specified (when the determination in S943 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S945 described later. On the other hand, in S943, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the effect table cannot be directly specified (when the determination in S943 is NO), the sub CPU 102 is set to the effect pattern number specified in the set effect data table. Based on the values of the associated effect parameter items "inc" and "table", another effect data table corresponding to the values is registered (set) (S944).

After the processing of S944, or when the determination in S943 is YES, the sub CPU 102 refers to the set effect data table, and whether the effect parameter item "ST" associated with the effect pattern number is "3". Whether or not it is determined (S945).

In S945, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the effect parameter item "ST" is not "3" (when the determination in S945 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S948 described later.

On the other hand, in S945, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the effect parameter item "ST" is "3" (when the determination in S945 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the ART stage transition lottery process (S946). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the ART middle stage transition lottery table (see FIGS. 128 to 130), and the game status (display ART counter value, character song flag on / off state), lottery state (low accuracy or Based on (high accuracy) and the number of difference games (internal ART counter value-display ART counter value), whether or not to shift the ART stage (winning / non-winning) is determined, and the destination ART stage type (ART stage). A to C) are determined. Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the stage display data corresponding to the lottery result (ART stage of the migration destination) in S946 (S947).

After the processing of S947, or when the determination in S945 is NO, the sub CPU 102 refers to the set effect data table, and "1" is defined in the effect parameter item "MOE" associated with the effect pattern number. It is determined whether or not it is (S948).

In S948, when the sub CPU 102 determines that "1" is not specified in the effect parameter item "MOE" (when the determination in S948 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S953 described later. On the other hand, in S948, when the sub CPU 102 determines that "1" is specified in the effect parameter item "MOE" (when the determination in S948 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the cut-in lottery execution condition (lottery condition). ) Is satisfied or not (S949).

In S949, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the execution condition of the cut-in lottery is not satisfied (when the determination in S949 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S953 described later. On the other hand, in S949, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the execution condition of the cut-in lottery is satisfied (when the determination in S949 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the cut-in lottery process (S950). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the cut-in lottery table (see FIGS. 132A and 132B) and cuts based on the game status (execution condition of the corresponding cut-in lottery) and the sub-lottery flag B (internal winning combination). The presence or absence of occurrence of in-effect (winning / non-winning) is determined, and the type of cut-in effect (cut-in A to H) is determined.

Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the cut-in lottery has been won (S951). In S951, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the cut-in lottery has not been won (when the determination in S951 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S953 described later. On the other hand, in S951, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the cut-in lottery has been won (when the determination in S951 is YES), the sub CPU 102 has the cut-in effect data corresponding to the lottery result (type of cut-in effect) in S950. Is set (S952).

After the processing of S952, or when S948, S949 or S951 is NO determination, the sub CPU 102 refers to the set effect data table and sets "1" in the effect parameter item "LED" associated with the effect pattern number. It is determined whether or not a value equal to or greater than that is specified (S953).

In S953, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of "1" or more is not specified in the effect parameter item "LED" (when the determination in S953 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S958 described later. On the other hand, in S953, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the effect parameter item "LED" has a value of "1" or more (when the determination in S953 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the execution condition of the LED parameter lottery. It is determined whether or not (lottery condition) is satisfied (S954).

In S954, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the execution condition of the LED parameter lottery is not satisfied (when the determination in S954 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S958 described later. On the other hand, in S954, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the execution condition of the LED parameter lottery is satisfied (when the determination in S954 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the LED parameter lottery process (S955). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the LED parameter lottery table (see FIG. 133), and based on the game situation (execution condition of the corresponding LED parameter lottery) and the sub lottery flag A (internal winning combination), the LED lighting effect. It is determined whether or not (super hot lighting effect) is generated (winning / non-winning), and the type of LED lighting effect is determined.

Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the LED parameter lottery has been won (S956). In S956, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the LED parameter lottery has not been won (when the determination in S956 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S958 described later. On the other hand, in S956, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the LED parameter lottery has been won (when the determination in S956 is YES), the sub CPU 102 outputs the LED effect data corresponding to the lottery result (type of LED lighting effect) of S955. Set (S957).

After the processing of S957, or when S953, S954 or S956 is NO determination, the sub CPU 102 refers to the set effect data table and sets "0" in the effect parameter item "UI" associated with the effect pattern number. It is determined whether or not a value larger than "is specified" (S958).

In S958, when the sub CPU 102 determines that a value larger than "0" is not specified in the effect parameter item "UI" (when the determination in S958 is NO), the sub CPU 102 ends the game start processing during ART. At the same time, the process at the time of receiving the start command (see FIG. 259) is also completed. On the other hand, in S958, when the sub CPU 102 determines that a value larger than "0" is specified in the effect parameter item "UI" (when the determination in S958 is YES), the sub CPU 102 determines the effect parameter item "UI". The UI display effect data corresponding to the value of is set (S959). Then, after the processing of S959, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the start of the game during ART, and also ends the processing at the time of receiving the start command (see FIG. 259).

[Processing at the start of the game during specialized production]
Next, with reference to FIG. 265, the processing at the start of the special production game performed in S936 in the flowchart of the processing at the start of the game during ART (see FIGS. 263 and 264) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the value of the specialization counter is "1" or more (S961). The specialization counter is a counter for counting the number of remaining games of the specialization effect, and is provided in the sub RAM 103.

In S961, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the specialization counter is not "1" or more (when the determination in S961 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S963 described later. On the other hand, in S961, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the specialization counter is "1" or more (when the determination in S961 is YES), the sub CPU 102 subtracts the value of the specialization counter by "1" (when the determination is YES). S962).

After the processing of S962, or when the determination in S961 is NO, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the specialization effect of the specialization zone other than the specialization zone G is in progress (S963). In this process, is the sub CPU 102 producing a special zone other than the special zone G by referring to the type of the special effect sub flag in the ON state (special effect A sub flag to special effect H sub flag)? Determine if not.

In S963, when it is determined that the sub CPU 102 is not in the special production of the special zone other than the special zone G (when the determination in S963 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S969 described later.

On the other hand, in S963, when it is determined that the sub CPU 102 is in the special production of the special zone other than the special zone G (when the determination in S963 is YES), the sub CPU 102 draws the number of notification games during the special production. Perform processing (S964). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the special zone notification game number lottery table (see, for example, FIGS. 187 to 192), the special zone type (other than the special zone G), and the game status (presence or absence of BB win). , Difference game number) and sub-lottery flag A (internal winning combination), it is determined whether or not ART additional notification effect is generated (winning / non-winning), and the type of notification game number (10G, 20G, 30G). , 50G, 100G or 300G).

Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the lottery for the number of notification games during the special production has been won (S965). In S965, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the lottery for the number of notification games during the special production has not been won (when the determination in S965 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S968 described later.

On the other hand, in S965, when it is determined that the sub CPU 102 has won the lottery for the number of notification games during the special production (when the determination in S965 is YES), the sub CPU 102 tells the lottery result (the number of additional notification games). (S966). Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the game number release flag to the ON state (S967).

After the processing of S967, or when the determination in S965 is NO, the sub CPU 102 sets the special effect data table corresponding to the effect situation such as the type of the special effect and whether or not the additional notification effect is executed (S968). For example, when the number of additional notification games is set in the notification game number counter and the number of games release flag is set to the ON state, in this process, the effect data table for executing the additional notification effect is selected and set. , In other cases, the effect data table for non-execution of the additional notification effect is selected and set. Then, after the processing of S968, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the start of the game during specialized production, and shifts the processing to S943 of the processing at the start of the game during ART (see FIGS. 263 and 264).

Here, returning to the process of S963 again, when the determination in S963 is NO (when the special effect of the special zone G is in progress), the sub CPU 102 performs the effect set process in the special zone G (S969). The details of the effect set processing in the special zone G will be described later with reference to FIG. 266 described later. Then, after the processing of S969, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the start of the game during specialized production, and shifts the processing to S943 of the processing at the start of the game during ART (see FIGS. 263 and 264).

[Specialized zone G medium production set processing]
Next, with reference to FIG. 266, the special zone G middle effect set process performed in S969 in the flowchart (see FIG. 265) of the process at the start of the special effect game will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is the fourth game in the special production of the special zone G (S971). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the value of the special zone G counter to determine whether or not the current game is the fourth game during the special production of the special zone G.

The special zone G counter is a counter that counts the digestion games in the special production of the special zone G. Further, although not shown, the sub CPU 102 adds "1" to the value of the special zone G counter each time the game is digested in the special production of the special zone G, and the end production of the special zone G is performed. When executed, "0" is set (cleared to 0) in the value of the special zone G counter.

In S971, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is the fourth game in the special production of the special zone G (when the determination in S971 is YES), the sub CPU 102 is 4 in the special zone G. Set the effect data (end effect data) table for the game eyes (S972). Then, after the processing of S972, the sub CPU 102 ends the special effect zone G in-effect set process, and also ends the special effect in-game start time process (see FIG. 265).

On the other hand, in S971, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is not the fourth game in the special production of the special zone G (when the determination in S971 is NO), the sub CPU 102 specializes in the current game. It is determined whether or not the game is the third game during the special production of zone G (S973). In S973, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is not the third game in the special production of the special zone G (when the determination in S973 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S980 described later. ..

On the other hand, in S973, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is the third game in the special production of the special zone G (when the determination in S973 is YES), the sub CPU 102 announces an additional three digits. The production lottery process is performed (S974). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the 3rd game announcement game number lottery table (see FIGS. 193A to 193C) in the special zone G, and refers to the game status (presence or absence of BB winning, on / off state of the character song flag) and the difference. Based on the number of games, it is determined whether or not a 3-digit additional notification effect is generated (winning / non-winning) in the 3rd game in the specialized zone G, and the type (100G, 200G or 300G) of the number of notification games (3 digits). ) Is determined.

Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the winner has won the three-digit addition notification effect lottery (S975).

In S975, when it is determined that the sub CPU 102 has won the three-digit addition notification effect lottery (when the determination in S975 is YES), the sub CPU 102 announces the lottery result (the number of notification games of 100, 200, or 300). Set in the counter (S976). Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the game number release flag to the ON state (S977). Next, the sub CPU 102 sets an effect data table for the effect of adding three digits (S978). Then, after the processing of S978, the sub CPU 102 ends the special effect zone G in-effect set process, and also ends the special effect in-game start time process (see FIG. 265).

On the other hand, in S975, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the three-digit addition notification effect lottery has not been won (when the determination in S975 is NO), the sub CPU 102 is the effect for the third game non-winning of the special zone G. A data (end effect data) table is set (S979). Then, after the processing of S979, the sub CPU 102 ends the special effect zone G in-effect set process, and also ends the special effect in-game start time process (see FIG. 265).

Here, returning to the process of S973 again, when S973 is determined to be NO, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is the second game during the special production of the special zone G (S980). ).

In S980, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is the second game in the special production of the special zone G (when the determination in S980 is YES), the sub CPU 102 is set to 2 in the special zone G. Set the production data table for the game (S981). Then, after the processing of S981, the sub CPU 102 ends the special effect zone G in-effect set process, and also ends the special effect in-game start time process (see FIG. 265).

On the other hand, in S980, when it is determined that the current game is not the second game in the special production of the special zone G (when the determination in S980 is NO), the sub CPU 102 is for the first game of the special zone G. Set the production data table of (S982). Then, after the processing of S982, the sub CPU 102 ends the special effect zone G in-effect set process, and also ends the special effect in-game start time process (see FIG. 265).

[Processing at the start of the game during BB]
Next, with reference to FIG. 267, the process at the start of the game during BB performed in S938 in the flowchart of the process at the start of the game during ART (see FIGS. 263 and 264) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not there is a navigation instruction (S991). In this process, it is determined whether or not the start command includes any information of the instruction monitor numbers "1" to "9". Then, when the start command includes any information of the instruction monitor numbers "1" to "9", the sub CPU 102 determines that there is a navigation instruction.

In S991, when the sub CPU 102 determines that there is a navigation instruction (when the determination in S991 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the navigation data corresponding to the acquired instruction monitor number (S992). For example, when the instruction monitor number acquired on the sub side is any of "1" to "6", the sub CPU 102 has the batting order navigation data corresponding to the instruction monitor number (stop button press order notification effect data). ) Is set, and if it is any of "7" to "9", the BB notification navigation data ("red 7" symbol, "blue 7" symbol or "BAR" symbol corresponding to the instruction monitor number is valid. Set the notification effect data) to align on the line. Then, after the processing of S992, the sub CPU 102 performs the processing of S996 described later.

On the other hand, in S991, when the sub CPU 102 determines that there is no navigation instruction (when the determination in S991 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the navigation lottery process (S993). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the navigation lottery table (see FIGS. 201 and 202), and based on the game status and the sub lottery flag A (internal winning combination), whether or not “!” Navigation is generated (winning / winning / Non-winning) is decided. Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the navigation lottery has been won (S994).

In S994, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the navigation lottery has not been won (when the determination in S994 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S996 described later. On the other hand, in S994, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the navigation lottery has been won (when the determination in S994 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the "!" Navigation data (S995).

After the processing of S992 or S995, or when the determination in S994 is NO, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is a game in the story BB (S996). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the on / off state of the story BB provided as one of the sub management flags, and determines whether or not the current game is a game in the story BB.

In S996, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is a game in the story BB (when the determination in S996 is YES), the sub CPU 102 determines whether the sub lottery flag is a flag other than the "common bell". Is determined (S997).

In S997, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub lottery flag is not a flag other than the "common bell" (when the determination in S997 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1005 described later. On the other hand, in S997, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub lottery flag is a flag other than the "common bell" (when the determination in S997 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the warning sound effect (S998). Then, after the processing of S998, the sub CPU 102 performs the processing of S1005 described later.

On the other hand, in S996, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is not the game in the story BB (when the determination in S996 is NO), the sub CPU 102 has a sub lottery flag other than "chance lip" and "common bell". It is determined whether or not it is a flag (S999). In S999, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub lottery flag is not a flag other than "chance lip" and "common bell" (when the determination in S999 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1005 described later.

On the other hand, in S999, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub lottery flag is a flag other than the "chance lip" and the "common bell" (when the determination in S999 is YES), the sub CPU 102 is on the main side. It is determined whether or not the additional lottery for the number of ART games played has been won (S1000). Specifically, it is determined whether or not the lottery for adding the number of ART games in the special BB performed on the main side is won.

In S1000, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the number of ART additional games has been won in the lottery (when the determination in S1000 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the number of winning ART additional games in the notification game number counter. (S1001). Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the game release flag to the ON state (S1002). Next, the sub CPU 102 selects and sets the ART additional notification effect data based on the number of winning ART additional games (value set in the notification game number counter) (S1003). Then, after the processing of S1003, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the start of the game during BB, and shifts the processing to S943 of the processing at the start of the game during ART (see FIGS. 263 and 264).

On the other hand, in S1000, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the lottery for adding the number of ART games has not been won (when the determination in S1000 is NO), the sub CPU 102 has the effect data during BB for when the number of ART games is not added. Is selected and set (S1004). Then, after the processing of S1004, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the start of the game during BB, and shifts the processing to S943 of the processing at the start of the game during ART (see FIGS. 263 and 264).

Here, returning to the processing of S997, S998 and S999 again, after the processing of S998, or when S997 or S999 determines NO, the sub CPU 102 has the effect data at the start of the game in the BB according to the game situation. Is selected and set (S1005). Then, after the processing of S1005, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the start of the game during BB, and shifts the processing to S943 of the processing at the start of the game during ART (see FIGS. 263 and 264).

[Processing at the start of the game at the time of winning the BB]
Next, with reference to FIGS. 268 and 269, the BB winning game start processing performed in S941 in the flowchart of the game start processing during ART (see FIGS. 263 and 264) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not it is the time of winning the SBB (BB3) (S1011).

In S1011, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is not the time of winning the SBB (BB3) (when the determination in S1011 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1015 described later. On the other hand, in S1011, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is the time of winning the SBB (BB3) (when the determination in S1011 is YES), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not to execute the lever freeze (S1012).

When the sub CPU 102 determines in S1012 that the lever freeze is to be executed (when the determination in S1012 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the lever freeze effect data (S1013). Next, the sub CPU 102 clears various counters and flags (announcement game number counter, precursor counter, specialization counter, game release flag, etc.) (S1014). Then, after the processing of S1014, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the start of the game during BB, and shifts the processing to S943 of the processing at the start of the game during ART (see FIGS. 263 and 264).

On the other hand, in S1012, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the lever freeze is not executed (when the determination in S1012 is NO), or when the determination in S1011 is NO, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not there is a navigation instruction. (S1015).

When the sub CPU 102 determines in S1015 that there is a navigation instruction (when the determination in S1015 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the navigation data corresponding to the acquired instruction monitor number (S1016). Then, after the processing of S1016, the sub CPU 102 performs the processing of S1020 described later.

On the other hand, in S1015, when the sub CPU 102 determines that there is no navigation instruction (when the determination in S1015 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the navigation lottery process (S1017). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the navigation lottery table (see FIGS. 201 and 202), and based on the game status and the sub lottery flag A (internal winning combination), whether or not “!” Navigation is generated (winning / winning / Non-winning) is decided. Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the navigation lottery has been won (S1018).

In S1018, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the navigation lottery has not been won (when the determination in S1018 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1020 described later. On the other hand, in S1018, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the navigation lottery has been won (when the determination in S1018 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the "!" Navigation data (S1019).

After the processing of S1016 or S1019, or when the determination in S1018 is NO, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub-game state is the specialized effect state (S1020). In S1020, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the special effect state (NO determination in S1020), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1024 described later.

On the other hand, in S1020, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is the specialized effect state (when the determination in S1020 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the processing at the start of the game during the specialized effect described with reference to FIG. 265. (S1021).

Next, the sub CPU 102 performs the BB winning process in the special zone (S1022). In this process, the sub CPU 102 performs an effect rewriting process and an effect selection process using a specific table based on the type and situation of the specialized zone. Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the effect data selected in the process of S1022 (S1023). Then, after the processing of S1023, the processing at the start of the game during BB is ended, and the processing is transferred to S943 of the processing at the start of the game during ART (see FIGS. 263 and 264).

Here, returning to the process of S1020 again, when the determination in S1020 is NO, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is an NBB (BB1 or BB2) winning game (S1024). In S1024, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is not an NBB (BB1 or BB2) winning game (when the determination in S1024 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1031 described later.

On the other hand, in S1024, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is an NBB (BB1 or BB2) winning game (when the determination in S1024 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs a story BB generation lottery process (S1025). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the story BB generation lottery table (not shown), and based on the number of difference games (internal ART counter value-display ART counter value), whether or not story BB is generated (winning / winning /). The non-winning) is determined, and the type of story BB (story A to C) is determined. Then, when the story BB generation lottery is won, the story BB flag is set to the on state.

Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the story BB generation lottery has been won (S1026). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the on / off state of the story BB flag and determines whether or not the story BB generation lottery has been won.

In S1026, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the story BB generation lottery has been won (when the determination in S1026 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1031 described later. On the other hand, in S1026, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the story BB generation lottery has not been won (when the determination in S1026 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the NBB winning notification game number lottery process (S1027). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the NBB winning game number lottery table during ART (see FIGS. 174 to 182), and the game status (display ART counter value, characterson flag on / off state, number of difference games). ) And the sub-lottery flag A (internal winning combination), it is determined whether or not the additional notification effect of ART is generated (winning / non-winning), and the types of the number of notification games (10G, 20G, 30G, 50G, 100G). Or 300G) is determined. Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the NBB winning notification game number lottery has been won (S1028).

In S1028, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the NBB winning announcement game number lottery has not been won (when the determination in S1028 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1031 described later.

On the other hand, in S1028, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the NBB winning notification game number lottery has been won (when the determination in S1028 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the lottery result (the number of additional notification games) to the notification game number counter. Set (S1029). Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the game number release flag to the ON state (S1030).

After the processing of S1030, if S1024 or S1028 is determined to be NO, or if S1026 is determined to be YES, the sub CPU 102 selects and sets the effect data table at the start of the BB winning game according to the game situation (S1031). .. Then, after the processing of S1031, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the start of the game during BB, and shifts the processing to S942 of the processing at the start of the game during ART (see FIGS. 263 and 264).

[Processing at the start of the game during ART normal]
Next, with reference to FIGS. 270 to 272, the ART normal game start process performed in S942 in the flowchart of the ART game start process (see FIGS. 263 and 264) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 subtracts 1 from the value of the display ART counter (S1041). Next, the sub CPU 102 subtracts the value of the display ART counter from the value of the internal ART counter to calculate the number of difference games (S1042). Although not shown, the value of the internal ART counter is set to the value of the ART game number counter included in the start command for each game (the number of remaining ART games actually remaining). Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the value of the display ART counter is "8" or less (S1043).

In S1043, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the display ART counter is "8" or less (when the determination in S1043 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1047 described later. On the other hand, in S1043, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the display ART counter is not "8" or less (when the determination in S1043 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs a special effect type lottery process (S1044). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the special type lottery table during ART (see FIGS. 139 to 156), and the game status (value of the special counter, value of the special game number counter on the main side, type of the ART stage). ), The number of difference games, and the sub-lottery flag (internal winning combination), determine whether or not a specialized production has occurred (winning / non-winning), and determine the type of specialized production (specialized zones A to H). decide.

Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the special effect type lottery has been won (S1045). In S1045, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the special effect type lottery has not been won (when the determination in S1045 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1047 described later.

On the other hand, in S1045, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the special effect type lottery has been won (when the determination in S1045 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the special effect winning process (S1046). In this process, the sub CPU 102 mainly performs a special precursor effect scenario lottery according to the winning special effect type (any of the special zones A to H). That is, the sub CPU 102 determines the content of the precursory effect performed before the special effect is entered. The details of the processing at the time of winning the specialized effect will be described later with reference to FIG. 273 described later.

After the processing of S1046, if S1043 is a YES determination or S1045 is a NO determination, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the value of the precursor counter is larger than "0" (S1047). The precursor counter is a counter for counting the number of remaining staying games of the precursor effect, and is provided in the sub RAM 103. In addition, the current game is in the precursor effect of the additional notification effect of ART (precursor scenario of the number of games), in the precursor effect at the end of ART (precursor scenario of the end of ART), or in the precursor effect of the specialized effect (specialized precursor scenario) ), Or when the number of scenario games is set in the precursor counter in the special production winning process of S1046, the value of the precursor counter becomes a value larger than "0" at the time of processing in S1047. , S1047 is a YES determination.

In S1047, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the precursor counter is larger than "0" (when the determination in S1047 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1061 described later. On the other hand, in S1047, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the precursor counter is not greater than "0" (when the determination in S1047 is NO), does the sub CPU 102 determine whether the value of the display ART counter is "5" or less? Whether or not it is determined (S1048).

In S1048, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the display ART counter is "5" or less (when the determination in S1048 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1055 described later.

On the other hand, in S1048, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the display ART counter is not "5" or less (when the determination in S1048 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the ART middle notification game number lottery process (S1049). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the ART in-game notification game number lottery table (see FIGS. 160 to 168), and refers to the game status (display ART counter value, characterson flag on / off state, ART stage type, difference). Based on the number of games) and the sub-lottery flag B (internal winning combination), it is determined whether or not the additional notification effect of ART is generated (winning / non-winning), and the types of the number of notification games (10G, 20G, 30G, 50G). , 100G, 300G or special). Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the lottery for the number of notification games during ART has been won (S1050).

In S1050, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the lottery for the number of notification games during ART has not been won (when the determination in S1050 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1061 described later.

On the other hand, in S1050, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the lottery for the number of notification games during ART has been won (when the determination in S1050 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the lottery result (the number of additional notification games) in the notification game number counter. (S1051). Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the game number release flag to the ON state (S1052).

After the process of S1052, the sub CPU 102 performs the game number precursor scenario lottery process (S1053). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the game number precursor scenario lottery table (see, for example, FIG. 194), and the game status (display ART counter value, ART stage type, notification game number counter value) and sub lottery flag. Based on B (internal winning combination), the type of the game number precursor scenario map (scenario map numbers "0" to "28") is determined. By this process, the content (precursor scenario of the number of games) of the precursor effect of the additional notification effect of ART performed in the game in the normal ART state is determined. Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the number of games in the precursor counter and the number of scenario games in the precursor scenario (S1054). Then, after the processing of S1054, the sub CPU 102 performs the processing of S1061 described later.

Here, returning to the process of S1048 again, if S1048 is a YES determination, the sub CPU 102 performs the process of drawing the number of notification games just before the end of ART (S1055). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the ART end notification game number lottery table (see FIGS. 169 to 173), and the game status (display ART counter value, characterson flag on / off state, number of difference games) and Based on the sub-lottery flag B (internal winning combination), it is determined whether or not the additional notification effect of ART is generated (winning / non-winning), and the types of the number of notification games (10G, 20G, 30G, 50G, 100G, 300G). Or special) is decided. Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the lottery for the number of notification games just before the end of ART has been won (S1056).

In S1056, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the lottery for the number of notification games just before the end of ART has not been won (when the determination in S1056 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1061 described later.

On the other hand, in S1056, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the lottery for the number of notification games just before the end of ART has been won (when the determination in S1056 is YES), the sub CPU 102 tells the lottery result (the number of additional notification games). (S1057). Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the game number release flag to the ON state (S1058).

After the process of S1058, the sub CPU 102 performs the ART end precursor scenario lottery process (S1059). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the ART end precursor scenario lottery table (see FIG. 196), and based on the game status (value of the notification game number counter) and the value of the displayed ART counter, the type of the ART end precursor scenario map. (Scenario map numbers "0" to "5") are determined. By this process, the content of the precursor effect of the ART additional notification effect (ART end precursor scenario) performed just before the end of the game period in the normal ART state is determined. In this embodiment, the ART end precursor scenario (number of scenario games = 1) with the scenario map number "1" is always selected by the ART end precursor scenario lottery process (see FIG. 196).

Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the number of scenario games of the ART end precursor scenario that wins the precursor counter (S1060). Then, after the processing of S1060, the sub CPU 102 performs the processing of S1061 described later.

After the processing of S1054 or S1060, if S1047 is a YES determination, or if S1050 or S1056 is a NO determination, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not there is a navigation instruction (S1061).

In S1061, when the sub CPU 102 determines that there is a navigation instruction (when the determination in S1061 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the navigation data corresponding to the acquired instruction monitor number (S1062). Then, after the processing of S1062, the sub CPU 102 performs the processing of S1066 described later.

On the other hand, in S1061, when the sub CPU 102 determines that there is no navigation instruction (when the determination in S1061 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the navigation lottery process (S1063). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the navigation lottery table (see FIGS. 201 and 202), and based on the game status and the sub lottery flag A (internal winning combination), whether or not “!” Navigation is generated (winning / winning / Non-winning) is decided. Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the navigation lottery has been won (S1064).

In S1064, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the navigation lottery has not been won (when the determination in S1064 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1066 described later. On the other hand, in S1064, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the navigation lottery has been won (when the determination in S1064 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the "!" Navigation data (S1065).

After the processing of S1062 or S1065, or when the determination in S1064 is NO, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the value of the precursor counter is larger than "0" (S1066).

In S1066, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the precursor counter is larger than "0" (when the determination in S1066 is YES), the sub CPU 102 selects the precursor effect data of the additional notification effect according to the value of the precursor counter. Process (S1067). Then, after the processing of S1067, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the start of the game during ART normal game, and shifts the processing to S943 of the processing at the start of the game during ART (see FIGS. 263 and 264).

On the other hand, in S1066, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the precursor counter is not greater than "0" (when the determination in S1066 is NO), does the sub CPU 102 determine whether the value of the display ART counter is "5" or less? Whether or not it is determined (S1068).

In S1068, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the display ART counter is "5" or less (when the determination in S1068 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1072 described later.

On the other hand, in S1068, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the display ART counter is not "5" or less (when the determination in S1068 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs a special card acquisition lottery process (S1069). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the special card acquisition lottery table during ART (see FIGS. 137 and 138), and sets the game status (number of special cards, number of difference games) and sub lottery flag A (internal winning combination). Based on this, it is determined whether or not a special card has been acquired (winning (acquiring one card) / non-winning). Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the special card acquisition lottery has been won (S1070).

In S1070, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the special card acquisition lottery has been won (when the determination in S1070 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the effect data selection process at the time of special card acquisition (S1071). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the special card acquisition notification effect lottery table (see FIG. 125), and based on the sub lottery flag A (internal winning combination), produces an effect to be executed at the start of the game when the special card is acquired. The pattern number is determined, and the effect data table corresponding to the effect pattern number is specified. Then, after the processing of S1071, the sub CPU 102 performs the processing of S1079 described later.

On the other hand, in S1070, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the special card acquisition lottery has not been won (when the determination in S1070 is NO), or when the determination in S1068 is YES, the sub CPU 102 performs the ART normal middle effect data selection process. (S1072). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the effect lottery table during ART (for example, see FIG. 115), and is based on the game status (ART stage type, lottery state, RT state) and the sub lottery flag A (internal winning combination). Then, the effect pattern number of the effect to be executed at the start of the game in the normal ART normal state (BB non-operation, BB non-winning, non-BB inside, non-specialized effect) is determined, and the effect data table corresponding to the effect pattern number is determined. To specify.

Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the value of the display ART counter is "19" or less (S1073).

In S1073, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the display ART counter is "19" or less (when the determination in S1073 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1079 described later. On the other hand, in S1073, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the display ART counter is not "19" or less (when the determination in S1073 is NO), the sub CPU 102 "does not produce (effect pattern number = 0)" in the process of S1072. ) ”Is determined (S1074).

In S1074, when the sub CPU 102 determines that a result other than "no effect" is selected (when the determination in S1074 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1079 described later. On the other hand, in S1074, when the sub CPU 102 determines that a result other than "no effect" is selected (when the determination in S1074 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the stage C is in progress (S1075). ).

When the sub CPU 102 determines in S1075 that the stage C is in progress (when the determination in S1075 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1079 described later. On the other hand, in S1075, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the stage C is not in progress (when the determination in S1075 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the character song flag is in the ON state (S1076). The character song flag is a flag indicating whether or not the output effect of the character song is executed, and is provided in the sub RAM 103.

In S1076, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the character song flag is in the ON state (when the determination in S1076 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1079 described later. On the other hand, in S1076, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the character song flag is not in the ON state (when the determination in S1076 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the character song flag lottery process (S1077). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the character song flag lottery table (see FIG. 134) and determines on (winning) / off (non-winning) the character song flag based on the number of difference games.

Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the lottery result of the character song flag lottery (S1078). If the character song flag lottery is won, the sub CPU 102 sets the character song flag to the ON state in the process of S1078, whereby the output production of the character song is started.

After processing S1071 or S1078, or when S1073, S1074, S1075 or S1076 is a YES determination, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the value of the display ART counter is "5" or less (S1079).

In S1079, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the display ART counter is "5" or less (when the determination in S1079 is YES), the sub CPU 102 ends the process at the start of the game during the normal ART, and performs the process in ART. It is moved to S943 of the middle game start processing (see FIG. 263 and FIG. 264).

On the other hand, in S1079, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the display ART counter is not "5" or less (when the determination in S1079 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the stage transition lottery process during ART (S1080). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the ART middle stage transition lottery table (see FIGS. 128 to 130), and the game status (display ART counter value, character song flag on / off state), lottery state (low accuracy or Based on (high accuracy) and the number of difference games (internal ART counter value-display ART counter value), whether or not to shift the ART stage (winning / non-winning) is determined, and the destination ART stage type (ART stage). A to C) are determined.

Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the lottery result of the stage transition lottery process during ART (S1081). In this process, when the sub CP 102 wins the ART middle stage transition lottery of S1080, the display effect data of the stage after the transition is set, and the sub CP 102 does not win the ART middle stage transition lottery of S1080. If so, a process is performed to maintain the display effect of the current stage. Then, after the processing of S1081, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the start of the game during ART normal game, and shifts the processing to S943 of the processing at the start of the game during ART (see FIGS. 263 and 264).

[Specialized production type winning processing]
Next, with reference to FIG. 273, the special effect type winning process performed in S1046 in the flowchart of the ART normal game start process (see FIGS. 270 to 272) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the winning specialization effect type is any of the specialization zones A to D (S1091).

In S1091, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the winning special effect type is not any of the special zones A to D (when the determination in S1091 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1100 described later. On the other hand, in S1091, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the winning specialized effect type is any of the specialized zones A to D (when the determination in S1091 is YES), the sub CPU 102 determines the winning specialized effect type. Determines whether or not is in any of the specialized zones B to D (S1092).

In S1092, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the winning special effect type is not one of the special zones B to D (when the determination in S1092 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1094 described later. On the other hand, in S1092, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the winning special effect type is any of the special zones B to D (when the determination in S1092 is YES), the sub CPU 102 wins the special effect on the main side. It is determined whether or not the number of converted games is "5" (S1093).

In S1093, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the number of specialized games won on the main side is "5" (when the determination in S1093 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1100 described later. On the other hand, in S1093, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the number of special games won on the main side is not "5" (when S1093 determines NO), or when S1092 determines NO, the sub CPU 102 wins. It is determined whether or not the special production type is the special zone A (S1094).

In S1094, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the winning special effect type is not the special zone A (when the determination in S1094 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1096 described later. On the other hand, in S1094, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the winning special production type is the special zone A (when the determination in S1094 is YES), the sub CPU 102 has the number of special games won on the main side being " It is determined whether or not it is "10" (S1095).

In S1095, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the number of special games won on the main side is "10" (when the determination in S1095 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1100 described later. On the other hand, in S1095, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the number of special games won on the main side is not "10" (when S1095 determines NO), or when S1094 determines NO, the sub CPU 102 performs ART. A lottery process is performed for the number of intermediate notification games (S1096). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the ART in-game notification game number lottery table (see FIGS. 160 to 168), and refers to the game status (display ART counter value, characterson flag on / off state, ART stage type, difference). Based on the number of games) and the sub-lottery flag B (internal winning combination), it is determined whether or not the additional notification effect of ART is generated (winning / non-winning), and the types of the number of notification games (10G, 20G, 30G, 50G). , 100G, 300G or special).

Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the process of drawing the number of notification games during ART has been won (S1097). In S1097, when it is determined that the sub CPU 102 has not won the ART middle notification game number lottery process (when the determination in S1097 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1100 described later.

On the other hand, in S1097, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the lottery process for the number of notification games during ART has been won (when the determination in S1097 is YES), the sub CPU 102 uses the lottery result (the number of additional notification games) as the notification game number counter. Set (S1098). Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the game number release flag to the ON state (S1099).

After the processing of S1099, if S1091 or S1097 is determined to be NO, or if S1093 or S1095 is determined to be YES, the sub CPU 102 performs a special precursor effect scenario lottery process (S1100). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the specialization precursor scenario lottery table (see, for example, FIGS. 198 and 199), and turns on / on the game status (specialization zone type, value of the notification game number counter, game number release flag). The type of specialization precursor scenario map (scenario map numbers "0" to "107") is determined based on the value of the special game number counter on the main side (off state).

Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the number of scenario games of the specialized precursor scenario that wins the precursor counter (S1101). Then, after the processing of S1101, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the time of winning the special effect type, and shifts the processing to S1047 of the processing at the start of the ART normal game (see FIGS. 270 to 272).

[Processing when receiving display command]
Next, with reference to FIG. 274, the display command reception processing performed in S830 in the flowchart of the effect content determination processing (see FIGS. 255 and 256) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub game state is the normal state (S1111).

In S1111, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is the normal state (when the determination in S1111 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process at the end of the normal game (S1112). In this process, the sub CPU 102 mainly updates the sub management flag according to the game situation. The details of the processing at the end of the normal game will be described later with reference to FIG. 275 described later. Then, after the processing of S1112, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the time of receiving the display command, and also ends the effect content determination processing (see FIGS. 255 and 256).

On the other hand, in S1111, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the normal state (when the determination in S1111 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub game state is the state at the time of introducing CZ (when the sub game state is determined to be NO). S1113).

In S1113, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is the state at the time of introducing CZ (when the determination in S1113 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the sub flag at the time of introducing CZ to the off state and turns on the sub flag during CZ. Set to the state (S1114). By this process, the sub-game state shifts from the state at the time of introducing CZ to the state during CZ. Then, after the processing of S1114, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the time of receiving the display command, and also ends the effect content determination processing (see FIGS. 255 and 256).

On the other hand, in S1113, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the state at the time of introducing CZ (when the determination in S1113 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub game state is in the CZ middle state. (S1115).

In S1115, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is in the CZ middle state (when the determination in S1115 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the processing at the end of the CZ game (S1116). In this process, the sub CPU 102 mainly updates the sub management flag according to the game situation. The details of the processing at the end of the game during CZ will be described later with reference to FIG. 276 described later. Then, after the processing of S1116, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the time of receiving the display command, and also ends the effect content determination processing (see FIGS. 255 and 256).

On the other hand, in S1115, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not in the CZ in-progress state (NO in S1115), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub game state is in the ART preparation state. (S1117).

In S1117, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is the ART preparation state (YES in S1117), the sub CPU 102 performs the ART preparation game end processing (S1118). In this process, the sub CPU 102 performs a set process of the effect data at the end of the game in the ART preparation state, and also updates the sub management flag according to the game situation. The details of the process at the end of the game during ART preparation will be described later with reference to FIG. 277 described later. Then, after the processing of S1118, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the time of receiving the display command, and also ends the effect content determination processing (see FIGS. 255 and 256).

On the other hand, in S1117, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not in the ART preparation state (NO determination in S1117), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub game state is the ART state (when the sub game state is in the ART state). S1119).

In S1119, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the ART state (when the determination in S1119 is NO), the sub CPU 102 ends the process at the time of receiving the display command and determines the effect content (FIGS. 255 and FIG. 256) also ends.

On the other hand, in S1119, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is the ART state (when the determination in S1119 is YES), the sub CPU 102 updates the payout number counter during ART (S1120). The payout number counter during ART is a counter for counting the total number of medals paid out (total number of medals won) during the game period of ART currently in operation, and is provided in the sub RAM 103.

Next, the sub CPU 102 performs the process at the end of the game during ART (S1121). In this process, the sub CPU 102 performs a set process of the effect data at the end of the game in the ART state, and also updates the sub management flag according to the game situation. The details of the processing at the end of the game during ART will be described later with reference to FIG. 278 described later. Then, after the processing of S1121, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the time of receiving the display command, and also ends the effect content determination processing (see FIGS. 255 and 256).

[Processing at the end of normal game]
Next, with reference to FIG. 275, the processing at the end of the normal game performed in S1112 in the flowchart of the processing at the time of receiving the display command (see FIG. 274) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is a bonus (BB or MB) winning game (S1131).

In S1131, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is a bonus (BB or MB) winning game (when the determination in S1131 is YES), the sub CPU 102 ends the normal middle game end processing and displays commands. The reception processing (see FIG. 274) is also completed. On the other hand, in S1131, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is not a bonus (BB or MB) winning game (when S1131 is a NO determination), the sub CPU 102 is in a sub game state of a bonus (BB or MB). It is determined whether or not there is (S1132).

In S1132, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is a bonus (BB or MB) state (when the determination in S1132 is YES), the sub CPU 102 ends the normal middle game end processing and displays commands. The reception processing (see FIG. 274) is also completed. On the other hand, in S1132, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the bonus (BB or MB) state (when the determination in S1132 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether the sub game state is the BB internal medium state. (S1133).

In S1133, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is the BB internal middle state (when the determination in S1133 is YES), the sub CPU 102 ends the normal middle game end process and the display command reception time process. (See FIG. 274) also ends. On the other hand, in S1133, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the BB internal middle state (when the determination in S1133 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the value of the sub cycle counter is "0". Determine (S1134).

In S1134, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the sub cycle counter is "0" (when the determination in S1134 is YES), the sub CPU 102 normally sets the sub flag to the off state and turns on the sub flag when CZ is introduced. Set to the state (S1135). By this process, the sub-game state shifts from the normal state to the state at the time of introducing CZ. Then, after the processing of S1135, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the normal game, and also ends the processing at the time of receiving the display command (see FIG. 274).

[Processing at the end of the game during CZ]
Next, with reference to FIG. 276, the processing at the end of the game during CZ performed in S1116 in the flowchart of the processing at the time of receiving the display command (see FIG. 274) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is a bonus (BB or MB) winning game (S1141).

In S1141, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is a bonus (BB or MB) winning game (when the determination in S1141 is YES), the sub CPU 102 ends the CZ middle game end processing and displays commands. The reception processing (see FIG. 274) is also completed. On the other hand, in S1141, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is not a bonus (BB or MB) winning game (when S1141 is a NO determination), the sub CPU 102 is in a sub game state of a bonus (BB or MB). It is determined whether or not there is (S1142).

In S1142, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is a bonus (BB or MB) state (when the determination in S1142 is YES), the sub CPU 102 ends the CZ middle game end processing and displays commands. The reception processing (see FIG. 274) is also completed. On the other hand, in S1142, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the bonus (BB or MB) state (when the determination in S1142 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether the sub game state is the BB internal medium state. (S1143).

In S1143, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is the BB internal middle state (when the determination in S1143 is YES), the sub CPU 102 ends the CZ middle game end process and the display command reception time process. (See FIG. 274) also ends. On the other hand, in S1143, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the BB internal middle state (when the determination in S1143 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the battle victory (ART winning) is confirmed in the current game. Is determined (S1144). In this process, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the battle victory (ART winning) has been confirmed in the current game based on the information of the main management flag included in the display command data. For example, in the current game, when the information of the main management flag included in the display command data received on the sub side is the information indicating that the ART preparing flag is on, the sub CPU 102 wins the battle (ART). It is determined that the winning) has been confirmed.

In S1144, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the battle victory (ART winning) is confirmed in the current game (when the determination in S1144 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the sub flag in CZ to the off state and sets the sub flag in preparation for ART. Set to the on state (S1145). By this process, the sub-game state shifts from the CZ middle state to the ART preparation state. Then, after the processing of S1145, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during CZ, and also ends the processing at the time of receiving the display command (see FIG. 274).

On the other hand, in S1144, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the battle victory (ART winning) has not been confirmed in the current game (when the S1144 is NO determination), the sub CPU 102 loses the battle in the current game (ART non-winning). Is determined (S1146). For example, in the current game, when the information of the main management flag included in the display command data received on the sub side is the information indicating that the normal flag is on, the sub CPU 102 loses the battle (ART non-winning). ) Is confirmed.

In S1146, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the battle defeat (ART non-winning) has not been confirmed in the current game (when the determination in S1146 is NO), the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during CZ, and also The processing at the time of receiving the display command (see FIG. 274) is also completed.

On the other hand, in S1146, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the battle defeat (ART non-winning) has been confirmed in the current game (when the determination in S1146 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the sub flag in CZ to the off state, and normally The sub flag is set to the on state (S1147). By this process, the sub-game state shifts from the CZ middle state to the normal state. Next, the sub CPU 102 sets "40" (initial value) in the sub cycle counter (S1148). Then, after the processing of S1148, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during CZ, and also ends the processing at the time of receiving the display command (see FIG. 274).

[Processing at the end of the game during ART preparation]
Next, with reference to FIG. 277, the processing at the end of the ART preparing game performed in S1118 in the flowchart of the processing at the time of receiving the display command (see FIG. 274) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is a bonus (BB or MB) winning game (S1151).

In S1151, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is a bonus (BB or MB) winning game (when the determination in S1151 is YES), the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the ART preparing game and displays it. The command reception process (see FIG. 274) also ends. On the other hand, in S1151, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is not a bonus (BB or MB) winning game (when S1151 is a NO determination), the sub CPU 102 is in a sub game state of a bonus (BB or MB). It is determined whether or not there is (S1152).

In S1152, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is a bonus (BB or MB) state (when the determination in S1152 is YES), the sub CPU 102 ends the ART preparation game end process and displays it. The command reception processing (see FIG. 274) also ends. On the other hand, in S1152, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the bonus (BB or MB) state (when the determination in S1152 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether the sub game state is the BB internal medium state. (S1153).

In S1153, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is the BB internal middle state (when the determination in S1153 is YES), the sub CPU 102 ends the ART preparation game end processing and receives a display command. The process (see FIG. 274) also ends. On the other hand, in S1153, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the BB internal medium state (NO determination in S1153), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the RT state has changed to the RT3 state (when the sub game state is determined to be NO). S1154). In this process, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the RT state has shifted to the RT3 state based on the information regarding the RT state included in the display command data. For example, in the current game, when the information about the RT state included in the display command data received on the sub side is the information corresponding to the RT3 state, the sub CPU 102 determines that the RT state has shifted to the RT3 state.

In S1154, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the RT state has not shifted to the RT3 state (when the determination in S1154 is NO), the sub CPU 102 ends the process at the end of the game during ART preparation and receives a display command. The process (see FIG. 274) also ends.

On the other hand, in S1154, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the RT state has shifted to the RT3 state (when the determination in S1154 is YES), the sub CPU 102 selects and sets the ART preparation end effect data (S1155). In this process, the sub CPU 102 is set with the effect data for notifying the information of entering the ART and the effect data for notifying the information of entering the special zone. Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the ART preparing sub-flag to the off state, and sets the ART-preparing sub-flag and the special effect sub-flag to the on state (S1156).

At the start of the game period in the ART state, the game in the additional specialized state for determining the initial game of ART is started on the main side. Then, on the sub side as well, at the start of the game period in the ART state, the special effect is performed in conjunction with the start of the game in the additional specialized state, so that the special effect sub flag is also set to the on state in the processing of S1156. To. Therefore, by the process of S1156, the sub-game state shifts from the ART preparing state to the ART state, and the specialized effect is started from the next game. Then, after the processing of S1156, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during CZ, and also ends the processing at the time of receiving the display command (see FIG. 274).

[Processing at the end of the game during ART]
Next, with reference to FIG. 278, the processing at the end of the game during ART performed in S1121 in the flowchart of the processing at the time of receiving the display command (see FIG. 274) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub flag state is the special effect state (S1161). In this process, if the special effect sub-flag is on, the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub-flag state is the special effect state.

In S1161, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub flag state is the special effect state (YES in S1161), the sub CPU 102 performs the processing at the end of the specializing game (S1162). The details of the processing at the end of the specialized game will be described later with reference to FIG. 279 described later. Then, after the processing of S1162, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during ART, and also ends the processing at the time of receiving the display command (see FIG. 274).

On the other hand, in S1161, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub flag state is not the special effect state (NO determination in S1161), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub game state is the BB state (S1163). ).

In S1163, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is the BB state (when the determination in S1163 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process at the end of the game during BB during ART (S1164). The details of the processing at the end of the game during ART and BB will be described later with reference to FIGS. 280 and 281 described later. Then, after the processing of S1164, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during ART, and also ends the processing at the time of receiving the display command (see FIG. 274).

On the other hand, in S1163, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the BB state (when the determination in S1163 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not it is the BB winning (S1165).

In S1165, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is the BB winning time (when the determination in S1165 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the processing at the end of the BB winning game during ART (S1166). The details of the processing at the end of the game at the time of winning the BB during ART will be described later with reference to FIG. 282 described later. Then, after the processing of S1166, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during ART, and also ends the processing at the time of receiving the display command (see FIG. 274).

On the other hand, in S1165, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is not the time of winning the BB (when the determination in S1165 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the sub game state is the BB internal middle state (S1167).

In S1167, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is the BB internal middle state (when the determination in S1167 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process at the end of the BB internal middle game during ART (S1168). The details of the processing at the end of the game during the internal BB during ART will be described later with reference to FIG. 283 described later. Then, after the processing of S1168, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during ART, and also ends the processing at the time of receiving the display command (see FIG. 274).

On the other hand, in S1167, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the sub game state is not the BB internal middle state (NO determination in S1167), the sub CPU 102 performs the ART normal middle game end processing (S1169). The details of the processing at the end of the ART normal game will be described later with reference to FIG. 284 described later. Then, after the processing of S1169, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during ART, and also ends the processing at the time of receiving the display command (see FIG. 274).

[Processing at the end of specialized games]
Next, with reference to FIG. 279, the processing at the end of the specialized middle game performed in S1162 in the flowchart of the processing at the end of the game during ART (see FIG. 278) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is a game at the end of the specialized production (S1171).

In S1171, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is not the game at the end of the specialization effect (when the determination in S1171 is NO), the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the specialization game and the game during ART. The end-time processing (see FIG. 278) is also completed. On the other hand, in S1171, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is the game at the end of the specialization effect (when the determination in S1171 is YES), the sub CPU 102 has the special zone types A to E. It is determined whether or not it is either (S1172).

In S1172, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the special zone type is not any of the special zones A to E (when the determination in S1172 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1176 described later. On the other hand, in S1172, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the special zone type is any of the special zones A to E (when the determination in S1172 is YES), the sub CPU 102 has the special zone type as the special zone. It is determined whether or not it is any of A to D (S1173).

In S1173, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the special zone type is not any of the special zones A to D (when the determination in S1173 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1176 described later. On the other hand, in S1173, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the special zone type is any of the special zones A to D (when the determination in S1173 is YES), the sub CPU 102 adds the main side in the current game. It is determined whether or not the continuation (loop) lottery in the final game in the specialized state has been won (S1174).

In S1174, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the continuation (loop) lottery in the final game of the addition specialization state on the main side has been won (when the determination in S1174 is YES), the sub CPU 102 continues the addition specialization (loop). ) Special production at the time The production data at the end of the game is set (S1175). Then, after the processing of S1175, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during specialization, and also ends the processing at the end of the game during ART (see FIG. 278).

On the other hand, in S1174, when it is determined that the sub CPU 102 has not won the continuation (loop) lottery in the final game in the additional specialized state on the main side (when S1174 is NO determination), or S1172 or S1173 is NO determination. In the case of, the sub CPU 102 sets the special effect sub flag to the off state (S1176). By this process, the specialized effect ends, and the game during normal ART is started or restarted from the next game. Then, after the processing of S1176, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during specialization, and also ends the processing at the end of the game during ART (see FIG. 278).

[Processing at the end of the game during ART and BB]
Next, with reference to FIGS. 280 and 281, the process at the end of the game during BB during ART performed in S1164 in the flowchart of the process at the end of the game during ART (see FIG. 278) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is an additional notification game (whether or not an ART additional notification effect has been performed) (S1181).

In S1181, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is not an additional notification game (when the determination in S1181 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1184 described later.

On the other hand, in S1181, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is an additional notification game (when the determination in S1181 is YES), the sub CPU 102 adds the number of notification games to the value of the display ART counter (S1182). Next, the sub CPU 102 sets (clears 0) the value of the notification game number counter to "0" (S1183).

After the processing of S1183, or when the determination in S1181 is NO, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is the game at the end of NBB (BB1 or BB2) (S1184).

In S1184, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is not the game at the end of NBB (BB1 or BB2) (when the determination in S1184 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1197 described later. On the other hand, in S1184, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is the game at the end of NBB (BB1 or BB2) (when the determination in S1184 is YES), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the story BB is in progress. Determine (S1185).

In S1185, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the story BB is in progress (when the determination in S1185 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1187 described later. On the other hand, in S1185, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the story BB is not in progress (when the determination in S1185 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the NBB end screen selection process (S1186). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the NBB end screen lottery table during ART shown in FIGS. 159A to 159C, and based on the number of medals acquired in the current ART (value of the number counter during ART), the NBB end screen. Type (end screens A to R) is determined.

After the processing of S1186 or when S1185 is NO determination, the sub CPU 102 sets the effect data of the NBB end screen (S1187).

Next, the sub CPU 102 performs a lottery process for the number of notification games at the end of NBB (S1188). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the NBB end notification game number lottery table during ART (see FIGS. 183 to 186), the sub lottery flag (internal winning combination), the presence / absence of the winning of the story BB, and the number of difference games (see FIGS. 183 to 186). Based on the value of the internal ART counter-the value of the display ART counter), it is determined whether or not the additional notification effect of ART is generated (winning / non-winning), and the type of the number of notification games (10G to 300G) is determined. Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the lottery for the number of notification games at the end of NBB has been won (S1189).

In S1189, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the NBB end notification game number lottery has not been won (when the determination in S1189 is NO), the sub CPU 102 ends the process at the end of the game during BB during ART and during ART. The processing at the end of the game (see FIG. 278) is also completed.

On the other hand, in S1189, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the lottery for the number of notification games at the end of NBB has been won (when the determination in S1189 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the number of winning games (number of notification games) in the notification game number counter. Set (S1190). Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the game number release flag to the ON state (S1191). Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the story is in BB (S1192).

In S1192, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the story BB is not in progress (when the determination in S1192 is NO), the sub CPU 102 sets the effect data for displaying the cumulative number of additional games announced in the BB (when it is determined that S1192 is NO). S1193). On the other hand, in S1192, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the story BB is in progress (when the determination in S1192 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the effect data for displaying the number of notification games set in the notification game number counter. (S1194).

After the processing of S1193 or S1194, the sub CPU 102 adds the number of notified games to the value of the display ART counter (S1195). Next, the sub CPU 102 sets "0" to the value of the notification game number counter (S1196). Then, after the processing of S1196, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during BB during ART, and also ends the processing at the end of the game during ART (see FIG. 278).

Here, returning to the process of S1184 again, when S1184 determines NO (when it is not at the end of NBB), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not it is at the end of SBB (S1197).

In S1197, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is not the end of the SBB (when the determination in S1197 is NO), the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during BB during ART and the processing at the end of the game during ART (FIG. 278). See) also ends. On the other hand, in S1197, when the sub CPU 102 determines that it is the end of the SBB (when the determination in S1197 is YES), the sub CPU 102 displays the effect data for displaying the cumulative number of additional games announced in the BB. Set (S1198). Then, after the processing of S1198, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during BB during ART, and also ends the processing at the end of the game during ART (see FIG. 278).

[Processing at the end of the game at the time of winning BB during ART]
Next, with reference to FIG. 282, the process at the end of the game at the time of winning the BB during ART performed in S1166 in the flowchart (see FIG. 278) of the process at the end of the game during ART will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the symbol combinations related to the BB are aligned on the effective line (whether or not the BB has won a prize) (S1201). In this process, the sub CPU 102 acquires the parameters (information) related to the display combination included in the display command, and determines whether or not the symbol combinations related to the BB are aligned on the effective line.

In S1201, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the symbol combinations related to the BB are aligned on the effective line (when the determination in S1201 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the display effect data of the BB winning screen (S1202). Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the value of the precursor counter to "0" (S1203). In this process, the sub CPU 102 also discards the precursor scenario effect being executed. Then, after the processing of S1203, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game at the time of winning the BB during ART, and also ends the processing at the end of the game during ART (see FIG. 278).

On the other hand, in S1201, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the symbol combinations related to the BB are not aligned on the effective line (when the determination in S1201 is NO), the sub CPU 102 sets the sub flag inside the BB to the ON state (S1204). ). By this process, the sub-game state shifts to the BB internal middle state. Then, after the processing of S1204, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game at the time of winning the BB during ART, and also ends the processing at the end of the game during ART (see FIG. 278).

[Processing at the end of the game during ART and inside BB]
Next, with reference to FIG. 283, the process at the end of the game inside the BB during ART performed in S1168 in the flowchart of the process at the end of the game during ART (see FIG. 278) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the value of the precursor counter is "0" (S1211). The precursor counter referred to in the process of S1211 is a counter for counting the number of scenario games of the precursor effect selected when the BB combination is won in the ART state. In the pachislot machine 1 of the present embodiment, when the BB combination is won in the ART state, a predetermined precursor effect for notifying the BB is selected, and the number of scenario games of the selected precursor effect is set in the precursor counter. Then, in the BB internal medium state, if the value of the precursor counter becomes "0" in the selected precursor effect, a BB notification is generated and the game in the BB state is started from the next game.

In S1211, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the precursor counter is not "0" (when the determination in S1211 is NO), the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during the BB internal during ART, and also ends the game during ART. The end-time processing (see FIG. 278) is also completed.

On the other hand, in S1211, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the precursor counter is "0" (when the determination in S1211 is YES), the sub CPU 102 sets the sub flag in the BB to the off state (S1212). Then, after the processing of S1212, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game inside the BB during ART, and also ends the processing at the end of the game during ART (see FIG. 278).

[Processing at the end of the normal ART game]
Next, with reference to FIG. 284, the ART normal game end process performed in S1169 in the flowchart (see FIG. 278) of the ART normal game end process will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the value of the precursor counter is larger than "0" (S1221).

In S1221, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the precursor counter is larger than "0" (when the determination in S1221 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1227 described later. On the other hand, in S1221, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the precursor counter is not larger than "0" (when the determination in S1221 is NO), the sub CPU 102 has the value of the ART game number counter (main) "0". It is determined whether or not it is (S1222).

In S1222, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the ART game number counter is not "0" (when the determination in S1222 is NO), the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the ART normal game and the game during the ART. The end-time processing (see FIG. 278) is also completed. On the other hand, in S1222, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the ART game number counter is "0" (when the determination in S1222 is YES), the sub CPU 102 is in a specialized state in which the ball ejection state on the main side is added. It is determined whether or not there is (S1223).

In S1223, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the ball ejection state on the main side is the additional specialized state (when the determination in S1223 is YES), the sub CPU 102 ends the ART normal middle game end processing and ART. The processing at the end of the middle game (see FIG. 278) is also completed. On the other hand, in S1223, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the ball ejection state on the main side is not the additional specialized state (when the determination in S1223 is NO), the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the RT state is the RT3 state. (S1224).

In S1224, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the RT state is the RT3 state (when the determination in S1224 is YES), the sub CPU 102 ends the ART normal game end process and the ART game end process (when the ART state is YES). (See FIG. 278) also ends.

On the other hand, in S1224, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the RT state is not the RT3 state (when the determination in S1224 is NO), the sub CPU 102 sets the sub flag during ART to the off state and sets the sub flag during normal to the on state. (S1225). By this process, the sub-game state shifts from the ART state to the normal state. Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the value of the sub cycle counter to "40" (S1226). Then, after the processing of S1226, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during ART normal game, and also ends the processing at the end of the game during ART (see FIG. 278).

Here, returning to the process of S1221 again, if S1221 is determined to be YES, the sub CPU 102 subtracts 1 from the value of the precursor counter (S1227). Next, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the value of the precursor counter is “0” (S1228).

In S1228, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the precursor counter is not "0" (when the determination in S1228 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1233 described later. On the other hand, in S1228, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the value of the precursor counter is "0" (when the determination in S1228 is YES), the sub CPU 102 determines that the precursor scenario effect being executed is the precursor scenario effect of the special zone. It is determined whether or not it is (S1229).

In S1229, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the precursor scenario effect being executed is not the precursor scenario effect of the special zone (when the determination in S1229 is NO), the sub CPU 102 performs the process of S1233 described later. On the other hand, in S1229, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the precursor scenario effect being executed is the precursor scenario effect of the special zone (when the determination in S1229 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the special counter lottery process (when the determination is YES). S1230). In this process, the sub CPU 102 refers to the specialization counter lottery table (see FIGS. 157 and 158), and based on the specialization zone type and the value of the specialization game number counter on the main side, the number of games of the specialization effect. (Initial value of specialization counter: 1G, 3G, 5G, 7G, 10G or 20G) is determined.

Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the lottery result (specialization counter value) of the specialization counter lottery in the specialization counter (S1231). Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the special effect sub flag to the ON state (S1232). By this process, the sub-game state shifts to the specialized effect state, and the specialized effect is started from the next game.

After the processing of S1232, or when S1228 or S1229 determines NO, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the current game is the execution timing of the additional notification effect (S1233).

In S1233, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is not the execution timing of the additional notification effect (when the determination in S1229 is NO), the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the normal ART game and ends the game during the ART. Time processing (see FIG. 278) also ends.

On the other hand, in S1233, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the current game is the execution timing of the additional notification effect (when the determination in S1229 is YES), the sub CPU 102 performs the additional notification effect lottery process (S1234). In this process, for example, when the precursor scenario effect being executed is the precursor scenario effect for the number of games or the precursor scenario effect for the end of ART, the sub CPU 102 uses the lottery table for the number of additional games during ART (see FIGS. 120 to 124). ), Based on the sub-lottery flag A (internal winning combination) and the number of notification games to be notified, the effect pattern number of the additional notification effect to be executed during the ART state is determined, and the effect data corresponding to the effect pattern number is determined. Specify the table. Next, the sub CPU 102 sets the selected effect data table (S1235).

After the processing of S1235, or when the determination in S1223 is NO, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the end of the game during ART normal game, and also ends the processing at the end of the game during ART (see FIG. 278).

[Processing when payout end command is received]
Next, with reference to FIG. 284, the process at the time of receiving the payout end command performed in S832 in the flowchart of the effect content determination process (see FIGS. 255 and 256) will be described.

First, the sub CPU 102 determines whether or not the demo migration is prohibited (S1241). When the sub CPU 102 determines in S1241 that the demo transition is prohibited (when the determination in S1241 is YES), the sub CPU 102 ends the process at the time of receiving the payout end command and determines the effect content (FIGS. 255 and 256). See) also ends.

On the other hand, in S1241, when the sub CPU 102 determines that the demo transition is not prohibited (when the determination in S1241 is NO), the sub CPU 102 sets the demo display flag to the ON state (S1242). Next, the sub CPU 102 executes a demo display effect (S1243). Then, after the processing of S1243, the sub CPU 102 ends the processing at the time of receiving the payout end command, and also ends the effect content determination processing (see FIGS. 255 and 256).

<Various deformation examples>
The configuration and operation of the gaming machine according to the embodiment of the present invention have been described above, including their effects. However, the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and various embodiments and modifications are included as long as the gist of the present invention described in the claims is not deviated. For example, the following various modifications can be considered.

In the above embodiment, an example in which the game period in the ART state is managed by the number of games has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. It may be managed by. Further, in this case, in the above-mentioned ART addition notification effect, instead of notifying the number of addition notification games, the number of medals to be added, the difference number, and the like may be notified.

Further, in the above embodiment, a configuration example of a game machine having an ART function has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. The various techniques of the present invention described above can be applied to, for example, a game machine having only an AT function.

Further, in the present invention, a part or all of the various lottery processes and various control processes performed in the sub control circuit 101 in the above embodiment may be performed in the main control circuit 91. Further, for example, a part or all of various lottery processes and various control processes performed in the main control circuit 91 in the above embodiment may be performed in the sub control circuit 101.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, a pachi-slot machine has been described as an example of a gaming machine, but the present invention is not limited to this, and some of the various techniques of the present invention described above can also be used for a gaming machine called "pachinko". Applicable. For example, the configuration of the effect data table adopted in the above embodiment (see FIGS. 109 and 110) can be applied to pachinko, and the same effect can be obtained.

<Various functions of the main control board and sub control board>
The embodiments and various modifications of the pachi-slot machine 1 according to the present invention have been described above. Here, various functions possessed by the main control board 71 (main control circuit 91, main CPU 93) and the sub control board 72 (sub control circuit 101, sub CPU 102) of the pachislot machine 1 according to the present invention will be collectively described.

The main control board 71 is connected to the start switch 79 and the stop switch board 80, and controls the progress of the game shown in FIG. Therefore, the main control board 71 functions as a main control means, an internal winning combination determining means, and a stop control means.

The main control board 71 is subjected to a general lottery process (see FIG. 214). Therefore, the main control board 71 functions as a parameter level raising means (card promotion lottery process, card promotion attribute lottery process).

The main control board 71 performs a lottery process during CZ (see FIG. 218) and a battle offense / defense lottery process (FIG. 219). Therefore, the main control board 71 also functions as advantageous game determining means (S251, S252), determining point determining means (S251), and determining point changing means (S252).

The main control board 71 is subjected to a lottery process (see FIG. 227 and the like) during addition specialization. Therefore, the main control board 71 also functions as an advantageous game content determining means. Further, the main control board 71 performs a stage lottery process (see FIG. 243 and the like). Therefore, the main control board 71 also functions as a game mode selection means. Further, the main control board 71 performs a lottery process (see FIG. 231 and the like) by adding the number of specialized games. Therefore, the main control board 71 also functions as a specific game period determining means.

Further, the main control board 71 performs a lottery process for adding the number of ART games and an update process for the number of remaining ART games based on the lottery result (see, for example, S391 and S392 in FIG. 229). Therefore, the main control board 71 also functions as an extension update means. Further, the main control board 71 performs a process of subtracting 1 from the value of the ART game number counter (the number of remaining ART games) (see, for example, S418 in FIG. 231). Therefore, the main control board 71 also functions as a shortened update means.

The sub control board 72 controls the effect operation based on various command data received from the main control board 71. Therefore, the sub-control board 72 functions as a sub-control means, an effect control means, and a game information display control means.

The sub-control board 72 performs an effect content determination process (see FIGS. 255 and 256). Therefore, the sub-control board 72 also functions as an effect data determining means. The sub-control board 72 performs a game start process (see FIG. 262) when the setting is changed. Therefore, the sub-control board 72 also functions as a parameter information display determination means (S922).

The sub-control board 72 performs an ART normal middle game start process (see FIGS. 270 to 272). Therefore, the sub-control board 72 includes a special effect transition determination unit (S1044), an additional game period determination unit, an extended game period determination unit (S1049), a specific display effect determination unit (S1069), an audio output determination unit (S1077), and the like. It also functions as an effect mode determining means (S1080). The sub-control board 72 performs the ART normal middle game end start processing (see FIG. 284). Therefore, the sub-control board 72 also functions as an additional effect determining means (S1234).

Further, the sub-control board 72 performs a process at the time of receiving the payout end command (see FIG. 285). Therefore, the sub-control board 72 also functions as a demonstration execution means (S1243).

<Supplementary note (summary of the present invention)>
[First and second game machines]
Conventionally, in a game machine, a game machine that determines whether or not to shift to an advantageous state is known according to the result determined by the game during the cycle period each time a predetermined number of game cycles elapse. (For example, see JP2014-208506A). In this game machine, the number of times the specific effect is executed in the game during the cycle period is determined by lottery. Then, the gaming state is shifted to the advantageous state according to the execution of the specific effect a predetermined number of times after the end of the cycle period.

However, the method of shifting to the advantageous state described in JP-A-2014-208506 is a method of determining whether or not to shift to the advantageous state according to the number of executions of the specific effect, and thus is a relatively simple method. Is. Therefore, conventionally, it has been desired to develop a game machine capable of raising a sense of expectation regarding the transition to an advantageous state.

The present invention has been made to solve the above-mentioned first problem, and the first object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of further raising expectations regarding the transition to an advantageous state. That is.

In order to solve the first problem, the present invention provides a first gaming machine having the following configuration.

A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11, an instruction display unit) for notifying information that gives an advantageous state to the player, and
Parameter level raising means for determining whether to raise the level of the first parameter (for example, attack card, defense card) or the level of the second parameter (for example, reward card) according to the game situation. (For example, card promotion lottery processing, card promotion attribute lottery processing),
Advantageous game determining means (for example, battle offense and defense lottery and card skill activation lottery) that determines the granting of an advantageous game state (for example, ART state) in which notification by the notification means can be executed according to the level of the first parameter. When,
When the granting of the advantageous gaming state is determined, the advantageous game content determining means (for example, a lottery process during addition specialization) that enables the game content of the advantageous gaming state to be determined according to the level of the second parameter. ), And a game machine.

Further, in the first game machine of the present invention, the determination process by the parameter level raising means is performed over a predetermined game period (for example, 40 games).
The process of determining whether or not the advantageous game state is granted by the advantageous game determining means is performed after the game of the predetermined game period has been digested.
When the non-granting of the advantageous gaming state is determined, the level of the second parameter may be set to the initial level.

Further, in the first gaming machine of the present invention, a first determination point (for example, an enemy) for determining the granting of the advantageous gaming state according to the type of the internal winning combination determined by the internal winning combination. Judgment point determining means (for example, determining at least whether or not to reduce the life value of the character) and / or the second determination point (for example, the life value of the main character) for determining the non-granting of the advantageous gaming state. For example, battle offense and defense lottery processing),
A determination point changing means (for example,) capable of changing the content of the result determined by the determination point determining means or the initial value of the second determination point according to the level of the first parameter and the second parameter. Card skill activation lottery processing) and preparation,
When the value of the first determination point is equal to or less than a predetermined value as a result of the change processing by the determination point changing means, the granting of the advantageous gaming state is confirmed, and the value of the second determination point is predetermined. When it becomes less than the value, the non-granting of the advantageous gaming state may be confirmed.

Further, in order to solve the first problem, the present invention provides a second gaming machine having the following configuration.

An internal winning combination determining means (for example, internal lottery processing) that determines an internal winning combination with a predetermined probability at the start of the game,
A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11, an instruction display unit) for notifying information that gives an advantageous state to the player, and
Parameter level raising means (for example, card promotion lottery processing, card promotion attribute lottery processing) that determines whether or not to raise the level of parameters (for example, attack type card, defense type card) according to the game situation,
A first determination point (for example, ART state) for determining the granting of an advantageous gaming state (for example, ART state) in which notification by the notification means can be executed according to the type of the internal winning combination determined by the internal winning combination. Enemy character life value) and / or determination point determination means for determining whether to update the second determination point (for example, the life value of the main character) for determining non-granting of the advantageous gaming state. (For example, battle offense and defense lottery processing) and
Provided with a determination point changing means (for example, card skill activation lottery process) capable of changing the content of the result determined by the determination point determining means or the initial value of the second determination point according to the level of the parameter. ,
The determination point changing means is
When the level of the parameter is a specific level, the initial value of the second determination point can be changed.
When the level of the parameter is a predetermined level and a specific internal winning combination (for example, "missing") is determined by the internal winning combination determining means, the result determined by the determination point determining means. A gaming machine characterized in that its contents can be changed.

Further, in the second gaming machine of the present invention, the determination point determining means is
When the specific internal winning combination (for example, “off”) is determined by the internal winning combination determining means, it is determined whether or not to update the second determination point in a direction approaching a predetermined threshold value. ,
When a predetermined internal winning combination (for example, "bell" or rare combination) is determined by the internal winning combination determining means, whether or not to update the first determination point in a direction approaching the predetermined threshold value. And decide
When a predetermined internal winning combination (for example, "replay") is determined by the internal winning combination determining means, it is determined whether or not to update the second determination point in a direction away from the predetermined threshold value. ,
When the specific internal winning combination is determined and the determination point determining means determines that the second determination point is updated in a direction approaching the predetermined threshold value, the determination point changing means determines the parameter. It is possible to decide to update the first determination point in a direction approaching the predetermined threshold value, or to discard the result determined by the determination point determination means according to the level of. ,
As a result of the change processing by the determination point changing means, when the value of the first determination point reaches or exceeds the predetermined threshold value, the granting of the advantageous gaming state is confirmed, and the second determination point When the value reaches or exceeds the predetermined threshold value, the non-granting of the advantageous gaming state may be determined.

According to the first and second gaming machines of the present invention having the above configuration, it is possible to further raise expectations regarding the transition to an advantageous state.

[Third to 14th game machines]
Conventionally, in a gaming machine, a gaming machine that determines an extension of an AT game during an AT game is known (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-167199). In such a game machine, since the period of the AT game is indefinite, the expectation for the AT game can be improved.

However, if an attempt is made to determine the extension of the AT game in an entertaining manner, there arises a problem that the conditions for the extension and the probability that the extension is determined become complicated.

The present invention has been made to solve the above-mentioned second problem, and a second object of the present invention is to produce an extension of an AT game in an interesting manner with a simpler configuration. It is to provide a possible gaming machine.

In order to solve the second problem, the present invention provides a third gaming machine having the following configuration.

A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) for notifying information about a game, and
A first remaining game count that counts the first remaining game period of the notified game state that actually remains in the notified game state (for example, ART state) in which information advantageous to the player can be notified by the notification means. Means (eg, internal ART counter) and
In the notified game state, a second remaining game counting means (for example, a display ART counter) that counts the second remaining game period of the notified game state that is notified by the notification means and is equal to or less than the first remaining game period. )When,
An additional game period determining means capable of determining an additional game period of the notified game state notified by the notification means according to a difference game period between the first remaining game period and the second remaining game period. (For example, lottery processing for the number of notification games during ART)
With the additional effect determining means (for example, the additional game number notification effect lottery table during ART) that determines the content of the additional effect that notifies the additional game period according to the additional game period determined by the additional game period determining means. A game machine equipped with.

Further, in order to solve the second problem, the present invention provides a fourth gaming machine having the following configuration.

A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) for notifying information about a game, and
Based on the first condition (for example, every game digestion), the shortened update means for shortening and updating the game period of the notified game state (for example, ART state) in which information advantageous to the player can be notified by the notification means.
Based on the second condition (for example, additional winning), an extension renewal means for extending and renewing the game period of the notified game state, and
In the notified game state, the first remaining game period of the notified game state that actually remains, and the second remaining of the notified game state that is notified by the notification means and is equal to or less than the first remaining game period. A means for determining an extended game period (for example, a lottery process for the number of notification games during ART), which is notified by the notification means and can determine an extended game period of the notified game state, according to a difference game period from the game period.
An extended effect determining means (for example, an additional game number notification effect lottery table during ART) that determines the content of the effect of notifying the extended game period according to the extended game period determined by the extended game period determining means. A game machine equipped with.

Further, in the fourth gaming machine of the present invention, the extended game period determining means is an extended game of the notified gaming state regardless of the extension of the gaming period of the notified gaming state determined by the extension updating means. The period can be determined,
The extended gaming period of the notified gaming state is determined within the range of the current differential gaming period.
Only when a specific internal winning combination is determined by the internal winning combination, the current differential gaming period may be determined as an extended gaming period of the notified gaming state.

Further, in the fourth gaming machine of the present invention, the extended game period determining means is based on a predetermined condition regardless of whether or not the extended game period is extended and updated by the extended update means. It may be possible to determine the extended game period of the game state.

Further, in order to solve the second problem, the present invention provides a fifth gaming machine having the following configuration.

A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) for notifying information about a game, and
A first remaining game count that counts the first remaining game period of the notified game state that actually remains in the notified game state (for example, ART state) in which information advantageous to the player can be notified by the notification means. Means (eg, internal ART counter) and
In the notified game state, a second remaining game counting means (for example, a display ART counter) that counts the second remaining game period of the notified game state that is notified by the notification means and is equal to or less than the first remaining game period. )When,
The game period (for example, special game) of a specific game (for example, a game in an additional specialized state) that is performed when a predetermined condition is satisfied in the notified game state and the first remaining game period can be extended for each unit game. A specific game period determination means (for example, a lottery process for adding the number of specialized games) that determines the value of the number of games counter
An additional game period determining means capable of determining an additional game period of the notified game state notified by the notification means according to a difference game period between the first remaining game period and the second remaining game period. (For example, lottery processing for the number of notification games during ART)
Whether or not the effect content shifts to a special effect state (for example, a specialized effect state) in which the content is specialized for the additional effect that notifies the additional game period over a specific game period is determined by the difference. It is equipped with a special production transition determination means (for example, special production type lottery processing) that is determined according to the game period.
When the game period of the specific game determined by the specific game period determining means is a predetermined period or more (for example, 6 games or more), the transition to the special effect state is determined as compared with other cases. A game machine characterized by being easy to play.

Further, in the fifth game machine of the present invention, when the game period of the specific game determined by the specific game period determining means is equal to or longer than the predetermined period and the differential game period is longer than the specific period. The transition to the special effect transition state may be determined by the special effect transition determination means.

Further, in order to solve the second problem, the present invention provides a sixth gaming machine having the following configuration.

A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) for notifying information about a game, and
Based on the first condition (for example, every game digestion), the shortened update means for shortening and updating the game period of the notified game state (for example, ART state) in which information advantageous to the player can be notified by the notification means.
Based on the second condition (for example, additional winning), an extension renewal means for extending and renewing the game period of the notified game state, and
A specific game (for example, an additional specialized state) that is performed when a predetermined condition is satisfied in the notified game state and can extend the first remaining game period of the notified game state that actually remains for each unit game. A specific game period determining means (for example, a lottery process for adding the number of specialized games) that determines the game period (for example, the value of the special game number counter) of the game),
According to the difference game period between the previous first remaining game period and the second remaining game period of the notified game state which is notified by the notification means and is equal to or less than the first remaining game period, the notification means An extended game period determining means (for example, a lottery process for the number of notification games during ART), which is notified and can determine the extended game period of the notified game state,
Whether or not the effect content shifts to a special effect state (for example, a specialized effect state) in which the content is specialized for the effect of notifying the extended game period over a specific game period is determined by the difference game. It is equipped with a special production transition determination means (for example, special production type lottery processing) that is determined according to the period.
When the game period of the specific game determined by the specific game period determining means is a predetermined period or more (for example, 6 games or more), the transition to the special effect state is determined as compared with other cases. It becomes easier to be
The effect of notifying the extended game period includes an effect of dividing and notifying the extension of the game period of the notified game state updated by the extension updating means, and an effect of being updated a plurality of times by the extension updating means. A game machine characterized in that it includes an effect of collectively notifying the total extension of the game period in the above-mentioned notification game state at one time.

Further, in order to solve the second problem, the present invention provides a seventh gaming machine having the following configuration.

A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) for notifying information about a game, and
A first remaining game count that counts the first remaining game period of the notified game state that actually remains in the notified game state (for example, ART state) in which information advantageous to the player can be notified by the notification means. Means (eg, internal ART counter) and
In the notified game state, a second remaining game counting means (for example, a display ART counter) that counts the second remaining game period of the notified game state that is notified by the notification means and is equal to or less than the first remaining game period. )When,
An additional game period determining means capable of determining an additional game period of the notified game state notified by the notification means according to a difference game period between the first remaining game period and the second remaining game period. (For example, lottery processing for the number of notification games during ART)
A specific display effect determining means (for example, a special card acquisition lottery process) that determines whether or not a specific display effect (for example, a special card display effect) is executed according to the difference game period.
Whether or not the effect content shifts to a special effect state in which the content is specialized for the additional effect that notifies the additional game period over a specific game period depends on whether or not the specific display effect is executed. It is equipped with a special production transition determination means (for example, special production type lottery processing) that is determined according to the situation.
A gaming machine characterized in that when the difference game period becomes long, the execution of the specific display effect is easily determined by the specific display effect determining means.

Further, in order to solve the second problem, the present invention provides an eighth gaming machine having the following configuration.

An internal winning combination determining means (for example, internal lottery processing) that determines an internal winning combination with a predetermined probability at the start of the game,
A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) for notifying information about a game, and
Based on the first condition (for example, every game digestion), the shortened update means for shortening and updating the game period of the notified game state (for example, ART state) in which information advantageous to the player can be notified by the notification means.
Based on the second condition (for example, additional winning), an extension renewal means for extending and renewing the game period of the notified game state, and
In the notified game state, the first remaining game period of the notified game state that actually remains, and the second remaining of the notified game state that is notified by the notification means and is equal to or less than the first remaining game period. A means for determining an extended game period (for example, a lottery process for the number of notification games during ART), which is notified by the notification means and can determine an extended game period of the notified game state, according to a difference game period from the game period.
A specific display effect determining means (for example, a special card acquisition lottery process) that determines whether or not a specific display effect (for example, a special card display effect) is executed according to the difference game period.
Whether or not the effect content shifts to a special effect state in which the content is specialized for the effect of notifying the extended game period over a specific game period depends on whether or not the specific display effect is executed. It is equipped with a special production transition determination means (for example, special production type lottery processing).
When the difference game period becomes long, it becomes easy for the specific display effect determining means to determine the execution of the specific display effect.
When a specific internal winning combination (for example, "bell") is determined by the internal winning combination determining means in the notified game state, the game period of the notified game state is extended and updated by the extension updating means. A game machine characterized in that the execution of the specific display effect can be determined by the specific display effect determining means.

Further, in order to solve the second problem, the present invention provides a ninth gaming machine having the following configuration.

A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) for notifying information about a game, and
A first remaining game count that counts the first remaining game period of the notified game state that actually remains in the notified game state (for example, ART state) in which information advantageous to the player can be notified by the notification means. Means (eg, internal ART counter) and
In the notified game state, a second remaining game counting means (for example, a display ART counter) that counts the second remaining game period of the notified game state that is notified by the notification means and is equal to or less than the first remaining game period. )When,
Predetermined from a plurality of types of effect modes (for example, ART stages A to C) that can be set in the notified game state according to the difference game period between the first remaining game period and the second remaining game period. Production mode determination means (for example, stage transition lottery processing during ART) and
An additional game period determining means capable of determining an additional game period of the notified game state, which is notified by the notification means, according to the difference game period and the type of the effect mode determined by the effect mode determining means. (For example, a game machine equipped with a lottery process for the number of notification games during ART).

Further, in order to solve the second problem, the present invention provides a tenth gaming machine having the following configuration.

A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) for notifying information about a game, and
Based on the first condition (for example, every game digestion), the shortened update means for shortening and updating the game period of the notified game state (for example, ART state) in which information advantageous to the player can be notified by the notification means.
Based on the second condition (for example, additional winning), an extension renewal means for extending and renewing the game period in the notified game state, and
In the notified game state, the reported game state that actually remains regardless of the state of the game including the state (for example, high accuracy, low accuracy, etc.) indicating the ease with which the extension update is determined by the extension update means. In the notified game state, according to the difference game period between the first remaining game period and the second remaining game period of the notified game state that is notified by the notification means and is equal to or less than the first remaining game period. An effect mode determining means (for example, a stage transition lottery process during ART) capable of determining a predetermined effect mode from a plurality of settable effect modes (for example, ART stages A to C),
An extended game period determining means capable of determining an extended game period of the notified game state, which is notified by the notification means, according to the difference game period and the type of the effect mode determined by the effect mode determining means. (For example, a game machine equipped with a lottery process for the number of notification games during ART).

Further, in the tenth gaming machine of the present invention, the total period of the extended gaming period of the notification gaming state notified by the notification means after the predetermined production mode (for example, ART stage C) is determined is predetermined. The predetermined effect mode may be maintained until the period is exceeded.

Further, in order to solve the second problem, the present invention provides an eleventh gaming machine having the following configuration.

A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) for notifying information about a game, and
A first remaining game count that counts the first remaining game period of the notified game state that actually remains in the notified game state (for example, ART state) in which information advantageous to the player can be notified by the notification means. Means (eg, internal ART counter) and
In the notified game state, a second remaining game counting means (for example, a display ART counter) that counts the second remaining game period of the notified game state that is notified by the notification means and is equal to or less than the first remaining game period. )When,
The additional game period of the notified game state, which is notified by the notification means according to the difference game period between the first remaining game period and the second remaining game period and the second remaining game period. A game machine including an additional game period determination means (for example, a lottery process for the number of notification games during ART), which can determine the number of games.

Further, in order to solve the second problem, the present invention provides a twelfth gaming machine having the following configuration.

A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) for notifying information about a game, and
Based on the first condition (for example, for each game digestion), a shortened update means for shortening and updating the game period of the notified game state (for example, ART state) in which information advantageous to the player can be notified by the notification means.
Based on the second condition (for example, additional winning), an extension renewal means for extending and renewing the game period of the notified game state, and
In the notified game state, the first remaining game period of the notified game state that actually remains, and the second remaining of the notified game state that is notified by the notification means and is equal to or less than the first remaining game period. A means for determining an extended game period (for example, a lottery process for the number of notification games during ART), which is notified by the notification means and can determine an extended game period of the notified game state, according to a difference game period from the game period.
An extended effect determining means (for example, during ART) that determines the content of the effect of notifying the extended game period according to the extended game period determined by the extended game period determining means and the second remaining game period. A game machine equipped with a lottery table that announces the number of additional games.

Further, in the twelfth gaming machine of the present invention, when the second remaining gaming period is equal to or longer than a predetermined period, the expected value of the extended gaming period of the notified gaming state determined by the extended gaming period determining means is , The second remaining gaming period may be smaller than that when it is less than a predetermined period.

Further, in order to solve the second problem, the present invention provides a thirteenth gaming machine having the following configuration.

A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) for notifying information about a game, and
A sound output means (for example, a speaker group) that outputs a specific sound (for example, a character song) according to the content of the production, and
A first remaining game count that counts the first remaining game period of the notified game state that actually remains in the notified game state (for example, ART state) in which information advantageous to the player can be notified by the notification means. Means (eg, internal ART counter) and
In the notified game state, a second remaining game counting means (for example, a display ART counter) that counts the second remaining game period of the notified game state that is notified by the notification means and is equal to or less than the first remaining game period. )When,
An additional game period determining means capable of determining an additional game period of the notified game state notified by the notification means according to a difference game period between the first remaining game period and the second remaining game period. (For example, lottery processing for the number of notification games during ART)
A voice output determining means (for example, a character song flag lottery process) that determines whether or not to output the specific voice by the voice output means according to the difference game period.
Whether or not the production content shifts to a special production state in which the content is specialized for the additional production that notifies the additional game period over a specific game period is determined by the difference game period and the specific voice. It is equipped with a special production transition determination means (for example, special production type lottery processing) that determines according to the presence or absence of output.
When the transition to the special effect state is determined by the special effect transition determination means in the situation where the specific sound is output, in the special effect state after the transition, a specific additional effect (for example, specialization) A game machine characterized in that a three-digit addition notification effect of zone G) is performed.

Further, in order to solve the second problem, the present invention provides a fourteenth gaming machine having the following configuration.

A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) for notifying information about a game, and
A sound output means (for example, a speaker group) that outputs a specific sound (for example, a character song) according to the content of the production, and
Based on the first condition (for example, every game digestion), the shortened update means for shortening and updating the game period of the notified game state (for example, ART state) in which information advantageous to the player can be notified by the notification means.
Based on the second condition (for example, additional winning), an extension renewal means for extending and renewing the game period of the notified game state, and
In the notified game state, the first remaining game period of the notified game state that actually remains, and the second remaining of the notified game state that is notified by the notification means and is equal to or less than the first remaining game period. A means for determining an extended game period (for example, a lottery process for the number of notification games during ART), which is notified by the notification means and can determine an extended game period of the notified game state, according to a difference game period from the game period.
A voice output determining means (for example, a character song flag lottery process) that determines whether or not to output the specific voice by the voice output means according to the difference game period.
Whether or not the effect content shifts to a special effect state in which the content is specialized for the extended effect that notifies the extended game period over a specific game period is determined by the difference game period and the specific voice. It is equipped with a special production transition determination means (for example, special production type lottery processing) that determines according to the presence or absence of output.
When the transition to the special effect state is determined by the special effect transition determination means in the situation where the specific sound is output, in the special effect state after the transition, a specific extension effect (for example, specialization) A game machine characterized in that a three-digit additional notification effect of zone G is performed.

Further, in the 14th gaming machine of the present invention, a plurality of types of the extended effects are provided in the special effect state, and the minimum extended game period notified in the specific extended effect is set in other extended effects. It may be larger than the minimum reported extended game period.

According to the third to fourteenth gaming machines of the present invention having the above configuration, it is possible to produce an extension of a game (AT game) in an advantageous gaming state in an interesting manner with a simpler configuration.

[15th to 20th game machines]
Conventionally, in a game machine, a game machine in which the production of the game is determined by lottery based on a winning combination or the like is known (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-184222). In such a game machine, by appropriately adjusting the winning probability of the production, it is possible to design the magnitude of the expectation for each production, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

However, in recent years, the total number of effects in one model of game machine has increased dramatically, and the conditions for determining the effects and the probability of winning the effects have become complicated. As a result, there is a problem that the time required for designing increases dramatically and the cost of the gaming machine increases.

The present invention has been made to solve the above-mentioned third problem, and a third object of the present invention is to provide a game machine that facilitates design and development related to production determination.

In order to solve the third problem, the present invention provides a fifteenth gaming machine having the following configuration.

An effect data determination means (for example, an effect content determination process) that determines a predetermined effect data table according to the game situation,
An effect executing means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) for executing a predetermined effect based on the predetermined effect data table determined by the effect data determining means is provided.
In the effect data table, a first parameter (for example, effect parameter items "GrID" and "GrNo") in which the effect content can be specified, and another effect data table when the effect content is not specified by the first parameter. A second parameter (for example, effect parameter items "inc" and "table") that specifies, and a third parameter that specifies whether to prohibit or enable the addition of additional effects to the specified effect content (for example, the effect parameter items "inc" and "table"). For example, a gaming machine characterized in that the effect parameter item “MOE”) and the effect parameter item “MOE”) are defined in association with each other.

Further, in the fifteenth gaming machine of the present invention, in the effect data table, a fourth parameter (for example, described later) that specifies whether to prohibit or enable display switching of the stage image in the specified effect (for example, described later). The effect parameter item “ST”) of the above is defined in association with the first parameter, the second parameter, and the third parameter.
The additional effect may be a cut-in effect in which the image of the additional effect is superimposed on the entire surface or a part of the image displayed by the designated effect at a predetermined timing.

Further, in order to solve the above-mentioned third problem, the present invention provides a 16th gaming machine having the following configuration.

An effect data determination means (for example, an effect content determination process) that determines a predetermined effect data table according to the game situation,
An effect executing means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) for executing a predetermined effect based on the predetermined effect data table determined by the effect data determining means is provided.
In the effect data table, a first parameter (for example, effect parameter items "GrID" and "GrNo") in which the effect content can be specified and an image displayed by the effect execution means are demonstrated according to the non-operation time. A gaming machine characterized in that a second parameter (for example, an effect parameter item “DB”) indicating whether to allow or prohibit switching to an image is defined in association with each other.

Further, in the sixteenth gaming machine of the present invention, in the effect data table, a third parameter (for example, described later) that specifies whether to prohibit or enable display switching of the stage image in the specified effect (for example, described later). The effect parameter item “ST”) of the above may be defined in association with the first parameter and the second parameter.

Further, in order to solve the third problem, the present invention provides a seventeenth gaming machine having the following configuration.

An effect data determination means (for example, an effect content determination process) that determines a predetermined effect data table according to the game situation,
An image display means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) that performs a predetermined image display effect based on the predetermined effect data table determined by the effect data determining means.
It is equipped with a light lighting means (for example, a right side lamp) that lights the light according to the content of the effect.
In the effect data table, a first parameter (for example, effect parameter items "GrID" and "GrNo") capable of specifying the effect content and a specific lighting effect using the light lighting means (for example, a super hot lighting effect). A gaming machine characterized in that a second parameter (for example, an effect parameter item “LED”) that specifies whether to prohibit or enable execution is defined in association with each other.

Further, in order to solve the third problem, the present invention provides an eighteenth gaming machine having the following configuration.

An effect data determining means (for example, an effect content determination process described later) that determines a predetermined effect data table according to the game situation, and
An image display means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11 described later) that performs a predetermined image display effect based on the predetermined effect data table determined by the effect data determining means.
It is equipped with a light lighting means (for example, a right side lamp described later) that lights the light according to the content of the effect.
In the effect data table, a first parameter (for example, the effect parameter items “GrID” and “GrNo” described later) capable of specifying the effect content, and another effect when the effect content is not specified by the first parameter. The second parameter that specifies the data table (for example, the effect parameter items "inc" and "table" described later) and the specific lighting effect using the light lighting means (for example, the intense hot lighting effect described later) are prohibited. With a third parameter (for example, the effect parameter item "LED" described later) that specifies a lottery table (for example, an LED parameter lottery table described later) capable of determining the content of the specific lighting effect at the time of execution or execution. A gaming machine characterized in that, and are defined in association with each other.

Further, in order to solve the above-mentioned third problem, the present invention provides a 19th gaming machine having the following configuration.

An effect data determination means (for example, an effect content determination process) that determines a predetermined effect data table according to the game situation,
An image display means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) that performs a predetermined image display effect based on the predetermined effect data table determined by the effect data determining means is provided.
The effect data table is composed of a first parameter (for example, effect parameter items "GrID" and "GrNo") in which the content of the effect can be specified, and an information image showing the status of the current game on the display screen of the image display means. A gaming machine characterized in that a second parameter (for example, an effect parameter item “UI”) that specifies whether or not to display a game status notification image is defined in association with each other.

Further, in order to solve the above-mentioned third problem, the present invention provides a twentieth gaming machine having the following configuration.

An effect data determination means (for example, an effect content determination process) that determines a predetermined effect data table according to the game situation,
An image display means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) that performs a predetermined image display effect based on the predetermined effect data table determined by the effect data determining means is provided.
In the effect data table, the first parameter (for example, the effect parameter items “GrID” and “GrNo”) capable of specifying the effect content and information indicating the status of the current game displayed on the display screen of the image display means. A second parameter (for example, the effect parameter item "UI") that specifies the size of the game status notification image composed of images is defined in association with each other.
When a large display size of the game status notification image is specified by the second parameter, the size of the effect area other than the game status notification image on the display screen is the display of the game status notification image by the second parameter. A gaming machine characterized in that it is smaller than the size of an effect area other than the game status notification image on the display screen when a small size is specified.

According to the fifteenth to twentieth gaming machines of the present invention having the above configuration, the design and development related to the effect determination becomes easy.

[21st game machine]
Conventionally, there are known game machines having a bonus with the total number of medals paid out as an end condition (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-184222). In such a game machine, it is possible to prevent the profit obtained from the bonus from fluctuating due to the skill of the player, the bias of the internal lottery, and the like.

In recent years, in order to further reduce the variation in profits obtained from bonuses, a configuration has been adopted in which the types of small wins that can be won during the bonus are reduced and the number of medals paid out per unit game (1 game) is constant. There is. However, if the types of small roles that can be displayed during the bonus decrease, there is a problem that the game during the bonus becomes monotonous.

The present invention has been made to solve the above-mentioned fourth problem, and a fourth object of the present invention is to suppress variations in profits obtained from bonuses so that the games in the bonuses are not monotonous. Is to provide a game machine that can be used.

In order to solve the fourth problem, the present invention provides a 21st gaming machine having the following configuration.

Insertion operation detecting means (for example, a medal sensor) for detecting the insertion operation of the game medium, and
A start operation detecting means (for example, a start switch 79) that detects a start operation by the player based on the detection of the throwing operation by the throwing operation detecting means, and
An internal winning combination determining means (for example, an internal lottery process) that determines an internal winning combination with a predetermined probability based on the detection of the starting operation by the starting operation detecting means.
A variable display means (for example, three reels 3L, 3C, 3R) which is composed of a plurality of display columns and variablely displays a symbol required for a game based on the detection of a start operation by the start operation detecting means.
A stop operation detection means (for example, a stop switch board 80) that detects a stop operation by the player, and
A stop control means (for example, reel stop control process) for stopping the variation display of the symbol based on the determination result of the internal winning combination determining means and the detection of the stop operation by the stop operation detecting means is provided.
A special internal winning combination (for example, BB combination) is determined by the internal winning combination determining means, and a symbol combination related to the special internal winning combination is stopped and displayed on a determination line set over the plurality of display columns. If so, a game in a special gaming state (for example, a BB state) that is advantageous to the player is started.
In a normal gaming state different from the special gaming state,
The internal winning combination determined by the internal winning combination determining means includes a plurality of types of small winning combinations related to the payout of the game medium, and the plurality of types of small winning combinations include a specific symbol (for example, cherry). The first specific combination in which the game medium is paid out when the specific symbol combination of 1 is stopped and displayed on the determination line is included.
In the special gaming state,
The internal winning combination determined by the internal winning combination determining means includes a plurality of types of small winning combinations related to the payout of the game medium, and the plurality of types of small winning combinations include a second specific symbol including the specific symbol. A second specific combination in which the game medium is paid out when the symbol combination is stopped and displayed on the determination line is included.
The number of payouts of the game medium related to the second specific combination is the same as the number of payouts of the game medium related to other small wins that can be determined in the special gaming state, and the number of payouts of the game medium related to the first specific combination is the same. A game machine characterized by being different from the number of game media paid out.

Further, in the 21st gaming machine of the present invention, when the second specific symbol combination including the specific symbol is stopped and displayed on the determination line, the first specific symbol including the specific symbol is specified. The symbol combination (for example, triple cherry) may be stopped and displayed on a line different from the determination line.

Further, in the 21st gaming machine of the present invention, the gaming period in the special gaming state ends when the total number of the gaming media paid out during the gaming period exceeds a predetermined number.
In the special gaming state, the small winning combination is always determined by the internal winning combination determining means, and the determined small winning combination may have the same number of payouts of the game medium regardless of the type.

According to the 21st gaming machine of the present invention having the above configuration, it is possible to prevent the game in the special gaming state from becoming monotonous while suppressing the variation in the profit obtained by the game (bonus) in the special gaming state. it can.

[22nd game machine]
Conventionally, in a game machine, a game machine that determines whether or not to shift to an advantageous state is known according to the result determined by the game during the cycle period each time a predetermined number of game cycles elapse. (For example, see JP2014-208506A). In this game machine, the number of times the specific effect is executed in the game during the cycle period is determined by lottery. Then, the gaming state is shifted to the advantageous state according to the execution of the specific effect a predetermined number of times after the end of the cycle period.

However, in the gaming machine described in JP-A-2014-208506, when the RAM is cleared due to a setting change or the like, the information regarding the cycle up to that point is erased, so that information is initialized. The game starts from the state. In this case, it becomes clear that the setting change or the like has been executed (the player can recognize it), and there is a problem that it is not suitable for sales in a game store.

The present invention has been made to solve the above-mentioned fifth problem, and a fifth object of the present invention is to prevent it from becoming clear that the RAM has been cleared due to a setting change or the like. It is to provide a game machine.

In order to solve the fifth problem, the present invention provides a 22nd gaming machine having the following configuration.

A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) that displays information about the game on a display screen, and
Parameter level raising means (for example, card promotion lottery processing, card promotion attribute lottery processing) that determines whether to raise the level of parameters (for example, attack type card, defense type card, reward type card) according to the game situation. )When,
A game information display control means (for example, sub CPU 102) that displays information on the level of the parameter on the display screen of the notification means, and
In the first game to be executed after the information about the game is initialized, when the parameter level increase means determines the parameter level increase, the information regarding the parameter level after the level increase is transmitted to the notification means. A parameter information display determining means (for example, a card display lottery process) for determining whether or not to display on the display screen of
In the first game executed after the initialization,
When the game information display control means does not determine that the parameter information display determining means displays the information regarding the level of the parameter after the level rise, the game information display control means obtains the information regarding the level of the parameter before the level rise. A gaming machine characterized in that it is displayed on the display screen of the notification means.

Further, in the 22nd game machine of the present invention, a game mode selection means for selecting a predetermined mode from a plurality of types of modes (for example, stages A to C, special stages) that can be set in a predetermined game period. (For example, stage lottery processing)
In the game of the predetermined game period
The parameter level raising means determines whether or not to raise the level of the parameter according to the game situation.
The game information display control means displays information on the level of the parameter, information on the mode, and information on the remaining game period of the game in the predetermined game period on the display screen of the notification means.
In the initialization process when the setting parameters (for example, settings 1 to 6) provided for adjusting the probability of granting the privilege to the player are changed, the information regarding the level of the parameter, the information regarding the mode, and the information regarding the mode are used. The information regarding the remaining game period of the game in the predetermined game period is set to the corresponding initial value, respectively.
In the initialization process when the power is restored after a power failure occurs for a predetermined time or longer, the information on the parameter level, the information on the mode, and the information on the remaining game period of the game in the predetermined game period are each before the power failure occurs. Set to the corresponding information in
In the game of the predetermined game period, which is executed first after the information about the game is initialized by changing the setting parameter or returning the power supply after the power failure occurs for the predetermined time or more.
The parameter information display determining means determines whether or not to display information on the level of the parameter after the level increase on the display screen of the notification means when the parameter level increasing means determines the parameter level increase. Decide and
The game information display control means
When the parameter information display determining means does not determine to display the information regarding the level of the parameter after the level rise, the information about the level of the parameter before the level rise is displayed on the display screen of the notification means. ,
As the information regarding the mode, the information regarding the lowest level mode among the plurality of types of modes is displayed on the display screen of the notification means, and the information is displayed.
Information on the remaining game period of the game in the predetermined game period may be displayed on the display screen of the notification means in a manner that the player cannot recognize.

According to the 22nd gaming machine of the present invention having the above configuration, it is possible to prevent it from becoming clear that the RAM has been cleared due to a setting change or the like.

[23rd game machine]
Conventionally, in a game machine, a game machine that determines whether or not to shift to an advantageous state is known according to the result determined by the game during the cycle period each time a predetermined number of game cycles elapse. (See, for example, 2014-200856). In this game machine, the number of times the specific effect is executed in the game during the cycle period is determined by lottery. Then, the gaming state is shifted to the advantageous state according to the execution of the specific effect a predetermined number of times after the end of the cycle period.

Further, conventionally, in the above-mentioned game machines, the progress of the game (the number of digested games) during the cycle period and the result determined by the game during the cycle period are constantly notified by a production device such as a liquid crystal display device. , I try to promote the game until the cycle period elapses. However, the game is not always played in the game machine, and there is a game machine (vacant table) in which the player is absent and the player can newly execute the game. When the effect device of such an empty stand is confirmed, the information about the cycle becomes clear to the player, and the information is used as a material for determining whether or not to play the game. Therefore, from the viewpoint of promoting the game. , There was a problem that it was not suitable for sales in amusement stores.

The present invention has been made to solve the above-mentioned sixth problem, and a sixth object of the present invention is to prevent non-players from losing information about a game on an empty platform. It is to provide a possible gaming machine.

In order to solve the sixth problem, the present invention provides a 23rd gaming machine having the following configuration.

Insertion operation detecting means (for example, a medal sensor) for detecting the insertion operation of the game medium, and
A start operation detecting means (for example, a start switch 79) that detects a start operation by the player based on the detection of the throwing operation by the throwing operation detecting means, and
A notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 11) for notifying information about a game, and
A game information display control means (for example, sub CPU 102) that displays information on the game status on the display screen of the notification means, and
When a predetermined condition is satisfied, the image displayed on the display screen of the notification means is switched to the demonstration image, and when the input operation is detected by the input operation detection means, the display operation of the demonstration image is canceled. It is equipped with a demo execution means (for example, processing when a payout end command is received).
From the time when the display operation of the demonstration image is released until the start operation is detected by the start operation detection means, the game information display control means provides information on the game situation, and the player provides information on the game situation. A gaming machine characterized in that the contents of the above are displayed in an unrecognizable manner.

Further, in the 23rd gaming machine of the present invention, in the game of a predetermined gaming period, the level of the first parameter (for example, an attacking card, a defensive card) or the second is determined according to the gaming situation. Parameter level raising means (for example, card promotion lottery processing, card promotion attribute lottery processing) that determines whether or not to raise the level of a parameter (for example, reward card),
Advantageous game determining means (for example, battle) for determining the addition of an advantageous gaming state (for example, ART state) in which information giving an advantageous state for the player can be notified by the notifying means according to the level of the first parameter. Offensive and defensive lottery and card skill activation lottery),
When the granting of the advantageous gaming state is determined, the advantageous game content determining means (for example, a lottery process during addition specialization) that enables the game content of the advantageous gaming state to be determined according to the level of the second parameter. ), And
The game information display control means of the notification means, using information on each level of the first parameter and the second parameter and information on the remaining game period of the game in the predetermined game period as information on the game situation. Display on the display screen,
From the time when the demonstration image display operation is released until the start operation is detected by the start operation detection means, the game information display control means relates to each level of the first parameter and the second parameter. The information is displayed in a manner in which the player cannot recognize each level of the first parameter and the second parameter, and the player can obtain information on the remaining game period in the game of the predetermined game period for the remaining game period. May be displayed in an unrecognizable manner.

According to the 23rd gaming machine of the present invention having the above configuration, it is possible to prevent non-players from losing information about the game on an empty table.

[24th game machine]
Conventionally, in a game machine, a game machine that controls an AT on a sub-control board is known (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-167199). In such a game machine, the control load on the main control board can be reduced.

Further, in recent years, the need to reduce the control load has decreased due to the improvement of functions of the CPU and the like. Furthermore, since the number of goto acts is increasing year by year, the development of a game machine in which the AT, which directly affects the ball ejection performance (privilege granting performance), is controlled by the main control board is being promoted. However, when the AT is performed on the main control board, the determination result may be determined by the AT on the main control board before the player is expected by the effect related to the privilege grant. In this case, there is a problem that the production becomes meaningless.

The present invention has been made to solve the above-mentioned seventh problem, and the seventh object of the present invention is to produce an effect that gives the player expectations while controlling the AT on the main control board side. Is to provide a game machine capable of performing.

In order to solve the seventh problem, the present invention provides a twenty-fourth gaming machine having the following configuration.

Insertion operation detecting means (for example, a medal sensor) for detecting the insertion operation of the game medium, and
A start operation detecting means (for example, a start switch 79) that detects a start operation by the player based on the detection of the throwing operation by the throwing operation detecting means, and
An internal winning combination determining means (for example, an internal lottery process) that determines an internal winning combination with a predetermined probability based on the detection of the starting operation by the starting operation detecting means.
A variable display means (for example, three reels 3L, 3C, 3R) which is composed of a plurality of display columns and variablely displays a symbol required for a game based on the detection of a start operation by the start operation detecting means.
A stop operation detection means (for example, a stop switch board 80) that detects a stop operation by the player, and
A stop control means (for example, reel stop control process) for stopping the variation display of the symbol based on the determination result of the internal winning combination determining means and the detection of the stop operation by the stop operation detecting means.
A notification means (for example, an instruction display unit) for notifying information that is advantageous to the player, and
The notification game determination means (for example, battle offense and defense lottery and card skill activation lottery) that makes it possible to determine the transition to the notification game state (for example, ART state) in which notification by the notification means can be executed, and
A main control means (for example, a main control circuit 91) that includes at least the notification game determination means and transmits information (for example, various commands), and
A sub-control means (for example, a sub-control circuit 101) that receives information transmitted from the main control means and performs control based on the received information is provided.
After the special internal winning combination (for example, BB combination) is determined by the internal winning combination determining means, the symbol combination related to the special internal winning combination stops on the determination line set over the plurality of display columns. In the inter-flag state until it is displayed, a predetermined internal winning combination (for example, batting order bell) whose probability of obtaining a privilege changes according to the stop order of the display column in a gaming state other than the inter-flag state is described. It becomes a predetermined internal winning combination that you can always get benefits regardless of the stop order of the display column.
When the predetermined internal winning combination is determined during the game period in which the notification game state is not in the inter-flag state, the notification means notifies the information regarding the stop order of the display column.
When the predetermined internal winning combination is determined during the game period in which the notification game state is in the inter-flag state, the notification means can notify the information regarding the stop order of the display column.
A gaming machine characterized in that the notification of information regarding the stop order of the display row by the notification means is controlled by the main control means.

Further, in the 24th gaming machine of the present invention, in the inter-flag state, the notification means also notifies the determination of the special internal winning combination.
The notification of the determination of the special internal winning combination by the notification means may be performed after the special internal winning combination is determined and the games of a predetermined unit number of games are executed.

Further, in the 24th gaming machine of the present invention, in the game in the inter-flag state that occurs after the special internal winning combination is determined by the internal winning combination determining means in the game in the notified gaming state, the inside When the predetermined internal winning combination is determined by the winning combination determining means, the information regarding the stop order of the display column associated with the predetermined internal winning combination in the notification game state other than the inter-flag state is provided. It may be possible to notify by the notification means.

According to the 24th gaming machine of the present invention having the above configuration, it is possible to perform an effect that gives the player expectations while controlling the notification gaming state (AT) on the main control board side.

1 ... Pachislot (game machine), 2 ... Exterior, 2a ... Cabinet, 2b ... Front door, 3L ... Left reel, 3C ... Middle reel, 3R ... Right reel, 4 ... Reel display window, 11 ... LCD display device, 19L ... left stop button, 19C ... middle stop button, 19R ... right stop button, 21 ... MAX bet button, 23 ... start lever, 24 ... information display, 71 ... main control board, 72 ... sub control board, 86 ... rom cartridge Board, 91 ... main control circuit, 93 ... main CPU, 94 ... main ROM, 95 ... main RAM, 101 ... sub control circuit, 102 ... sub CPU, 103 ... sub RAM

Claims (3)

Notification means for notifying information about the game,
In the notification game state in which information advantageous to the player can be notified by the notification means, the additional game period determining means, which is notified by the notification means and can determine the additional game period of the notified game state, is provided.
When a predetermined effect is executed in the notified game state, the additional notification effect for notifying the additional game period is not determined, and the effect content is specialized for the additional notification effect over a specific game period. It is possible to determine the additional specialized production that will be the content that was done,
A gaming machine characterized in that a specific sound is output in the predetermined effect. Further, in the notified game state, a first remaining game counting means for counting the first remaining game period of the notified game state that actually remains,
In the notified game state, the second remaining game counting means for counting the second remaining game period of the notified game state, which is notified by the notification means and is equal to or less than the first remaining game period, is provided.
The update of the first remaining game period by the first remaining game counting means and the update of the second remaining game period by the second remaining game counting means can be controlled independently.
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein when the specific voice is output, the additional notification effect is not determined regardless of whether or not the first remaining gaming period is added. The gaming machine according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the additional game period determination effect is determined according to the additional game period determined by the additional game period determining means.

Images